• Hey Trainers! Be sure to check out Corsola Beach, our newest section on the forums, in partnership with our friends at Corsola Cove! At the Beach, you can discuss the competitive side of the games, post your favorite Pokemon memes, and connect with other Pokemon creators!
  • Due to the recent changes with Twitter's API, it is no longer possible for Bulbagarden forum users to login via their Twitter account. If you signed up to Bulbagarden via Twitter and do not have another way to login, please contact us here with your Twitter username so that we can get you sorted.

TEEN: Pokemon Mystery Dungeon: Hands of Creation

Chapter 163 - The Pressure of Independence
Chapter 163 – The Pressure of Independence

The panic in the village had been too much for Anam. Seeing what Diyem had done to Angelo… He didn’t know how to confront that, and the others took care of it anyway.

He’d run off, and he hoped the others noticed and would find him because he’d happened upon a small miracle when he did—Kilo Village.

Still, helpless and alone, Anam sat in the middle of the town square, pressing against the distortion to dissolve and merge its borders to restore Kilo Village to what it had once been.

It was the least he could do.

So far, he’d freed up the main roads from the Central Waypoint to Heart HQ. Perhaps, with some extra effort, he could stretch into Waypoint Road.

And that was nice. He did something good. If the others were okay, they could find their way home. Right? The teleporters were back online thanks to Palkia, so it would be fine, right?

Mister Matter?

No reply. Anam remembered that he wasn’t there anymore.

His horns drooped. He went on with his work. Maintaining what he’d restored was easier than expanding more territory.

A few citizens were sheltered and afraid in their homes, their relief only slight by the fact that they could recognize their neighbors. A Helioptile was trying and failing to comfort a Wimpod in one building, and in another, a Garchomp and a Drakloak were quietly talking about where the others might have gotten lost.

Anam wondered, too. How extensive was this damage? Was he going to have to travel all around Kilo again? Unite all lands… again.

He was so tired.

Just as Anam turned to Waypoint Road to continue his expansion of the Dungeon, he heard voices coming from the other side of the distortion.

“Huh?”

“. . . closer by now. I recognize these roads.”

“Close!”

“Yes, Enet, very close.”

“Are you sure we’re the same soul?”

“We are.”

“Just in the denial phase, I guess…”

A Smeargle passed through first, followed by a Zoroark. The distortion down the path completely vanished, revealing an almost completely cleared Waypoint Road. Water ran along the storm drain divots on the side of the road as they approached; was it raining where they’d come from? Enet was so soaked that fur covered her eyes, yet the way she pranced, she seemed energized and thrilled.

“Heart of Hearts!” Leo shouted, rushing toward him. “Thank goodness you’re okay. Where did you go? Have you been restoring Kilo Village?”

“Yeah!” Anam replied. “Nate’s resting right now. I dunno what happened to Necrozma, but Nate got a clean shot in and somewhere else. I think he’s recovering, but…”

“Good on Nate,” Angelo said. “That bought us some time.”

It was still weird to see Angelo talking like… that.

Spice, noticing Anam’s expression, said, “Diyem’s borrowing his body to help with the distortions.”

“Oh.” Anam’s chest tightened. “Is Angelo okay?”

“Yes, yes, he’s fine,” Angelo said idly. “He’s been quiet, but I can sense him. He says hello. …And also wants to know if his home is preserved.”

“I think not yet, but soon?” Anam asked. “I’m trying to get the main roads first, so, um…”

“The storm drains will help us,” Diyem said, gesturing to the running water beside the roads.

“Ain’t that what helped drain Kilo Village of all the snow after that Aggron’s episode?” Jerry asked.

“Yes. And now we can use it to restore Kilo Village.” Diyem nodded. “We can use it to restore all waterways, but that isn’t important to me right now.”

“Huh? But… Kilo Village is super important…” Anam nibbled on his grabbers.

“We need to go to Destiny Tower,” Diyem said curtly. “Arceus is not answering prayers, the world has fallen into a mess of scrambled Dungeons, and I suspect one of my missing fragments is in Destiny Tower as we speak. I think it’s quite clear why that’s a very big deal.”

“A-Arceus is Shadowed?!” Anam asked.

“In the worst case, yes. We need to find the Waypoint to Destiny Tower.”

“That’s, um… nearby?” Anam looked around. “Um, we had to move it from the S section for Spire of Trials, because now it’s Destiny Tower, so it’s in the D section, um…”

“We could use your help,” Diyem stated. “I may have left you, but much of my strength remains.”

That anxiety gripped Anam’s chest again. It was so strange being mostly solid. “But if I use it too much, I melt,” Anam warned.

“That’s meaningless,” Diyem deadpanned. “Why are you afraid of melting? You’ve been melted for five hundred years.”

“B-but you aren’t there anymore!”

“And? If anything, you’d be even more stable now. Blessings do not leave once they’ve settled. You have my darkness, just as well as Necrozma’s light. That’s a rare and special thing. It’s no wonder you’ve been able to restore the space of Kilo Village on your own. We had to rely on a team effort.”

“Isn’t everything a team effort?” Anam asked, tilting his head.

Diyem stared at him.

Anam nervously shifted his weight.

“…Right. I suppose it is,” Diyem said evenly.

Anam and Diyem stared at one another. He couldn’t get a read on him at all, and not a trace of Angelo was there. He trusted Diyem. Angelo was still in there. But…

“Is Angelo okay?” Anam asked.

“I said he was fine. He’s better than before. It was stressful.” Diyem crossed his arms. “You look tired.”

“Oh, um, I’ll be okay. It was just a lot of Dungeon dispelling, so—”

“No.” Diyem shook his head. “Emotionally tired. More than before.”

Anam gasped and staggered back. “N-no.”

Nobody believed that. He didn’t need Diyem’s negative sense to know.

“Anam?” Leo asked. The Delphox shook his head. “Er, I mean, Heart of Hearts Anam, I—”

“N-no, Anam’s fine,” he said. “I don’t… know if…”

If he deserved the title? If he could carry it anymore?

“Um,” Anam went on, “h-how are we? Can I help, or something?”

“We plan to go to Destiny Tower,” Diyem said. “The Waypoint for that spot still works?”

“Yes! They all seem to work still!”

“Good. Then you may come with us or continue to restore things here.”

“Oh, um…”

Diyem gestured to the roads. “You’re in the perfect spot. As a Goodra, surely you know Rain Dance?”

“Oh, um, I do…”

“Infuse Shadows and Radiance into it, one part Shadow three parts Radiance, approximately. Let the water flow down the storm drains. In the center of the village, such as the Central Waypoint, you will be able to restore all main roads as it exits through the crater. That will be critical.”

“Oh, wow… I didn’t think of that…”

Even now, Diyem was giving him useful advice. He wouldn’t have been able to do half of the feats he’d done without him. Did he ever thank Diyem for that? No, he always did. But did Diyem ever feel it?

“Um, thank you,” Anam finally said.

“Mm,” came the reply. As usual. Diyem turned around. “Protect the village, Anam. I’ll return soon.”

Enet looked between Diyem and Anam worriedly. “Some stay?” she asked.

“Hm?”

Enet gestured at Anam, making a worried growling noise.

“Mm. Anam, do you need company?” Diyem asked.

“Oh, um… I mean, if you’re doing something important… I can do this on my own…”

“Why don’t you come with us to Destiny Tower?” Spice asked. “You were helpful with ADAM. How’s he doing, anyway?”

“I dunno what building he was in when the Dungeons appeared…”

“We can help!”

Anam perked up. What was that tiny voice?

Three little Joltik skittered toward the team, each one raising a claw in unison.

“Oh. Hello, Willow. I see you still are in pieces after the ADAM incident.”

“Yep!” all three said. “We’re talking to all the other me’s right now!”

Diyem’s eye twitched. “You what.”

“Oh! That’s perfect! Willow, do you know where everyone else is?”

“Yep! What should I tell them?”

“Why have you not approached us about this until now?”

“I just thought of the idea!”

“Over two hundred of you and only now have you come up with the idea. There’s an analogy about infinite Mankey somewhere here.”

“Hey, gimme a break!” The Willows hopped and sparked angrily. “We were busy hiding from wraiths trying to eat us!”

“I suppose that would be a concern,” Diyem stated dismissively. “Fine. Willow, tell the others to find any piece of Kilo Village they can, and then stay put. The same goes for anywhere that might be near a Teleporter. We are going to unify it.”

“Hmmm…” Willow on the right brought a claw to her tiny mandibles.

“What?” Willow on the left asked.

“I think she has an idea,” Willow in the middle said. “Kuhuhu, I think I know what…”

“What’s in it for me?” she finally asked.

“…What.”

“If I make aaaall of my other me’s do this, what’s in it for me?” she asked, giggling. “That’s a lot of work! Every minute is two hundred and fifty-five minutes for me! Will I be paid?”

“You cannot be serious. The world is ending without your help.”

“Sounds like I’ll be paid a lot!”

Spice and Leo both held their foreheads, covering their eyes with one hand.

“You are more numerous than Hecto and countless times more insufferable. You realize that this will save lives, correct?”

“Yup!”

A beat of silence.

“Oh!” Anam raised a hand. “I can let you have a bunch of Pecha Berries each! They’re super sweet, and also Aspear shells so you can have shelter!” Anam nodded. “You’ll have a whole house for your whole colony until you’re back to normal!”

Diyem’s shoulders slumped. “That’s hardly a payment. She won’t—”

“Deal!” The Willows stuck their faces up proudly. “Hear that? I’m a homeowner now!”

“You had a home in Hot Spot.”

“That was renting.”

“How do you even know what that is, you lived in a forest for hundreds of years!”

“I read!”

“You don’t.”

“Pfft, whatever.” Willow waved him off. “I’m gonna go save the world now. You better pay me!”

“I will!” Anam said with a cheery smile.

And as Willow skittered along, Diyem offered a dumbfounded expression to Anam. “How did you know that would work?”

“Huh?”

“Well, he’s the Heart of Hearts,” Spice said. “Of course he’d know what people like.”

“…Hm.” Diyem eyed Anam again, though Anam shrank back.

Did he do something wrong?

“I suppose,” Diyem said, “you could have learned a thing or two from me.”

Oh, he didn’t! “Yeah!” Anam said. “I, um… I guess a little. But I can’t tell if people are unhappy or not anymore… so I don’t know if Willow’s secretly upset…”

“I don’t know if Willow can hide her feelings,” Jerry finally spoke up, glaring at the fleeing Joltik trio. “Don’t know if they have the brain power for it.”

Enet scratched her mane with her hind leg. An arc of electricity ran down to her little bauble.

“Enough sidetracks. Who’s staying in Kilo village? Who’s coming to Destiny Tower?”

“I’m… staying back,” Leo said, breaking what might have been his contemplative silence. “Destiny Tower? Approaching Arceus? Possible… Dark Matter fragments? That’s… too much for me, even as a Heart. You’re beyond even the Elites. I can’t keep up with that.”

“Tch. Well, I’ve got faded Shadow blessings,” Jerry said. “Maybe I can figure out how to use that for the Dungeons here because I’m not gonna risk my life for that again.”

Jerry was messing with the scarf around his neck again. Anam remembered that it kept him from melting, but wasn’t that cured after he left the Voidlands and was helped by Xerneas? Anam assumed as much, at least… Maybe Jerry was just being careful.

“…I’ll go with you,” Spice said to Diyem, though Anam wondered if it was also to Angelo. “Leo, make sure Anam’s got some backup. You can help with communication while Anam and Jerry focus on stuff.”

“Wait, uh, I’m staying with…” Jerry seemed to realize what he’d volunteered for. Anam gulped. He was…

“You coming with me, then?” Spice asked as Enet hopped to Spice’s side.

“N… fine. I’ll stay here. But don’t die, alright?”

“What’s another death to me?” Spice shrugged. “But yeah. I’ll be careful.”

They made some minor arrangements and supply exchanges. Anam nervously fiddled with his feelers and antennae. Soon, Diyem left with Angelo’s body, Spice, Enet, and her spirits. Anam wasn’t sure how many people that team comprised.

Anam took a steady breath and looked at Jerry, then Leo, smiling. “So,” he said. “Um… how’s it been?”

Leo offered an awkward smile. Jerry looked even more defeated than Leo.

Anam already knew he’d said something wrong.

<><><>​

Yet another distortion ripped through space. This one was an Ultra Wormhole. Mhynt emerged, ferrying several Pokémon on her back with more strain than she planned to admit. She spread her wings wide and shouted, “Safe to disembark!”

And the weight was lifted.

Migami, the strange fusion of Owen’s friends, jumped off first, flying in a steady circle. The three sprites that were their other halves rested atop their back, making sure their mind remained steady.

Trina remained on Mhynt’s back, hanging with one vine in her much more convenient, small size. “Gahi! Are the spirits fine?”

“Yep!” Migami answered.

“That’s one thing taken care of. And what luck, we aren’t dead.” Trina looked at her leafy hands, nodding. “So we didn’t die. We weren’t entirely certain about that until now, were we?”

Mhynt gazed downward. “I feel as if that has lost its meaning.”

Kilo was nothing like she remembered it. Fields melded with mountains. Snow fell on the left in patches while exposed craters of lava from Hot Spot curled around forests to the right. The distortions were horrible, but what worried Mhynt even more was the duplicate locations she was seeing.

After seeing the distortions across the aura sea, she knew exactly what those were.

“Everything is melting together,” she said. “Life, death. Will it even matter by the end of this?”

“We shouldn’t waste time gawking,” Migami said. “Let’s go. Arceus, right?”

Mhynt stared at the chaotic tapestry for a while longer, wondering if Necrozma was somewhere in one of those spheres. They were too numerous to know for sure. He could have been anywhere.

“Right. Let’s go,” she said.

They flew over the skies—where, thankfully, the place was not yet distorted. That made for a clear path to Destiny Tower, where surely they would at least empower Arceus to do away with these distortions.

If they lost Arceus, too, it was all over.

<><><>​

Destiny Tower was eerily empty.

They were lucky they made it to Destiny Tower before it became an impossibility even for Diyem. Anam being able to get things in check at Kilo Village was an emboldening development. That meant, at the very least, they had a ‘home base’ amid the chaos.

“I suppose we overprepared,” Diyem said.

“What, you thought we’d fight an army?”

“Yes.”

“Arceus is our ally.”

Diyem shrugged. “Maybe I’m pessimistic.”

Spice squinted at him. “That’s… isn’t that literally what you embody?”

“I’m improving.”

“Optimal!” Enet cheered.

“I think you mean optimistic, Enet,” Amelia said, emerging from her mane and giggling.

Spice squinted at Amelia. She seemed… solid.

“What? Something wrong?”

“Hm.” Diyem glanced behind him as he led the way. “You’re more solid here. That makes sense. The upper parts of Destiny Tower cross into the spirit realm. It’s easier for you to manifest tangibly in your domain, after all.” He nodded at Amelia. “You could probably summon your other spirits, too, if you wish.”

“They’re sitting back to come out in case we need to fight,” Amelia said. “Klent’s gonna lead them just like old times.”

“Do you think this’ll be ending in a fight?” Spice asked. “Now that I think about it, why is everything so quiet?”

This place was supposed to be bustling with communications, right? Or at least divine soldiers under Arceus’ rule, or… something. Or Star, or the Legends that weren’t in the Voidlands taking down Titans. But to be completely empty like this?

“If we’re lucky, they’re at the top of the tower in some sort of meeting,” Diyem said, “and we caught them at an awkward time. If we’re unlucky, they’re all waiting in ambush. Or corrupted and lost somewhere.”

Suddenly, Diyem stopped his advance. Spice bumped into his back.

“Hey!”

“Hush.”

Spice simmered with irritation but obeyed. She eyed the walls. To her left, a marble plaque that read “52” told her the floor they’d climbed. It didn’t feel like 52, but Diyem had used some of Angelo’s seemingly endless abilities to Teleport, float, or otherwise speed their ascent.

Their first oddity was that the Teleporter that should’ve taken them to the top didn’t work, but Diyem had been unsurprised.

“Someone’s coming closer,” Diyem hummed. “The way it stings my fur… It’s someone with a high concentration of light. That’s either Necrozma or Mhynt.”

“Mhynt!” Enet said.

“How do you know?”

Enet tilted her head like it was obvious.

Diyem sighed. “Whatever. That means backup. Let’s go quickly.”

They ascended the next few floors in tense anticipation. Occasionally, Spice felt that sting along her scales, sensing something powerful approaching the tower, but it still felt distant. Hopefully, it was Mhynt and not that mad light dragon.

But something still felt wrong. For several floors, Spice couldn’t shake that feeling, up until she was so distracted that she’d bumped a shoulder against Enet.

And nearly fell into her. Stinging, hot pain surged through her shoulder and she cried out, leaping the other way and against the marbled wall. She hissed and clutched her shoulder like it had been melted. When she pulled her hand away, black sludge evaporated from her claws.

Diyem muttered a curse and swiftly approached her, holding a hand on her shoulder. Dark fog wafted off his fur, but the pain eased. In seconds, she was fine again, but a phantom pain lingered in her memory.

“Wh-what was that?” Spice said. “What did you do?”

Enet stood there, looking befuddled and concerned. She must have had enough presence of mind to keep her distance.

“It’s as I said,” Diyem answered. “This part of Destiny Tower… the upper half… is of the spirit realm. Spiritual effects are stronger.” He looked at Enet next. “You should keep your distance. You may inadvertently absorb Spice.”

“What? Just like that?” Spice said. “I’m… I can’t just be taken out that easily.”

“But you can,” Diyem said. “You were always a partial spirit, clinging to life because you had a speck of light within you already, inherited from your parents. But here… the true nature of your spirit is unraveling. And Enet, holding an Orb, has… dominion over spirits. Much greater dominion than you.”

Diyem paused.

“Amelia. Where is Amelia?”

“I’m fine!” Amelia called, waving a leaf out of Enet’s mane. “I… I think. I did feel a tug, but…”

“Your Radiance must protect you more than Spice. Still, be careful, if you aren’t ready to become one.”

“Yeah, I’m not!” Spice said immediately, staring at Enet like she was a predator.

Enet’s ears flattened against her head.

“Aw, Spice, she didn’t mean it…”

“I… I know.” Spice couldn’t stop shaking. Maybe it was subtle enough that they didn’t notice.

Don’t you see it, now?

Spice froze. That voice again…

But Diyem was right there. Couldn’t be him. He was busy explaining something to Enet and Amelia.

They hold dominion over you. Once you disobey, you will be consumed.

It was like her gaze was forced toward Enet. Her chest tightened, but she pressed onward. Diyem was standing between her and Enet, which made it at least safer that they wouldn’t bump into one another.

You will become nothing. You will be an old, forgotten past. At best… an afterthought, even less than a memory.

Wasn’t true. Couldn’t be true.

Where is Rhys?

That Lucario. Right. He’d been absorbed into Dialga, and…

A faded memory. How much left of him remains?

That… was also not true, right? He was still ‘there,’ he just had a lot more duties to attend to now, as Dialga. He still took time to care about his old team, right? Had she ever seen that?

Everything you are will disappear forever. Do you want that?

“Spice.”

She gasped. Diyem was standing in front of her, arms crossed. It was so alien to see Angelo’s face so stern.

“If you’re afraid, say so. We will keep you separate.”

“No, I…”

Diyem continued to stare. She wondered how much he could already sense with that ‘negative detection’ of his.

“The last thing we need right now is a complication,” Diyem said.

If you tell them, they will kill you.

She knew the voice was right.

Especially Diyem. She recognized his practicality. And it wasn’t like she would complain once it was all over. The dead didn’t speak. The forgotten even less so.

Spice paused for too long. Diyem closed his eyes and sighed. “Is it something that will make you betray us?”

“Wh-what?” Spice stuttered.

“…We will do nothing to you, Spice, without you agreeing. If you are afraid of becoming ‘Remi’ again, or anything of the—”

“I don’t… that’s not what I’m… Don’t talk about that. It’s fine. I’m fine.”

Enet crawled a little closer but bumped into a barrier. She snorted and rubbed her snout. Diyem, who’d put it up, remained focused on Spice.

“We will discuss this after Destiny Tower is taken care of,” he said. “Until then, we can’t do anything, correct?”

“Right… But that’s—I’m just thoughtful. That’s all.”

The way Diyem was staring at her… he probably knew. Maybe this voice was… that fragment of Dark Matter trying to get to her.

That had to be it. Now it made sense. And it was toying with her insecurities. But… it was right, too, wasn’t it? It spoke logically. They even had evidence thanks to what happened to Rhys. That… was an inevitability.

Was it telling her this to demoralize her? Aside from Diyem, she was one of the few Shadow resistors the Hearts had.

She wouldn’t let that stop her. She’d keep fighting, especially if it was against Dark Matter.

“…Alright,” Diyem said. “Let’s keep going. We should hurry. I’m quite confident the fragment is here somewhere. I’ll try to tune my senses.”

“Okay. C’mon, Enet! Let’s go!”

“Yeah!”

They scampered forward. Diyem kept in the middle, and Spice followed from the back.

She wouldn’t let annihilation keep her from fighting. She was alive now, and that’s what mattered. What came later… at least her legacy could be remembered.

But then, the voice spoke one last time. Only one will persist of the three.

Her body felt cold, yet restless. That fire to fight felt… redirected.

Your trajectory into becoming an afterthought is not yet guaranteed. All you must do…

Spice’s gaze focused on Enet and Amelia, already half a flight ahead of them.

Is kill them first.

<><><>​

Owen did everything he wanted to do in his old hometown. He said his final goodbyes, he humored a few playful spars, and he gave what information he could to the professors and scientists of the facility.

According to Zena, they had to go to another region entirely to find a way back home. However, while they were here—with all the time they had—Owen had another idea in mind that he wanted to air to her and Mu. Though, the latter was probably just happy to be there.

He took Zena to the small route to the north where beginning trainers fought against bugs and birds to learn the fundamentals of battling. Then, they delved into the forest, where it was harder to find them—some bothersome humans were trying to interview them at every turn now that news of their existence had spread.

“Orre?” Zena asked. “Is that another region?”

“It is,” Owen explained. “And it’s where something similar to Dark Matter was once researched. I want to go there to ask if they figured out ways to counter it, or—anything. It might help for Emily, or even Dark Matter himself, and Necrozma, too.”

“I see… Research here can help us over there,” Zena hummed. “But… this world is massive, isn’t it? How long would it take for us to go there?”

“If one day in Kilo is a hundred here,” Owen said, “we have time. I think it only takes a few days with their best forms of travel, once, er, we find a way to afford it…”

“The money we have is incredibly valuable here. I don’t think affording travel will be an issue.”

“Really?” Owen asked. “Common gold?”

Zena shrugged.

“So, all we need to do is either fly there or get something that can fly us there, right?” Owen said. “Maybe we can turn out gold into the money they use here. I don’t know if normal stores will accept gold.”

“Right.” Zena’s gaze went behind him. “Hm?”

Just in Owen’s Perceive range, a human approached from afar. He must have had good eyesight to see them from the normal route…

“Oh, isn’t that… Yeah! The human who rescued us.” Owen’s flame brightened. “Wonder what he wants.”

He approached and flared his wings in greeting, bowing his head. The red-capped human tilted his hat in return, offering a subtle smile. Zena slithered next to Owen.

“Oh, you wanted to say goodbye,” Zena said. “You must have heard from the others that we were leaving, huh…”

“Wow, we forgot to say goodbye to you!” Owen added. “Sorry about that. We had no idea where you were.”

Owen had a feeling this person always wandered. But he seemed to also find his way to the right spot when he had to be there.

The human nodded his head again, facing Zena.

“Oh, but…” Zena tilted her head. “Yes, do you want to battle? Like a spar?”

The human’s eyes sharpened with an excited glimmer. Oh, yes, he wanted to battle. And Owen was happy to oblige. He’d forgotten how the culture was here. He missed it so much.

“Well, I don’t see why not,” Zena said, looking at Owen for approval, who happily nodded.

“It’s cultural here!” Owen explained. “Pokémon love to fight. I, er, that’s where I inherited it, actually…”

“I see… and humans also participate in Pokémon battles?”

Owen nodded.

“Well, alright.” Zena slithered back and coiled up in a defensive stance. “Let’s have a battle.”

Owen grinned, though he hadn’t entered a battle stance yet. He wanted to see just what the human fought with first—maybe they could think strategically about who would tag in first.

The human reached for his bag—

Zena fired a jet of water directly into his chest, blasting him several feet back and into a tree.

It was so unthinkable that Owen didn’t register it until a second later. By then, six beams of light had fired out from his bag and materialized right toward Zena; narrowly, Owen sprang into action and formed a Protect barrier.

“W-WAIT!” he cried. “Mistake! It was a mistake! Zena—what—why?!”

“What? He’s a Guardian—” Zena slithered back more, confused and startled. “A clever approach. Do we have to get past them first to—”

“No, Zena, we—”

The Pokémon—a Charizard, Pikachu, Blastoise, Espeon, Snorlax, and Venusaur—were all formidable on their own. Six of them slammed into his barrier at once—Owen saw cracks forming in the shield before the human grunted. At once, all six stopped their assault.

They stepped back and turned to face their trainer, who was back on his feet, soaked but somehow safe. His arms were slightly red from where he’d shielded himself.

“He… took that hit?” Owen said. “Wow…”

The trainer gave Zena a puzzled expression.

“I—I’m sorry. I didn’t realize humans didn’t literally fight. I never… met one before.”

That earned a surprised expression, but then a friendly smile. Powerful and forgiving. Owen wished he’d seen that combination more often.

“Right, well…” Zena shifted awkwardly. “I know now. Your six spirits—er, sorry, your… summoned Pokémon?”

“From those capsules, Zena. The same ones at the lab in Kilo, with Eon?”

“Oh. The same technology.” Zena was hiding a displeased expression; her tightened coils told Owen the real story. “Well… alright. They seem happy. Sorry, bad experiences with…”

The human frowned but then nodded in understanding.

Owen’s gaze trailed to Charizard. The power he radiated in that one moment… Was that the power of a human’s aura? Or was this some kind of… Legendary human instead, to augment them so strongly? Was this the secret between humans and Pokémon? Was this why Rhys and Nevren and the others—humans and Pokémon at the same time—were naturally so powerful?

He had to know. He wanted to see how strong his brother—mortal, but under a legendary human’s training—held up against him.

“Let’s try this again,” Owen said. “How about… a spar? Two on two. Me against… Well. You probably already know. And Zena, maybe you can fight Blastoise? Similar type matchup.”

“Oh, I would be okay with that. Of course.”

Owen thumped his tail on the ground, pleased. The other Charizard made a similar gesture.

“Let’s have a good fight,” Owen said, his flame sparking blue.

The human tilted his red cap down and withdrew all but Charizard and Blastoise. With not a word, he swung his arm out and shouted; Charizard and Blastoise rushed forward in unison.

And Owen hadn’t felt so thrilled in decades.

<><><>​

Squadron A reporting.

Squadron B gathered.

Squadron C gathered.

Good. All gather in Kilo Village using the waypoints found. It has been restored.

Headcount.


Countless voices echoed in a collection of cells’ minds.

Almost all are present and accounted for. We are missing the one within Spice.

And that will be the one to get last.


The voices continued, all of them him. But they were so much closer. So little of Kilo was under his observation now. All he could see were a hundred perspectives of the same place—different angles of the caldera as they all came nearer. A thousand-foot radius contained ninety-nine percent of himself. Such a thing hadn’t happened since the Dark War, which he could finally remember in full clarity.

One hundred thousand years.

That was how long he had been purposeless and lost, imprisoned in Kilo from simply forgetting his proper job.

To most, it was a ‘mere’ thousand. But Hecto existed in a hundred places at once, a natural surveillance as most Zygarde Overseers were good at doing. He saw and lived each day a hundred times and consolidated those memories.

Even when he lost his past, his purpose and habits remained. He had more than enough information to continue, even if now he was plagued with feelings for one of the gods of the world.

He had to distance himself from her before he became further compromised.

“I think they’re almost here,” Star hummed. The Mew floated right next to him, gently stroking behind his ears.

Compromised. He was entirely compromised.

“Yes,” he replied, leaning against Star. “Soon, I will have my full power again.”

“How are you feeling?” the Mew asked. “Do you know where Spice is? Could’ve sworn she’d be around here by now…”

“She went into a Waypoint,” Hecto said. “I plan to follow her. I will easily know where she is after that. Curiously, it seemed to be Destiny Tower’s Waypoint.”

Anam had informed them. As much as Hecto wanted to go after her now, he needed as much of his power as he could. Diyem was with her—she was likely following his orders. Diyem wasn’t supposed to go there; it was too risky. For him to do this behind their backs…

“Huh? Wow, we must’ve just missed her…”

“I suppose that’s the nature of the Dungeons' twisting space. It would have been surprising if we did run into her before Kilo Village had been restored.”

“Right…” Star nodded. “Well, hey. Destiny Tower is our home! Once we have everyone gathered, we can just get Spice, ask her for that gem again, and then… figure out how to deal with Necrozma. Simple if we put all our heads together.”

“Mm.”

She was comforting herself. It was obvious in the way the Mew kept rubbing her arms, holding her tail, and leaning against him. He wanted to help. An emotional impulse of his compromised mind wanted to help her.

He gave in again. Gently, he leaned his serpentine head against her body, massive as he was, and said, “I’ll do all I can as an Overseer.”

Even if it meant…

No. He’d find a better way. This world could still be salvaged.

As the rest of his selves gathered together in the town square, and as Anam happily waved at them during his trip around town to restore the roads, Hecto took one steady breath.

The key was in this world’s power of Shadows and Radiance. If they found a master of both, or something at least an echo close to it… perhaps the world could be saved.

If only the one key they found hadn’t been spirited away to another dimension.
 
Chapter 164 - Defying Destiny
Chapter 164 – Defying Destiny

Nearly at the top, now. Ten floors of Destiny Tower remained, and despite Diyem’s overpreparation, they had ended up going past floor after empty floor.

This seemed to make him even more anxious than before. Sometimes Amelia wondered if that was part of his natural pessimism or if it was Angelo leaking through. Between the two of them, they were probably a ball of anxiety and nihilism.

Reminded her of Klent in a way. Always doting over her, always worrying about what it meant to be ‘a third of someone’ or ‘in danger of being less than dead.’ Come on, it wasn’t going to be that bad!

Besides, Enet was cute and clever, and Spice was cool and smart. And she had bits of all of those things. They weren’t going to disappear. They were just going to… evolve! Together. Evolving together. That’s how science worked.

Amelia waved her leafy hand in front of her, and her vision of the outside world—through Enet’s eyes—faded. She was standing once again in Thundercloud Temple, the place that housed Owen’s former Grass Spirits and many of the Electric Spirits that powered Enet’s abilities in the living world.

She sighed and sat up. Distant thunder, far away and below, relaxed her nerves. Normally that was the sign of a storm, but her instincts had been rewired to appreciate its melody.

Her room in the temple was made of solid fog. The window overlooked a gray field of storm clouds that flashed occasionally with power.

“Amelia?”

“Huh?” The Lilligant—her leaves crackled with electricity—jerked her head to the entryway of the foggy palace door.

“You’re back.” A Jumpluff greeted her. His pompoms were a luminescent yellow. “I was worried things were going badly there.”

“Nah, it’s okay.” Amelia hopped off her bed. The fog had some give against her feet, but never enough to fall through. “I just wanted to see the outside world again. Get used to living. I think I’m gonna go back to that soon.”

Klent winced, nervous. “R-right…”

“C’mon, Dad…” She approached and gently patted him, careful to avoid the third puff of seeds atop his head. “I mean, I get it… it’s scary, but… it’s not as scary as what happened before. I got over my fear of Owen, right? And… good thing, too! Since… you know. He’s my ex-dad.”

The cruel irony wasn’t lost on her. She had this vague sense that the whole reason she’d become ‘Amelia’ was to find him again.

And find him she had…

“You’ve grown so much,” Klent said quietly. “Trembling and afraid, and now you’re… back to your old self again. Finally. It felt like so long…”

“Spirits don’t change much once they die,” Amelia said. “I guess that’s the benefit of… life, right? And when we went into Owen… and then Enet… we got new chances to change with them. I think I like being this way.”

Klent fidgeted again as other spirits passed them by in the halls of the temple. “I suppose so,” he said meaninglessly. “But… how long will you get to ‘be this way’ at all?”

“Well, I…”

He had a point. No matter how she masked it or tried to smile… she was still going to ‘change’ a lot more than she wanted. It wasn’t ‘only’ her terms, and ‘she’ wasn’t totally in control. And that was terrifying, wasn’t it?

But she didn’t feel as afraid.

Somewhere deep down, she wondered if being her father’s spirit, and then Enet—another part of her—prepared her for this. Little parts of her were awakening to the idea, maybe subconsciously.

That’s what it felt like, anyway.

“Look,” Amelia finally said, “I’m… worried. And a little scared. But like, it’s going to happen. I don’t want to spend all day and all night worrying about it when I could be helping everyone. And besides… it’s not goodbye. I’ll just… say hello a little differently. Okay? Dad?”

The Jumpluff’s ruby-red eyes couldn’t meet hers, downcast.

“I’ll still call you Dad,” she said. “You found me and raised me. Even if maybe that was somehow planned… you still did. And you’re a great dad.”

The thunderclouds outside rumbled a little louder. The temple itself brightened.

“Oh.” Amelia nodded, feeling a little colder. “I think Enet’s getting ready for something. We should, too.”

Klent looked even more afraid, too. And when Amelia spoke, she felt a sense of finality in the air.

She pushed it aside and stood up. “Let’s do our best, okay? Power Enet as much as you can. I’m… helping at the front.”

“Amelia…”

She leaned over and pulled him in for a hug. His seeds ticked her face.

“Love you, Dad. And I’ll say it again soon.”

For a moment, she was afraid to let go. She wondered if she would feel the same way. Would Klent still be “Dad?” What about Spice’s parents, or Enet—well, Enet didn’t remember much about hers. And Owen…

This was going to become a very complicated family tree.

<><><>​

Floor ninety-eight. Nearly the top. Enet was good at numbers. That meant they only had four floors to go.

Wait…

“Oh, hello. Why are you taking the long way up?”

Enet’s fur bristled on reflex. Electricity crackled. She felt that her spirits inside were also on edge. Bad things were happening.

“…Hello, Dialga.”

“…Ah. Diyem.”

They stared at each other. Were they being awkward? Were they former mates? She didn’t understand these strange constructs everyone had.

“The Teleporter wasn’t working,” Diyem said. “We think blah blah, blah blah.”

“Hm? Arceus told us blah blah, blah blah,” Dialga went on.

“…Where are the others?” Diyem asked.

Others? Oh, right. The whole place was quiet. Enet didn’t like that. Their scents were around, so they’d been there recently. But not while they went up. They smelled stressed.

“You must have missed Star. She left with Hecto to try to find Kilo Village a while ago. Palkia’s trying to find Nevren again… Madeline is seeing if her powers might help reverse the distortions. Ah, no pun intended.”

Enet didn’t like puns because they made her feel dumb. Wanting to avoid this, Enet crawled up the next flight of stairs to the next floor. The air was even more charged with a weird energy. It smelled clean and ‘heal-y.’ It reminded her of honey. Was this the ‘divine energy’ the others were talking about?

Divine energy smelled weird.

“Hey.”

Enet’s ear flicked. The weird voice part was talking. Her smell reminded her of herself but it was also weird and acidic. Sour. Like lemons. Enet didn’t like lemons, but she liked Spice.

“Yeah?” Enet asked.

“While those guys are debating tech, can we… talk about something?”

Enet cocked her head left. Cutting through the sour smell was the thicker scent of worry. Fear. Was Spice okay?

Enet continued up the stairs. Dialga and Diyem were still talking, though they had tones as if they were going to part ways soon.

“Aren’t you kinda freaking out at all? Even a little? About… us?”

“Us?”

Enet eyed Spice. It was hard to get a read on her beyond scent. Her eyes still didn’t have pupils so Enet didn’t know where Spice was looking. The green gem in Spice’s chest—which had a different smell than Spice herself—didn’t give away anything that made sense, either. Against the white marble of Destiny Tower, Spice’s dark, wraith form looked out of place. Like a stain. Enet wondered if Spice knew that. Was Enet also a stain because she was feral?

“Yeah, us. We’re… one person. That makes no sense, but I know it’s true.”

“Yeah.”

“And… do you… get what that means?”

Enet had a feeling she was supposed to super pay attention to this conversation. She squatted down and sat more attentively.

“Like. The people we are were always just… fragments of someone who used to exist. Even now I get… I get these flashes of—who I used to be, but none of it makes sense. And you might have other pieces, and Amelia—where is she?”

Enet shook her head as if to get rid of water in her ears. Amelia emerged from her fur.

“Hey, buddy-third!” Amelia called with a wave, ethereal as always. “It’s like everyone’s panicking now, huh? I was just trying to comfort Dad about this.”

That! Exactly that!” Spice said. “Dad. Your dad. ‘Amelia’ and her dad. But what about me, and my parents? I mean sure, I might’ve tricked them into thinking I was their other daughter, but like, they were still my family for decades! I’m supposed to throw that all away?”

“It doesn’t have to be like that,” Amelia said. “We’ll just have a bunch of moms and dads!”

Enet didn’t remember the last time she had a good meal. The scary but kind Haxorus should make something later when they returned.

“Is it that easy? What if… what if only one of us can… exist? Or what if all three of us just… poof! And the old Remi wakes up, and all three of us are… gone?”

“Doesn’t make sense,” Enet said, scratching her head to get at an annoying itch. Oh, it was just a Joltik. She tossed it away.

“Spice, you’re overthinking it. Like, sure, we’re probably going to change… but I think you’re both super cool. And… we have to accept this. We can’t go past something this, like, inevitable. So… you know…”

Enet sensed the discomfort from Amelia, too. Weird.

“There has to be another way,” Spice said. “I don’t want to… fade away. I spent too long building up this life. I finally felt like… I had a place again. I lost everything and I made something of myself. I climbed out of the void for this. Now I have to give it all up?”

“But you don’t need to! None of us need to!” Amelia said. “Nothing’s gonna change, like, hugely. We’ll all be around!”

“It’s not gonna be that simple, Amelia. It’s…”

She was shaking.

“It’s not. I can feel it. Either one of us comes out on top, or… none of us will.”

Enet sniffed the air again, then crawled forward. Spice backed away.

“Don’t come close,” she said. “It’s… dangerous. For me. I’ll melt away…”

She remembered that. Enet frowned and growled, crouching submissively. When Spice relaxed, she rose again and said, “It’s okay.”

Spice sighed, looking impatient. Anxiety surrounded her scent like rotting meat. “Sometimes… if something’s scary,” Enet said, searching for the words carefully, “you fight.”

“I… fight. But I’m scared of you, Enet. Of…”

“No.” Enet pointed at Spice. “Scared of dying.”

“And you’re the one who can make that happen.”

“I don’t want to.”

“It doesn’t matter if you don’t want to, it—”

“Then… afraid of something else.”

“What do you mean, Enet?” Amelia asked. “Afraid of dying, and you’re the one who could, I dunno, claim her, right? Like you can take me. But if you don’t want to… I mean, we’re going to have to eventually, right?”

Enet nodded. “You fight. To be around. Scared of dying… fight dying!”

“Enet, you can’t beat up dying, or… disappearing. It’s what happens after you lose the fight.”

“I died lots!” Enet said. “But I still fight.”

“You—what? No you didn’t.”

“You died a lot? But I thought you, like, always escaped trouble half the time…”

Enet shook her head as little, fleeting memories floated in the back of her mind. Dreams through the eyes of other species, living simple, feral lives. Enet thought they were simply dreams. She understood they weren’t anymore. Not for her. That was ‘Remi.’ Did those past selves also want to live? Did they still want to fight?

She would fight for them. Maybe she knew how they felt.

“Keep fighting,” Enet said. “Remember each other.”

“I think Enet means… when we eventually fuse, we have to remember ourselves. And when we wake up, we won’t disappear.”

“…Then what about Remi?” Spice said.

“She can fight.” Enet nodded confidently. “She wanted this!”

“I guess, we once wanted this, or something?” Amelia asked. “Talking about ourselves in dead past tense is weird…”

“Guess it’s more like future tense,” Spice murmured. “…Fine. Fight. I’ll… I’ll think about it.”

The rotting smell of anxiety was still there but weaker. That was good enough.

Enet’s claws echoed through the silent chambers of the final floor. Ahead was a stairway to the top. Radiant light poured from above.

“We ready?” Spice asked. “Diyem said something bad is up there. Seems pretty bright to me…”

Enet sniffed the air again. The scent was tingly like mushroom spores. High energy. Strong auras. Angry auras. And the sweet smell of divinity wasn’t the dominant one. Enet didn’t recognize the scent at first…

But deep, deep inside, she did. Her eyes widened. “Mom?” she mumbled.

No. Not her mom. Her mom was a feral Zoroark who froze during a bad winter. Who was this?

A fragmented memory of a lunar-winged creature bubbled up in her memories.

Oh. Remi’s.

But Mom wasn’t Arceus. And she was angry.

Enet’s ears shot up. This was bad.

“Uh, Enet?” Amelia asked.

“Trouble!”

She dashed forward, conjuring an illusion to disappear.

“Hey—wait!” Spice called, but Enet had already run up the stairs.

<><><>​

Spice was getting sick of Enet running ahead. So fast, how did she get so fast?! The stairs were a deceptively high climb. She had to stop to take a break once she was three-quarters up, and it was too bright to see past the final exit’s archway.

A strangely familiar voice was shouting.

“Stay down! Hold still!”

And then came the voice of Arceus, their god. “The darkness in you must be purged!”

Oh, goodie. Infighting. “What’s going on?!” she called out.

Her eyes finally adjusted to the light. Arceus had his filaments of light sprouting from his back, collectively aimed at a winged, cosmic creature. Lunala, Spice recalled.

There was a faint trail of something purple from where Arceus stood, going all the way to the edge of the tower. Did something that left a Poison trail fall off before they’d arrived?

A strange, monstrous thing was also flying just beside Lunala—Spice remembered them, too. The fusion of Demitri, Mispy, and Gahi.

On the ground in a singed heap were Uxie, Mesprit, and Azelf, as well as a badly injured Snivy—Trina. She was charred the most, but moving. Spice didn’t know what caused those injuries.

Spice also had no idea where Enet was. An illusion, probably. Gods, why did she have to go invisible? Zoroark couldn’t usually do that…

Arceus flicked his head toward Spice. “You,” he hissed. “What are you doing here?”

“Wow, okay, thanks? I’m here with Diyem!”

“That won’t help,” Diyem said as he stepped up the stairs next, holding a hand up to block the light from his eyes. “He’s corrupted. He’s overwhelmed by fear.”

“Fear. Nonsense. All I see is a traitor,” Barky said, turning to face Spice, but Mhynt took the opportunity to strike with waves of psychic energy.

Barky’s body shifted in color. The Psychic waves passed right through him. Did he just change his type? Could Arceus do that without the Orbs?

She didn’t remember Barky doing that before. What awakened in him?

“Fall!” Barky called. “No more darkness! No more compromises! I’ve decided to take this world into my own hands again!”

“What are you—”

Spice swung her arms forward and just barely got a Protect up in time, blocking a downpour of javelins of light. They bounced off of her shield with deafening, ethereal clangs, evaporating against the now-cracked stone. Diyem had casually put up a similar barrier for himself, while others weaved and dodged the rest.

“Stop negotiating! Take him down!” Diyem commanded. “His fear is irrational! Something got into him! The darkness… might be inside him!”

“Shouldn’t have said that part out loud!” Amelia cried.

Barky roared, all pretenses gone. Even if it was for his own good, Arceus had to be taken down. They could figure out what to do from there. Spice brought down her shield and prepared toxic sludge in the back of her throat. When Arceus turned to Mhynt, she fired at his flank, soaking pristine white fur with purple sludge. Then, she dove to the right and avoided a downpour of javelins where she’d just stood.

She cursed. “One hit like that, and…”

Mhynt swept Barky off his feet with a Psychic torque, but he was floating. Gravity didn’t mean anything. An aimless blast of light javelins arced through the air; one grazed Spice’s cheek, sizzling even after it left her. She hissed and clutched at the wound, but it burned her fingers next.

She ignored it for now. Just another reminder that she was a creature of the dark and Barky was supposedly powered by light. If there was darkness in his heart as Diyem said, it wasn’t deep enough to taint his powers. Maybe that was a good thing.

This time, Spice exhaled a thick cloud of intoxicating, violet fumes. She had no idea if Barky breathed, but it would seep into his skin all the same. She got close enough and fired at his underside, then leaped away to narrowly avoid a hoof swung at her head. She tucked and rolled in time to see Diyem throwing void spheres at Barky’s eyes, missing each one.

Migami had rescued their sprite counterparts and blasted Barky with a Solar Beam, forcing him to contact the ground.

Spice acted on reflex. She heaved another glob of sludge on the ground. It exploded, polluting the tile and against Barky’s fur again. This time, the telltale darkness of activated poison took hold of him and Spice almost sighed with relief.

Instead, she leaped to the side again but this time was too slow. A radiant javelin struck at her leg, going clean through. She wailed and tripped onto the floor, hitting her head and elbow against the tile, leaving a numbing buzz through her body.

“A-agh—!”

She reflexively reached for the javelin to free herself. Instantly, the joints of her fingers that touched the javelin dissolved, and the ends of her claws fell to the ground. The stumps left behind on her hand spurted with black blood.

The pain came after. She gritted her teeth and balled up her remaining good fist, pounding the ground. Escape. She could only think about escape. The reality of her grave wound and her inability to heal it properly was only a fleeting realization. But she couldn’t touch it. And if she moved, it would tear through the rest of her leg. But if she stayed, she’d be run through.

Was this it? Did she have no way out? All this time, all this fighting…

She was so close.

If she died… would she become an afterthought?

The seconds passed. Barky wasn’t paying attention to her. In fact, it seemed like nobody was. She was… forgotten already in the frenzy.

Migami smashed into Barky with their axes while the three pixies sent synchronized blasts of Psychic energy into Barky’s neck. Trina relocated and raised her vines, getting picked up by Migami seconds later. A pulse of light went from her hand to Migami’s back, giving more control and clarity to their movements.

Lunala waited for an opening of any kind, but her attacks were useless against Barky’s current element. Diyem was avoiding his Shadow moves, probably because it would only corrupt Barky further. He, in Angelo’s body, was relegated to supporting, healing, and boosting the others when he could.

Something about it was peaceful. Stuck there, watching the titans clash, slowly realizing that she was… completely and utterly out of her league.

“Ha…” She rested her head against her arm. “To think I thought I’d fight that… Why did I bother?”

She tried to stand, but the javelin reminded her not to. She cringed but refused to cry.

“Must be how Jerry felt,” she whispered. “Everything is… too much. Look at you… Gods, all of you, and then there’s… me.”

Barky sent several javelins through Migami’s body. All they did was snarl and tear them back out, the wounds closing in seconds. Lunala and the Trio of Mind tagged in, slinging potshots in Barky’s blind spots.

“Did I really think I’d matter? I’m just… a shadow. I’m not meant for here… am I?” She smiled weakly.

That voice… had it all wrong. She didn’t deserve to be the winning personality. Enet, Amelia… they hadn’t been corrupted. They hadn’t stolen a family just to live a facsimile of life again. They were true to themselves.

Maybe becoming an afterthought would be her release.

The javelin moved. Trembled. Spice, still having enough energy to look back, squinted at the thing so firmly placed in the tile, pinning her. She saw… blood running down and bubbling on the divine weapon.

It wriggled more and popped out. Enet’s illusion disappeared, revealing the Zoroark with bloodied paws and Amelia tending to the wounds swiftly, wrapping ethereal leaves around them.

“Enet?”

“Hey!” Enet greeted, quickly glancing behind her.

Amelia emerged next and bowed to her with what little time they had remaining. “Thought you’d die without some help?”

Barky ran Judgment javelins through Diyem, but his body puffed into smoke. A Substitute. On the other end of the tower’s apex, the Smeargle drew electric spiderwebs and tossed them on Barky like small prey.

“Why are you…”

Enet held a hand out for Spice to grab. She took it on reflex, not realizing the peril.

She gasped at the sudden pain, and Enet gasped at realizing it too late, so she pulled back. But when Spice looked at her hand… she saw that her fingers had been restored. Rather than a dark ink color, though, it was a brighter, almost violet sheen. And it stung. But it was functional.

Enet marveled at this for a few seconds too long. Barky loomed over her.

She gasped. Enet turned around; Spice rolled out of the way. The Zoroark dodged, but a divine spear nicked her on the shoulder, cleaving a waxing gibbous hole through her body.

Wailing, Enet tried to scramble back to her feet, lopsided and frenzied with fear, but she seemed torn on where to go. She fell again, the wound on her shoulder leaving her dizzy. The tiles under her, and the fur along her body, turned scarlet.

“Ahh! Enet!” Amelia reached for her and tried to shield against Barky’s next onslaught. “Enet, concentrate! We need another illusion!”

Now.

Spice stiffened.

Seize the opportunity… and strike her down. Become the dominant one. Persist. Exist.

Spice gritted her teeth. Was this the opportunity she’d been given? The chance to be herself for good? To take ownership of her destiny, to defy her erasure?

Barky charged his next strike, his back alight with more energy. He roared, gravity in the area intensifying. Enet’s fur clung to her body and pointed directly at the floor; Mhynt and Migami nosedived into the ground. Angelo’s feeble body pancaked against the marble floor. Diyem couldn’t find the strength to conjure a new trick.

The weight held Spice down, too. But she had enough strength for one more action.

That, finally, earned a genuine smirk. The world had a funny way of sending her messages. And she had a funny way of answering.

The javelins rained. Everything moved slowly. Spice reached for her teammates…

And past her. While she stumbled, she held her footing well enough to bring her arms up.

Deafening clangs and roars split the skies as Judgment strike after strike bounced off a cracking Protect.

Enet blinked at her. “Spice?” she asked.

“Get away!” Spice called. “These guys are too strong for us. We’re only gonna get in the way! Run, and I’ll—” Another Gravity blast forced Spice to her knees. Her tail felt so heavy that it heavily dragged on the ground. “I’ll keep up with you! Just go!”

Barky was charging another Judgment. Spice wasn’t confident in blocking this one…

“GO!”

Amelia stared, looking dumbfounded. “But… weren’t you afraid?”

“Of course I’m afraid!” Spice said. “But… I’m not gonna let fear make me do something stupid. Fighting you… trying to live by killing you off…”

Enet looked surprised, but not as surprised as Spice had expected. Amelia looked pensive even as she caught her breath.

“I’m not falling to that. I’m not stealing something again just to live!”

“You never stole! You gave! You gave… yourself to a happy family!”

Barky fired. Spice cursed and held her shield up; the cracks crawled to the very edges of the black dome.

“GO! My time… is up! I’m just a shadow. I… don’t want to be afraid of being one anymore. Let me… do this! Let me protect my light! Let me protect you!

The cracks were inches from the edge. Once they got there, it would shatter. Everything would shatter. That fear gripped her again. She heard that voice telling her it wasn’t too late, but she ignored it. Maybe that was how she felt, too.

But this was right. Spice cleared her mind, held her breath, and poured all of her effort into this final, shining moment.

The moment continued. Longer than it should have. And the shield… wasn’t breaking. The cracks filled with a greenish-blue glow—a standard Protect’s energy.

Enet stood by Spice, holding her hand up.

“Enet? You know Protect?” Spice asked.

Barky fired again. Enet and Spice both knelt as the cracks interweaved with one another, yet it never broke.

Golden light sealed the cracks once again. Amelia took the stand next to Spice.

“Everyone got Protect during the whole apocalypse stuff, so once we got out of the Voidlands, it became standard protocol.” Amelia held her leafy petals up. “Didn’t think it’d be useful, but here we are!”

“We’re together!” Enet declared.

Judgment rained. He was hyper-focused on them, now. Maybe he found it blasphemous that they were doing nothing but denying his smite.

“On the next wave,” Amelia said, “we give it all we’ve got! Okay?”

Spice stared dumbly but then nodded. “Okay. Give it our all…”

“For us!” Enet declared.

Gravity forced them to the ground. They held their arms up anyway. The sky glimmered with gold motes and black lightning. Somewhere, the others were fighting back. They couldn’t see the rest of the battlefield anymore.

“Here it comes!”

If you flee first, you can save yourself. Let them fall. Persist.

Spice crouched, channeling even more energy into her barrier. The last of her energy. Take your fear and shove it.

Judgment fell. Spice, Amelia, and Enet roared in unison, their hearts as one, and their world went white.

<><><>​

She blinked, standing in a black void.

Her body was still tense. She knew the battle was ongoing. The pressure of a god’s corrupted smite still surrounded her. But time had stopped for this one moment.

In front of her was a Sceptile. A tall one, too. Grinning. She knew her name because it was also once hers.

“You were
amazing!” Remi cheered, going down for a hug. She picked her up and swung her around before planting her back on the featureless ground. Even after letting her go, Remi held her paw—which was different.

She gasped.

“Hey, no time for that,” Remi said, patting her paw.

“But,” she said, “what do I do now? Aren’t you… going to take over?”

Remi smiled. Even with her cheer, there was a hint of sadness in her eyes. “I’m the past,” she said. “Call on me… when you need it. That’s what memories are for, right?”

She stared, dumbfounded. What did that mean?

“Anyway,” Remi said. “There’s no time. Let’s recall one little trick. . .”


<><><>​

Destiny Tower fell into a brief silence. The energy warped the light and the dust obscured the floor. The poison faded from Barky’s system, and the battle reached a point where everyone had to catch their breath.

“Enet? Spice?” Migami said. “You… Barky! You… killed them! I can’t… I can’t see their auras!”

Barky rumbled. “Then it’s one less blemish on the world,” he said. “One less person to defy me.”

The dust cleared. Finally, Migami could see what was there. They feared the worst. Mangled corpses riddled with Judgment blasts. Maybe even nothing but the gore of the aftermath.

But instead… there was nothing. Not even ash. Instead, there was a perfect circle where the Protect had once been.

“Hold,” Trina whispered to them, still holding a divine gash in her arm that Mispy’s healing could not fully heal. “Do not lose your composure. I think—“

“Hey, ugly!”

Heads turned but they saw nobody there.

“Maybe if you took off that golden fencepost, you’d be faster!” called the voice again. Migami couldn’t recognize who it was… It sounded like Enet, but she was too articulate.

Barky didn’t seem to care. He fired a javelin precisely at the voice. It went right through.

“Almost! Try a little to the right next time!”

Barky snarled and fired instead to the left.

“Well, that’s just rude. Can’t even trust me? Where’s Reshiram when you need him!?”

BOOM!

Thunder scorched Barky from below, going straight through his chest. He roared in pain and doubled over. Migami caught a glimpse of crimson and a new aura just below Barky, but it had only been for an instant.

“What was that?” they whispered.

Whatever it was, Barky went into a berserk frenzy. He arched his back and roared at the sky. Holy thunderbolts rained from the sky, striking the tower itself, leaving glimmering flashes of light on impact. His filaments of light expanded and formed into more spears that shot in all directions, circling back to strike the tower and anyone who dared fly in the skies again.

Gravity had returned to normal. But being airborne now was only a recipe for bombardment. They had to fight on the ground.

Mhynt, recognizing this, had reverted to her Treecko self. Her nimbleness made it possible to dodge, and as a Lunala she’d been helpless on the ground.

“This could… be going better…” Diyem growled, holding up several kinds of energy shields at once to endure what Barky’s onslaught dished out. “He seems weaker… But even in his reduced state, Arceus is still a divine being. How much more…”

“He’s gotta wear out eventually, right?!” Migami shouted, hiding the three pixies beneath their vines for safety.

“This is the Alpha himself,” Trina warned. “I… have a thought that he’s far from done. We can’t defeat him—only his corruption! Somehow…!”

That crimson flash caught their attention again. This time it came from the right, just in the corner of their vision. And once again, there was that flash of a new, powerful aura.

One of the javelins struck something and stopped moving.

“Ha!” called that new voice. “H-hang on, what do I do now?”

Barky faced the voice. Migami followed her instincts and blasted their charged Solar Beam at Barky’s face, distracting him. He snarled through the smoke and aimed at Migami next.

“Uh oh.”

Relying on Gahi’s speed, Migami kited around Barky as the javelin that struck nothing balled up into a sphere of energy. A tinge of darkness traced around the sphere like a colorful marble.

“Got it!”

Just as Barky glanced back at the voice, the javelin—now infused with Shadow—fired at him at double the speed. It jammed into Barky’s chest and knocked him back a few feet, doubling him over.

“Strike!” Diyem commanded just as Barky staggered.

Barky couldn’t defend. Migami went with Demitri’s Dual Chop again, slamming hard into his ribs. The wheel around his body was too hard to break so he instead aimed for his bones—which were just as hard. It occurred to them that maybe his bones were made from the same material.

The flesh wasn’t, though, as he caved through fur and skin before leaping away.

And finally, Migami had a good view of the crimson thing that had appeared.

It was like Enet had lost all her color. Her fur had gone ghostly white, flecked with red on the ends. Her limbs looked like they were dotted with giant rubies and her eyes had become an intimidating, wide yellow. Her hair drifted with the wind, serene, and the illusion that followed wiped her away from view.

Migami had never seen a Zoroark like that before.

“Enet?!”

“Yeah?” the Zoroark called back, now circling invisibly around the tower’s perimeter.

“Where’s Spice?!”

“That’s me, too!”

Migami flinched. “You—”

“Later, later!”

“Right!”

Barky was back on his feet but Migami managed another potshot with a thrown axe, calling it back with Gahi’s telekinesis.

“Can you do that thing again?!” Migami called to Enet-Spice… and whoever. Was this Remi?

“Yeah! Just need an opening!”

“You won’t have one,” Barky snarled. Judgment arose again, aiming haphazardly in her general direction. This time, the javelins were dark, corrupted by Shadow. Barky wasn’t hiding it anymore.

“Watch out!” Migami cried, about to strike, but then a bright light blinded her. “Agh!”

“Sorry about this,” Diyem said with little apology in his tone.

Migami didn’t recognize the technique immediately. Angelo knew practically everything and Diyem was still catching up. But this light—and the way the javelins were suddenly arcing toward them, despite Barky’s attention on Enet…

Spotlight. Everything was going toward Migami now.

Trina cursed and hid within Migami’s vines. “I’ll be hiding here,” she said. “I need my proper body at this rate…!”

Migami held up their arms and writhed their vines, bracing for impact. They conjured a Protect of their own, but the absolute full assault of Barky’s attacks punched holes through it in seconds. A few stray javelins still flew in random directions, not caught by Diyem’s Spotlight, and one such javelin stopped in place once more. It balled up, infused with light this time, and fired back into Barky.

Another clean hit. Weaker this time, but enough to stagger Barky a few more steps. Mhynt took over, leaping as just a Treecko and conjuring a Leaf Blade twice her size. Dark energy at the energy blade’s edge left it serrated as she carved at the spot Enet had struck.

Migami was still recovering and couldn’t follow up. Diyem still lacked power so he instead conjured weaves of numbing electricity to keep Barky in his place.

“How is he still standing?!” Enet complained.

“I warned you,” Trina’s muffled voice came from beneath Migami.

“He’s one of the great gods of this world, Remi,” Mhynt said, leaping for another strike as Barky stood tall. She feinted and struck his throat, but a barrier blocked her from going for anything lethal. Would it even be lethal against a god?

Mhynt hopped back and held her blade forward like a shield. Defensive. “…And… it’s good to see you again.”

Enet—Remi?—smiled faintly, but said, “Yeah. We can do reunions later, though. What’s the matter, Barky?! Ready for round three?!”

“There are no rounds… only your end—the end of all traitors.”

“Theeere it is,” Remi said, hopping from foot to foot. “’Scuze me O Great Alpha, but your evil is showing!”

“This world needs structure. No more chaos. No more uncertainties. All… will be under my control… absolute and obedient.”

“It’s consumed his mind and amplified his fears,” Diyem stated. “That isn’t Barky anymore. We must beat it out of him no matter the cost. If he’s lost, he’s lost! Are you ready?”

“Was thinking you’d never ask!”

Migami’s wounds were still severe. A few holes were punctured in important organs. Thankfully, they were already stitching themselves back together with Mispy’s healing and Gahi’s Guardianship. Good thing they still didn’t feel pain!

“Fall.”

Another Judgment charged on Barky’s back. This time, they were ready. Tired, but ready.

A thousand green arrows slammed into Barky’s side and halved the output of the flurry that followed. Remi grasped at a javelin, but this time slipped up on her form and forced it past her instead, cursing irritably as she clutched at a bleeding paw.

“Huh?”

Just at the entrance was a great green-black serpent of hexagons. Hovering over his crown was a tiny Mew.

“Took you long enough!” Remi called.

“Apologies,” Hecto said. “Dialga was having some kind of episode below.”

“I think he was Voiding out! But Hecto helped take care of him.” Star nodded.

“What? How?”

“I subdued him.”

“Turns out Thousand Arrows is pretty good on the guy!” Star said.

“You… defeated my… Creation…”

“Barky, you’re better than this!” Star called, though despite her bold words she was hiding behind Hecto. “Snap out of it!”

“Star… the bane of my divinity…”

“Oh, enough pillow talk!”

“Oh!” Remi jolted upward. The ghostly Zoroark rummaged through her wriggling fur. “Hey! You need this?” She held up a green emerald.

“…Yes,” Hecto said.

Remi lobbed it at Hecto.

Barky fired a quick Judgment.

Diyem shined a light on Migami and the javelin struck them in the throat.

“Hggkh—rude!” Migami gurgled.

Diyem shrugged. “It worked.”

The emerald landed on the Zygarde’s tail and disappeared instantly. Then, Hecto’s hexagons rapidly flashed in a rhythmic, undulating wave across his body, faster and faster.

Barky charged up another attack. In the end, he didn’t have enough time.

Hecto seemed to have doubled in size, standing on two legs with two hulking arms. The crown on his head had become some kind of fanned cape. The great titan—now towering over Barky—raised his fist in the air and smashed him through the tower, cleanly cratering him five floors below.

“NOW!” Diyem shouted.

“Now what?” Remi called.

Diyem hurled a Shadow javelin at Remi, who caught it.

“Infuse that with light!”

“What?”

“Explanations later!”

“Fine, fine!” White light swirled into the concentrated darkness. “Now what?!”

Mhynt, as a Treecko, sprinted toward Remi and held out a hand. Without thinking, Remi held the light forward.

The Treecko conjured her Leaf Blade. The Shadowed Radiance snaked its way around the blade, crackling like it would explode at any second. She fell down, down, down past the rubbles of the topmost floors of the tower, raised her blade, and plunged it directly into Barky’s chest.

The great god roared. Black lightning scorched the walls of the ninety-fifth floor. Mhynt hopped away, leaving the energy blade stuck and dissolving in him, as some wraith-like thing emerged from the wound. It sizzled and evaporated into nothing.

And, finally, all was quiet.
 
Chapter 165 - Leak
Chapter 165 – Leak

Owen had never felt such intense fire from a mortal in his life.

White-hot flames snapped wood in half, superheating the sap within and exploding the whole tree into splinters.

“Zena!” Owen called.

“I’m fine!” Zena popped out of the soil as a puddle of water. She aimed a beam of water at Hardscale. This time, she struck true. A direct hit!

Owen grasped at that watery energy and pointed at him next. From his fingers came a secondary beam of water—not nearly as strong as Zena’s, but it would do as a follow-up against the rival Charizard.

“Down!” Owen called to Zena.

She followed on command, Diving underwater and dodging a Hydro Pump from Blastoise. Was his Perceive cheating? Maybe, but this trainer’s Pokémon were absurdly strong. Yes, Owen was weaker here, but still! He’d completely wiped his other grown siblings back at the lab. Hardscale was on a whole other level.

Zena emerged near one of the trees and blasted Blastoise with Ice Beam instead. The cold air snapped and solidified the grass below, leaving a trail of ice that struck Blastoise’s leg, pinning him to the ground. It wasn’t effective, but they were naturally trying to fight against their matchups for an even playing field.

Owen took a deep breath and retaliated with flames at Blastoise’s face. He considered switching to Grass… but Hardscale’s pressure got in the way of finding a good time to switch. Hardscale was faster, diving in the way. But just as he did, a blinding light forced Owen to rely on his Perceive entirely. Zena dived under the ground again as water, weaving past trails of ice Blastoise had shot into the ground.

Hardscale’s body was changing. Wings lengthened. His body slimmed down. The heat redoubled from the sun’s abrupt brightness. A prismatic shell surrounded Hardscale’s body, rainbow flames leaking through the cracks of the brief egg that had appeared.

It shattered, revealing a Charizard Owen had never seen before with a large, third horn jutting out the center of his head and small wing fins on his wrists. An orange marble glimmered on Hardscale’s left wrist—something Owen thought was simply decorative before. But now that he had a closer look… He had something similar in his bag, too!

Hardscale’s body language was frenzied. But with a few simple gestures and a grunt from the red-capped human, he was in total control.

Zena popped up and blasted Blastoise with a potshot Ice Beam, freezing him over completely. Hardscale retaliated with a quick-charge Solar Beam from the sky. Zena looked up—

“No!”

Owen reached out and formed a Protect—and then attempted an old technique Necrozma had given him. The shield disappeared… and reappeared over Zena, deflecting the beam to form yet another crater.

The spikey-haired human whistled. “Never saw that move before,” he said. In his lap was Mu, watching the spectacle with wide eyes.

The red-capped human also looked surprised. He brought out a Poké Ball and withdrew Blastoise, who could no longer battle.

It had been a two-on-two fight. Now, Owen had the upper hand. What Owen found unreal was that there were technically four other Pokémon this trainer chose not to use in the name of fairness…

“It’s not over yet,” Owen warned. The heat would make Zena’s attacks a lot weaker. The elemental energy in the air dampened her best strikes while strengthening Hardscale’s. But it also strengthened Owen’s.

A shame Solar Beam wouldn’t be of any use here.

Hardscale lunged forward and feinted. Owen saw it coming, easily parrying a jet of compressed air from Hardscale’s right wing. Air Slash… Owen knew what to do with that. “Zena! Put pressure on him from behind me!” Owen called.

“Right!”

Zena slithered back, gaining ground, and kept her distance from Hardscale. He tried to pursue him, but Owen got in his way. Indigo flames rose from the back of Hardscale’s throat. It was going to be aimed at him, the way his eyes trailed despite his head facing Zena.

Zena flinched and covered her face with her tail-fan. Owen put up a golden barrier with one hand while holding the other back. The Dragon Pulse bled over the shield; Owen grasped at the energy and tugged it into a tight blue sphere.

The two humans leaned forward to observe.

Owen slammed his hand into the ground, shoving the sphere into the soil, and then jumped back. He had to keep up the pressure and taunt him forward. Owen caught a lucky break—Hardscale took the bait before the human could command otherwise.

Blue fire—Hardscale’s own, claimed and reflected—exploded from below. A direct hit and Hardscale didn’t expect it.

Owen also didn’t expect Hardscale to power through it anyway.

“Wh—”

Zena got a potshot Hydro Pump in from the side. Even that didn’t redirect the frenzied pursuit of Hardscale’s fire. Owen was too slow to put up another shield. In moments, his vision was clouded by dragon fire. A moment later, Owen was on his back, even more blue flames pelting his face and burning up his scales. He roared, euphoric fervor kicking in, and lunged for Hardscale’s throat. He couldn’t gain purchase and Hardscale twirled around and thwacked him with his tail.

Zena came in with another Hydro Pump. While it wasn’t strong, it was enough to knock Hardscale off him. Owen followed up with another Dragon Pulse, blowing Hardscale into a tree. He crumpled to the ground, having no strength left to stand.

A few seconds passed. Owen waited for a second wind to come. When light mist drifted off Hardscale, returning his form to normal, Owen knew the battle was over and collapsed onto his rear.

“Good fight,” he growled.

Hardscale snorted back. Owen caught a competitive smile before his form dissolved into the capsule that stored him away.

The spikey-haired human clapped. “Great job!” he called. “I could tell you were all going full force. You’re a cut above the rest to stand toe to toe against Charizard and Blastoise like that.”

“Thanks,” Owen replied, glancing at Red Cap.

He smiled and brought two fingers to his hat, tilting it and his head forward in an acknowledging nod. He then glanced at the other human.

“Yeah, go ahead and heal them up,” he replied as if Red Cap had said something.

Soon, he departed, and Owen rested his back against a tree. Mu ran to Zena and hugged her, resting in her coils while she recovered next to Owen.

“That… was great. I’m glad Hardscale got to be so strong,” Owen said.

“Hardscale?” the human asked. “How’d you know his name? Don’t think he ever told you…”

“Oh, sorry. That’s his ‘feral name,’ so I don’t think you’d understand it.”

“Feral, huh?” Something about that seemed to bother the human, the way he reacted. “I guess it’s just how Pokémon talk here. But y’know, Red calls him Hardscale, too. Thought it was a nickname.”

Owen nodded but then paused. “Wait, that’s right! I never introduced myself…”

“Ah, don’t worry. He’s kinda like that.” He shrugged. “The name’s Blue, by the way.”

“Oh, I see. Because of your clothing?” Zena asked.

“Ehh, sure.” Blue laughed and shook his head. “Red’s my rival and my best friend. We’ve been all over the place. It all started when he took out Team Rocket and became Champion… riiight after I became Champion. Ever since then, I’ve wanted to fight alongside him—and maybe one day surpass him, heh.”

But as Blue rambled, Owen tensed. That organization…

“Something wrong?” Blue asked.

“Sorry,” Owen said. “A long time ago, I… had a run-in with Team Rocket myself. I used to be with a human trainer when I was a normal Pokémon. And… our team was stolen by them.”

Blue’s expression darkened. A hint of fury. “Really? Stolen, huh? How long ago?”

“It’s been decades now,” Owen said. “We had to run away. We got too involved in their organization. We were in danger in Kanto. So… we just couldn’t reunite.”

“Well,” Blue said, digging into his pocket, “let’s help you with that.”

“Huh?”

He pulled out a phone. “It’s an old database at this point, but we’ve got a list of all Pokémon that have ever been stolen by Team Rocket. You know, to try to reunite them with their original trainers. So, if you know your trainer’s identity…”

“I—I do! I mean, I can try…!”

This changed everything. Mu, perhaps sensing Owen’s brightening flame, peered at him and crawled onto his shoulder next. She scaled his cheek and landed belly-down on the top of his head, her chin just above his eyes.

“Alright. Let’s start with a name,” Blue said.

Owen tried to recall everything he could and Blue punched in a few letters in a text box. Technology was amazing—in the palm of his hand, he could look up exactly whose Pokémon might have been lost?

“By the way, uh, your human trainer… He in that other world?”

“Y-yeah.” Owen avoided Zena’s gaze but could Perceive her staring at him. “…He’s… different now. But I think it would give him closure to know that they’re okay, and we’re okay, even if we’ve been apart so long.”

“Nah, I get it. Lots of trainers are like that. You’re not alone.” Blue waited for something to load. “…Well, look at that. We’ve got a match.” He faced the screen at Owen.

The memories slammed into Owen’s heart. Duos, now a Pidgeot, was under the care of someone… just one town over. Trident, now a mighty Nidoking, was cared for in a whole other region. And the rest of Tim’s team, too. All… fine, but elsewhere.

“I’m gonna get Red,” Blue said, standing up. “Looks like we’ve got someone only a short flight away.”

He tossed a Poké Ball into the air, revealing another Pidgeot. Owen suppressed a pang of guilt.

“Meet us in town!” he called, hopping onto Pidgeot’s back

And as he flew away, Zena slithered up to Owen and transferred Mu from his shoulder to her head.

“Will you be okay?” she asked gently.

Owen nodded. “Yeah. In fact… maybe I need this.”

<><><>​

Adrenaline and anxiety still ran through everyone’s systems in the ruined upper floors of Destiny Tower. Diyem could feel it all, like how Star was resting against Hecto’s titanic, full-form body’s shoulders. Arceus remained on his side, partially propped up by his golden wheel and some rubble he used as a pillow. Migami looked twitchy and anxious, but perhaps the one thing keeping them from losing their minds completely was the Trio of Mind tending to them with Trina’s expert hypnosis.

Diyem sat down on a larger piece of rubble, elbows on his thighs, and sighed.

When he exhaled, black smoke thickly pooled on the ground from his mouth. And little by little, that calm exhale became panicked, gasping coughs. The pool of darkness congealed as Angelo collapsed into a shivering heap.

“N-never… a-again…” Angelo whimpered. “I can’t believe I did all of that. I could have died! I could have died from the wrath of God Himself!”

“Yeah, gonna be honest, Angelo, no way you had the mettle to do that without Diyem helping ya.” Zoroark hopped over to the trembling Smeargle and patted him on the back. “Good job, though! You were a nice vessel!”

“Who… who are you?” Angelo wheezed.

“I’m—” She paused. “Er… huh. Three and a half names popped up… couldn’t decide which one to say.”

“…And a half?”

Zoroark nodded. “I’m… Amelia, Enet, and Spice. And before that, I was Remi, but that one’s more… distant. So, half.”

“Wonderful. I have to deal with you again.”

Diyem’s form slowly rose from the dark mass, taking on the shape of a diminutive Charmander with a black flame.

“I don’t think Remi ever met you in person before,” Zoroark said. “Just… you know, secondhand.”

Mhynt, a Treecko, crossed her arms. “And despite knowing me secondhand you’re speaking about yourself in third person.” She paced toward Zoroark nervously. “Are you… Remi?”

“I am,” she replied. “But, uh… I mean…” There was a flash of realization in her eyes. “Oh, that’s right. You’re my original mom, right?”

Mhynt flinched.

Diyem felt a spike of negativity from her. Betrayal? No, not quite betrayal. But it was a sudden and deep sadness. When Mhynt’s eyes trailed to Diyem, that feeling disappeared. Masked. How clever; she knew how to hide her aura.

“I am,” Mhynt said. “To Remi. You… remember being Remi?”

She nodded and then looked at her paws. “…Huh. Hang on.” She twirled and closed her eyes. A wave of light enveloped Zoroark, and suddenly…

There was another flash of negativity, and Diyem recognized it more clearly this time—desperate longing.

Standing before them was a Sceptile with no particularly outstanding features beyond the slight glow her body gave off. She smiled and stood tall. “How’s it look? Just like you remember, right? Just an Illusion, sure, but…”

“Hmph. If you’re part Void Shadow, you could probably make that illusion the real thing,” Diyem finally said after forming enough of his body to talk properly. Charmander… why always Charmander when at his weakest? Owen truly was the gift that kept on giving.

“Oh, can I?” Sceptile asked. “…Oh! Anyway, uh…” She nodded at Mhynt. “This is who I used to be. But… I’ve lived a lot of lives since then. So, you know… times change.”

“…Right. Of course.” Mhynt nodded. “I’ve… also changed, I’m sure.”

“Yeah, no kidding. You’re tiny!”

“No, that’s not—”

“I know, I know.” Sceptile nodded. “…I know. It’s okay.”

Barky groaned, finally waking up. Sceptile dropped her illusion and became a spectral Zoroark again. “Talk later?” she asked Mhynt, who nodded.

“Are you sane?” Diyem asked, carefully approaching Barky.

Angelo was already trembling in the corner of the rubble, hiding behind Hecto’s titanic legs.

Diyem knew the answer. He could no longer sense any deep darkness within Barky.

“Why… was I like that?” Barky whispered.

“A shadow tried to consume you from the inside,” Diyem said. “But it was recent… and not complete. We were able to dispel it without taking dramatic measures. But it also seems like much of your power was stolen, too.”

Angelo sputtered, pointing at the five stories of rubble above them. “THAT wasn’t dramatic?!”

“Well, we’ve got…” Zoroark squinted. “…Ninety-five or so floors more, so we could’ve done more.”

“Ninety-four. We went through five floors and Destiny Tower has ninety-nine,” Diyem said.

He saw a flash of Enet’s hatred of numbers in Zoroark’s eyes.

Barky rested his head on the pure marble floor. “It happened so easily… me, the Alpha, the protector of Kilo, the—”

“Darkness consumes everything,” Diyem said coldly, the black flame on his tail crackling. “Even gods. Do not dwell on this fundamental aspect of the world you created. Let’s figure out how it happened.” Diyem approached, leaning forward with his hands behind his back.

“Figure out…” Barky grumbled and turned his head away. Then he stiffened and said, “Where is Ghrelle? I attacked… I attacked Ghrelle…”

“She was here?” Diyem said. “Hmm…”

“Do you think it was her?” Zoroark asked.

“It’s a possibility. Who else was in contact with you today?”

“Madeline, with Giratina, reporting in…”

Diyem shook his head. “Unlikely, I’ve already handled the darkness in her.”

“Palkia…”

“He’s terrible for other reasons.”

“Dialga…”

“We took care of his darkness; that one’s my fault.” Diyem nodded. “And Star, I presume.”

“And can’t be me!” Star said quickly. “You, uh, you can sense that in me, and stuff, right? I’ve… been trying to lay low and relax. I can’t stand Shadow stuff anymore…”

“Mm.” Diyem nodded. “Dialga’s Shadows were also agitated while we were speaking to him and you went on ahead… Spice.” Diyem just guessed. “I can’t be sure if that was a coincidence or an activation from someone else—another of my fragments. Signs point to Ghrelle… Where did she go?”

“I thought she was tricking me. I attacked her with a Judgment… sent her off the Tower, and—Gravity sent her downward. Gods, how could I have…”

“I didn’t arrive in time to see it,” Mhynt said. “Gahi?”

Migami was still fused, arms crossed and tendrils writhing. They were deeply concentrating. “I can’t remember,” they said. “Don’t think I saw Ghrelle’s aura… but I haven’t seen her aura a whole lot. She’s usually off in her swamp. Which is creepy, by the way, all the melting and stuff we heard…”

Diyem hummed again, arms crossed. Yes. This added up. But he just needed to know…

“Is Ghrelle Kyurem or Zekrom?”

“What do you mean?” Zoroark asked.

“We know that Brandon is Reshiram. We also know that the Trinity made up the components of the Divine Dragon. Therefore, Aramé and Ghrelle were the other two components. Their ability to fuse is based on an old legend in the human world, and three auras fusing into one being was supposed to rise near the upper gods. That is why Nevren attempted to invent a four-way fusion to surpass the gods before the instability forced them to separate.”

Barky sighed. “It’s… foggy. But… considering the way they behave, I could only assume that Aramé was Kyurem and Ghrelle was Zekrom.”

“…No. I don’t believe that’s the case,” Diyem said. “And the fact that you aren’t sure means those memories, despite everything, are still sealed and obscured. Could there be a more powerful, rogue piece than I’d expected?”

“Oh!” Zoroark nodded. “I remember. Back when I was… still Remi, I was attacked by Kyurem, but Zekrom wasn’t anywhere.”

“Zekrom was captured, but not corrupted in the same way Kyurem was. Zekrom is likely a Void Titan to be freed by Brandon’s group today. Kyurem, however… Describe Ghrelle to me.”

“Ghrelle?” Barky said. “She… sings in worship. She only allows those of pure heart to enter her domain. Anyone with impurities in their heart would be killed. She’s crafted her domain so masterfully that it’s a great defense for any Hunter, for one…”

“And her appearance?”

“Usually, an Altaria. At her strongest, she would use her Poison powers and liquefy, becoming—”

“She’s Kyurem.”

“What?”

“Poison isn’t evil, you know,” Zoroark said, arms crossed.

“No. The liquefying. The malleable form. That, combined with her abnormally strong domain, and her appearance here, is enough for me to be confident that not only is Ghrelle alive, but she likely coordinated your retaliation so we’d never see her by the time you went berserk. A carefully crafted plan that could have pointed us at Aramé instead, or just you… had it not been for my existence. A variable another fragment of mine could not have predicted.”

“…So, what’s liquefying have to do with that?” Zoroark asked again.

Diyem held up a hand and let it darken and soften like wet clay. “Anam, Emily. Two people who have more Shadow than Radiance in them. At greater concentrations, Divine Shadows cause your body to take on Void-like properties—in other words, you melt.”

“Oh.” Zoroark hummed. “What’s that mean for Owen? Or… you?” She looked at Mhynt.

Diyem thought about it and then nodded. “Mhynt was infused with Radiance first as a primary blessing, directly from Necrozma. Then she was corrupted by Alexander, a secondary source. While it snuffed out her light, it wasn’t enough to overpower that primary-source blessing in her core.”

“Ugh, primary, secondary…” Zoroark rubbed her head. “Okay. So Anam and Emily were in direct contact with you. But didn’t Emily also take on Necrozma’s blessing?”

“Yes… I suppose by that logic, we’ve seen what happens if someone took both blessings directly and then rejected one down the line. The Shadows dominated Emily. With Necrozma banished, the light faded more… though she kept her size.”

“Owen never liquefied,” Zoroark pointed out. She migrated to Star and Hecto, leaning against the latter’s leg before sliding down into a squatting position, looking pensive.

“Owen may have fought against Necrozma, but I do not think he ever lost his light. He was trying to save everyone. When it comes to compatibility with divine power, that’s meaningful. Divine power operates on a level that transcends the fabric of reality; it allows your will to manipulate the world around you on a scale far greater than a mortal, powerful Pokémon. Therefore, if it bends to your will, then a weak will, or a conflicted will, dampens and destabilizes that power.”

“Guess that explains why Barky’s always got the edge on me half the time,” Star mumbled, rubbing her arm. “He’s too stubborn to falter.”

“Except when you get really mad,” Zoroark pointed out to Star. “Then you trump him.”

Migami, finally relaxing, split into their components. Gahi grumbled to himself and rubbed his arms. “Alright, so… what, Spice-Enet over there ain’t that, either?”

“I’m part Amelia, too,” Zoroark mumbled.

“I noticed that your power was… closer,” Diyem said, “but not a perfect match.”

“Well, let’s trace your aura history, huh?” Star said, disappearing and reappearing in Zoroark’s mane. “Amelia… she was somehow born under Klent’s family, right? How’s that story go?”

“Klent adopted me. I was an egg that he found one day, no parents anywhere. Even though he was a Guardian at the time, he wanted to protect me… He did a great job.”

“Do you remember how that happened?” Star asked. “The… Dark War. That’s when you disappeared, I think…”

Zoroark nodded. “Spice was taken by Alexander. That part’s… still a little hazy. I get serious… dread when I try to think back to it, so, um, I don’t… think I want to talk about that yet.”

“That’s alright. I think we have enough pieces there.” Star glanced at Diyem, who nodded. “How about Enet?”

“Oh, I have tons of memories from Enet… and all the other Pokémon she used to be. I don’t know how Nate did it… but I was put through reincarnation a lot, over and over until I’d eventually get drawn to Owen and the others again to help. That was the plan.” She grinned, showing pointy teeth. “Paid off, huh?”

Angelo gawked. “Reincarnated… you… you’re how many lives? How many times did you…”

“It wasn’t that long. I only remember living… I mean, I’d have to think about it. But it was feral, all of them. Really simple lives. In retrospect… not bad. Brutal ways to die, though.”

Angelo winced. “D-don’t elaborate. Please.”

“Well, there’s one thing you have in common with Owen,” Diyem muttered.

Zoroark rolled her eyes. “So, Enet was pretty simple. Aside from taking on the Radiant blessings from the Electric Orb, she didn’t acquire any special powers. Spice obviously had Shadows going on—”

“From Alexander,” Star said. “So, a secondary blessing. And Amelia… Necrozma must have somehow coordinated for you to have Radiance from there. And you also inherited it, right?”

“You know, how come Alexander doesn’t melt?” Zoroark asked.

“His convictions must be even stronger than the amount of power he took in,” Diyem said. “So strong he does not melt to its negative energy.”

Zoroark stared blankly.

Diyem groaned. “He was evil before taking Shadows. So rather than melt to it, he seized it.”

“Oh. So he’s like. Always been bad?”

“Some Pokémon are not good,” Diyem said plainly. “I won’t be poetic about the whys and hows. Alexander is evil, and he took and harnessed an evil power. This is why he is the most dangerous foe we must deal with.”

“Wonder what he’s doing,” Zoroark remarked, leaning back and using her mane as a cushion. “Big bad evil guy must be on a coffee break.”

“From what I understand, Owen tossed him into the living world. So, assuming he didn’t evaporate and it was only an echo of his corruption in the broken Porygon, he’s recovering again. Even someone as powerful as Alexander cannot last long in the living realm.”

“Right… Okay, well, back to supernatural science. You melt if you have too much Shadow. What happens if you can’t handle Radiance, then?” Zoroark asked. “Like, do you melt?”

“You explode,” Diyem said. “Violently.”

“Oh.”

“Radiance is an excitation factor. Where Shadows tend to pronounce your fears and negative emotions, Radiance tends to pronounce your front-facing emotions. Haywire Radiance leads to explosive personalities as their aura feeds into itself. More and more energy leads to an explosion when it can no longer be contained.”

“So too much Shadows means you melt, and too much Radiance means you explode?” asked Zoroark. “Is it at least a cool explosion?”

“Do not explode.” Diyem glared.

“Hmm.” Trina, still a tiny Snivy sitting atop Gahi’s head, raised a small hand. “I should note, then, that I’m sensing… instability in Zoroark’s aura right now.”

“Oh, come on, why does everyone sense aura?” Zoroark complained. “Isn’t that supposed to be rare and cool?”

“It comes with divinity. Your peers happen to all be divine,” Diyem deadpanned. “Congratulations.”

Zoroark rolled her eyes.

Trina went on, “Perhaps it’s more psychological, but it reminds me of how fused mutants can become frenzied from conflicting thoughts. Her Radiance might be exasperating it.”

“Understandable. She’s still sorting out her three headspaces, yes?” Diyem eyed Zoroark.

“A little… I think I’m excited. I’ll try to stay calm. So… if I’m being overwhelmed by negative thoughts and positive thoughts at the same time, do I make a goopy explosion instead?” Zoroark asked.

“…Sure.” Diyem didn’t want to bother with this battle. “Can we get back on topic?”

“Oh. Right.” Zoroark nodded. “Well… back to me… I guess when you frame it that way, I’m a lot more Radiance than Shadows, even with Spice.”

“That’s why it’s not perfectly balanced for you, either,” Star said, nodding.

“Ugh, whatever!” Zoroark held up her arms. “Why are we talking about balance, anyway?! What’s it matter if I’m a little too Radiant?”

“As it stands,” Diyem said, “we are facing foes that have an abundance of Shadows and Radiance. They are unstable, and they can more or less obliterate anyone with the opposite element. Rhys was very vulnerable to my Shadows because he, as a ‘Mystic,’ was inherently Radiant. Meanwhile, someone like Alexander would utterly dissolve against someone like Necrozma… had he not been corrupted, weakening that pure Radiance.

“The balance is important because it allows you to control your Shadows and Radiance. Remi… or whatever you wish to call yourself… You did that exact thing against Barky.”

“Eh?”

“…Please tell me that was intentional.”

“It was intentional.”

Diyem stared at her. Others looked between them. Zoroark didn’t speak.

“And what was intentional?” Diyem tested.

“…Throwing stuff back?” Zoroark said. “I definitely didn’t have the power to beat the guy. But Arceus had the power to beat himself! So…”

“Oh, good. That wasn’t just dumb luck.” Diyem had a feeling she’d conjured that on the spot. But it had to have come from somewhere—perhaps a teaching from Owen or Necrozma in the past. “If you have perfectly balanced blessings of Shadows and Radiance, you can also perfectly control either incoming element. Too much Shadow, and you can be countered by Radiance, and the reverse. But with both in harmony…”

“Ohh!” Zoroark nodded. “All the benefits, none of the weaknesses.”

“And we need every benefit possible with what we’re against. Even I cannot stand up to Necrozma at this point, and none of us can take Alexander when most of our powers are sourced from weak Radiance fragments. Owen may be weak… but he has the one tool available to us that can overcome the tilted scales. Unless…” Diyem sighed through his nose. “We can think of someone else with that same balance to train. But I’m not coming up with anything.”

“Right…” Zoroark brought her claws to her chin. The others also went back to staring at the ground, ruins, walls, to think.

“What about Emily?” Barky asked. “Her disposition is strange, but if we can rescue her from the piece of Dark Matter within her, will she—”

“It will likely be Anam’s case again,” Diyem answered. “Emily did not accept a full blessing. It overtook her. She was not able to handle it the same way Owen can; you can tell because she melts.”

“And melting is when you’re too Shadowy,” Zoroark recalled.

“Divine Shadows, but yes,” Diyem confirmed. “You become half Void Shadow. It taints your spirit and seeps into the rest of your body. If you do not have the mental, spiritual, and physical fortitude to endure this, even during moments of weakness, you erode until you are a shapeless blob that you call ‘wraiths’ in the living world.”

“That’s terrifying,” Angelo said. “A-am I going to melt?”

“You’re fine. I made sure not to turn you into a blob.”

“Now that I think about it, even Anam is a little more blobby than a normal Goodra.”

“It isn’t as bad as before,” Diyem said, “…but yes. The effects are permanent, barring divine intervention.” He eyed Barky. “Seems we’ve had a lot of that lately. But you know what I mean.”

Zoroark sighed and flopped onto her back, using her mane as a cushion. “Then if Emily has too much Shadows, I have too much Radiance, and everyone else is off balance some other way… that means Owen’s the best bet after all, huh?”

“Yes. Mhynt comes close.” Diyem nodded at her. “But her Shadow blessing is secondary from Alexander. You also come close, but for the same reason, it’s not a perfect balance. Owen… is the only person to directly take on a Shadow and Radiant blessing from the primary source. The only person who took blessings directly from myself and Necrozma, and could maintain both positive and negative.”

“Without goosplosions,” Zoroark clarified.

“…I miss Spice,” Diyem murmured.

Zoroark sighed, leaning back and grabbing Star to rub between her ears. “And Owen’s in the middle of this all because he can’t stop helping people.” She let Star go, who floated over to comfort Barky. “Why can’t you give that blessing now, huh?” She eyed Diyem.

“Unfortunately, as I am, I do not have that magnitude of power. Otherwise, we would have had many ‘Owen’-level blessed people to solve this already.”

“Great.” Zoroark huffed, narrowing her eyes in thought.

“Yes. The same person who got us into this mess is the only person who can take us out the most effectively. And… I cannot sense him in this realm anymore.”

“He’s in the human world. His home world,” Barky said. “I… do not have the power to recall him. Time is also flowing much faster there, which is the inverse of how it used to be relative to Kilo. Dialga, what about him? Where is he now?”

Diyem held still, showing no expression.

“…What did you do to Dialga?”

A few more seconds. Then, he replied stoically, “He’s alive.”

“Did you eat him?” Zoroark asked.

“What? No. I can’t do that when I’m possessing someone.”

“Y-you can eat people?!” Angelo squeaked.

“Everyone can.”

Zoroark patted Angelo on the head. “It’s alright, buddy. Well… okay. So, Dialga’s out of commission…”

Star held onto Barky’s golden wheel like a playground gym. “What’s the time dilation for Owen again?”

“One to a hundred.”

“Oh, wow. Isn’t that the max we set things?” she mumbled. “Okay, cool. So… Owen gets a vacation? How long until we can get him back?”

“I don’t know how to get him back,” Arceus said. “But we can at least get the flow of time back to normal when Dialga’s back to his old self again.”

“That may take a few days,” Diyem said.

“So, a year for Owen,” Star said. “We’re sure he’s fine?”

“With his luck,” Diyem said, “…No.”

“Can always rely on you for optimism,” Zoroark said, patting him on the head. The Charmander’s black flame crackled. He was not a child.

He ducked and evaded further touch. “We’ve done enough for now. Let’s gather our strength, descend the tower, and report to the others in Kilo Village.”

“Good plan,” Star said. “I wish we could let them know sooner, but that’s a long climb down…”

Then came a tiny voice. “Oh! I can help!”

“Uh?” Zoroark fished around her fur and pulled out a little Joltik. “Another one?”

“Willow,” Diyem greeted with a frown.

“I’m even better than Hecto now!” Willow claimed.

The titanic Hecto turned his head in her direction. Diyem thought he’d felt a flash of competitive annoyance from him.

“I can communicate with all two hundred and thirty-seven of me!”

“Two thirty-seven?” Trina said. “I thought you counted a few more than that last time.”

“Got squished.” Willow giggled. “Those hurt. But the rest of me can tell the others!”

“That’s great, Willow,” Star said. “Thanks. That’ll let us not have to rush it and Dialga can gather his strength faster. He’s further below, right?”

“Yes,” Hecto said. “I recall running past him only three floors down.”

“Awesome.” Star lifted herself higher. “Alright, let’s regroup, everyone. We’ve got some answers on that missing fragment! Now we just have to figure out how to catch it…”

Diyem noticed that Star was oddly peaceful lately. He rarely felt the same intense negative waves from her when she’d been pulled from the Voidlands. More confident than before. There was still a deep fear from the trauma that she was masking—he always sensed that—but it was… lesser.

He’d have to figure out why later.

As the team meandered down the partially damaged tower, Zoroark hummed thoughtfully to herself.

“I need to figure out a name.”

And if she came from Owen, her name was probably going to be horrible.

<><><>​

The next town over—Viridian City—was only a handful of minutes away by wing. They landed all at once and nobody seemed to pay them any mind.

Blue warned them to avoid talking if they could so they didn’t draw too much attention. News of them hadn’t spread too far yet, surely.

Then again, with how quickly Blue was able to get that information about Duos…

“Let’s see…” Blue wandered the streets, his shoes making rhythmic tapping on the pavement that fascinated Owen. Zena, too, watched all the new technology that this world had to offer. She occasionally, quietly, asked their escorts what everything was. She learned what traffic lights were, what cars were, street lights, and all other things that Owen took for granted on his return.

Knock knock knock.

And before they knew it, they were standing in front of a small apartment on the third floor. Zena struggled through the stairs, remarking about how uncomfortable the stone was on her scales, and settled along the wall so she didn’t block the walkway. Owen had similar troubles and kept his wings folded behind him.

The door opened. Owen already knew who was on the other side, though with the door open, he now also knew that the human had pink hair and brown eyes.

“Oh, hello,” she greeted. “Wait… I know you!”

Red smiled and offered a small nod.

“Hey! Sorry to bother you,” Blue said with a wave. “We wanted to see your Pidgeot. An old friend of his is here.” He gestured to Owen.

Her eyes brightened. “Oh, that’s wonderful! From…?”

Blue nodded.

“I’ll be right back!” She stepped away and ran into another room. While everyone else waited, Owen curiously watched with Perceive as she moved through her home and picked up one of the Poké Balls, whispering for whoever was inside to wake up.

And that’s when it hit Owen that this was happening. Duos was right there. After all this time, everything that happened, he was… right here.

She returned and tossed the ball in the air just out her doorway. It popped open, spilling light onto the floor.

A Pidgeot spread his wings and flicked off remnant lights from his body. He looked left and right and settled on Owen.

There wasn’t any recognition at first. Understandable; it had been so long and it wasn’t like his mother or father.

But Duos opened his beak in disbelief. “Smallflame?” he asked. “You look so different, but… your eyes…”

“Greatwing…” Involuntary or not, Owen had already switched to his native tongue.

Something about the situation must have entertained Blue. With a warm yet amused smirk, he glanced at Red, who seemed transfixed. Mu, resting on Zena’s coils, let out a whine of discomfort. Zena gently rocked her in her ribbons to calm her down.

“Where have you been?” Duos asked. He hopped forward.

Finally, Owen stepped closer, too, collapsing over Duos’ body in an embrace. He was so soft. He chirped and cooed gently back to Owen, who couldn’t stop shaking.

“It’s been a long, long time,” Owen said with a trembling voice. “Too long, so… so long. I’m glad you’re okay. I’m glad you were saved.”

“Smallflame…”

The pink-haired human wiped a few tears from her eyes. “I’ll—get some food prepared. Please, come in,” she said.

“Not gonna deny a meal!” Blue declared with a smile.

Owen pulled away, sniffling as the weight of an old, old burden seemed to evaporate from his shoulders. His vision was blurry, even after wiping his eyes a few times. A patch of buildings in the distance was just a rippling mess.

“Yeah,” Owen whispered. “Just a day, though. We have… things to do.”

Duos nodded. “Tell me all about it. You feel so strong now…”

Owen sobbed a laugh and nodded. “Yeah! Yeah…”

Zena’s gaze was fixed on something behind Duos, past the streets. The wind blew and metal bird chimes sang. It just occurred to Owen that several cars had stopped by the sides of the street, people getting out to look at something.

Mu’s whining didn’t stop no matter how much Zena tried to comfort her.

Blue and Red exchanged looks, then followed where those drivers were staring.

The warmth of his reunion was doused with icy water. Tears hadn’t blurred that patch of buildings. It was a distortion of light.

One he and Zena knew all too well.

A Dungeon had formed in Viridian City.
 
Chapter 166 - Other Guardians
Chapter 166 – Other Guardians

Dungeons were supposed to be a Kiloan problem. What was it doing in another reality?!

Owen was far more alarmed than any of the humans. When they caught his gaze, some of their worries mirrored his, but he and Zena were the only ones who understood the magnitude of how bad this was.

“You know this?” Blue asked.

“Yeah. It’s… We need to investigate it right now. It’s—dangerous, depending on what’s in there.”

“How big of a problem is this?” Blue clarified.

“…Big? Very big? Huge. Just, huge.”

Blue nodded, his jovial, lighthearted expression completely gone. All business. He stared at Red. “Go with them. I’m gonna make some calls.”

Red nodded, then tossed a Poké Ball in the air, summoning Hardscale again.

“Um,” said the pink-haired human, “did Charizard just talk?”

“Oh, s-sorry, I’m Owen! But I need to go now, um, bye, Duos!”

Duos looked dumbfounded.

Owen sped onward, following Hardscale as they passed several buildings at once. They heard a siren down below chirp once, quickly, as if to get their attention.

“Don’t go that way!” called a human dressed in blue standing near a car that Owen guessed was with the police. “It’s dangerous!”

“We know!” Zena called.

The human said nothing in reply, staring.

“Um, Zena, I think you’re not supposed to talk to humans,” Owen said.

“Didn’t you a few seconds ago?”

“…We’re bad at this.”

They left the officer behind, passing over more buildings. The distortion was clearer now and about the size of a ‘small’ Dungeon by Owen’s perspective, no more than a district wide. But for a place so densely populated, that was as if a Dungeon had swallowed up Kilo Village.

“What do we do?” Zena asked. “Go in, rescue anyone inside, and have Blue call some authorities so we can inform them?”

“I think so,” Owen said. “First is trying to see if that Dungeon can be sealed. Then we can figure out damage control, and why it’s showing up in the first place. It shouldn’t have been more than a few kilos back home right now—did something happen? I haven’t heard anything from Barky since last time…”

“It’s not like he’ll check in more than once every few moons from our perspective,” Zena pointed out.

“R-right…”

They were getting close. “Land here!” Owen called to Red, diving to the streets. Zena landed next to them and he double-checked that Mu was still doing alright. Heading into the Dungeon was dangerous for her, but leaving her with Blue, she might wander off…

Red landed and tossed a ball, forming a Pikachu with a powerful aura that Owen instantly recognized. That was no normal Pikachu…

“Inside, things are going to be twisted around and changed in strange ways,” Owen explained to Red. “It might be like a maze. What we need to do is go through each section and try to rescue as many people as we can. I don’t… have my Badge with me that usually helps with this, but maybe I can replicate its power. I have the same thing that was used to make them, so…”

Red nodded and walked into the distortion without fear.

“He doesn’t even hesitate,” Zena murmured.

“Something tells me this isn’t the first time he’s been through… things.” Owen held Mu a little tighter. “Listen, Mu. You need to behave and don’t wander off, okay? It’s going to be a little dangerous, but we’ll keep you safe.”

Mu stared at him with wide eyes, craning her neck faaaar back to look up.

“I’ll do the fighting,” Zena offered. “Hopefully this Dungeon isn’t too dangerous. Come, Red’s waiting.”

They pushed through the rippling barrier…

The buildings had been twisted and warped at impossible angles. A simple three-story building had twisted into a corkscrew. A human dangled from a second-story window, aiming to drop into a bush below. Ahead, water pipes were contorted into something that reminded Owen of pasta in the central street. The street itself became more like an oblong checkerboard of grass and pavement. Several buildings lined up like soldiers shoulder to shoulder, closing in on once spacious alleyways with only a foot or so of leeway.

“So this is what a Dungeon would do to human architecture,” Zena murmured.

Hardscale roared ahead, just around the corner. A black blob flew past their view and evaporated.

“No! How?” Owen whispered. “Wraiths?! But that can only mean…!”

“This is bad, Owen,” Zena said. “Red isn’t experienced with this sort of thing! His Pokémon can’t handle wraiths!”

Owen flew forward and took a deep breath, preparing the best Flamethrower he could muster. With his Perceive, he detected four wraiths. No more seemed to be pouring in, so at least it wasn’t a huge onslaught.

Three wraiths. One had dematerialized.

No, two. That was another. Owen couldn’t Perceive what was doing that, but their bodies sizzled as if hit by a massive amount of energy all at once.

They rounded the corner just in time to see a bolt of lightning spearing the third wraith, dispelling it instantly. Its ominous fog seeped into the ground; Owen wasn’t sure if it was returning to the Voidlands or lying dormant…

Owen fired at the final wraith. This one was sneaking behind a streetlight that had been curled into a spiral. Just one strike was enough to dispatch it.

“…Any more?” Zena asked, but then gasped and shot at the air. The Hydro Pump left Owen’s Perceive range. When he turned to let his eyes do the watching, he saw a faraway, flying wraith plummeting down, dissolving before it could strike the ground.

“Nice shot,” Owen remarked.

“Yaay!” Mu flailed her arms. “All gone!”

“All gone?” Zena asked.

Aside from distant shouts for help or rescue from citizens—not panicked, but alert—the twisted district was quiet. Calmer.

This was a weak Dungeon. Normal Pokémon could probably deal with them if the wraiths were few. A blessing in disguise, Owen figured.

“Do you think Mu knows they’re gone innately?” Zena asked. “She is part Dark Matter…”

“Maybe,” Owen said. “Mu? Are there no more monsters?”

Mu tilted her head, blinking. Her blue eyes scanned the streets. “Ah!” She pointed down the road and into one of the buildings. Mu wriggled out of Owen’s grasp and landed on the ground. Owen reached for her and passed right through.

“What—”

Mu had disappeared. Some afterimage was all Owen could see. Maybe it was psychological but even his Perceive had been fooled for a split second.

“Oh, not again,” Zena said.

Red grunted and pointed at the far building’s window.

Mu was at the windowsill, staring inside. They hurried along and once Owen was halfway there, his Perceive pinged a human lying on the ground. He spread his wings and sped the rest of the way, landing heavily by the building. It seemed to be an apartment complex that had been twisted into an upside-down U shape. This was either the top floor or the bottom floor.

The building was filled with about five humans in various rooms. All but this one seemed unharmed, just trapped. This human was an elderly male pinned under a dresser, mercifully mostly empty. He was balding with only flecks of gray hair, lying on the former ceiling of the complex. He was trying to pull on a light fixture in the new floor to get out, but his clothes were caught on one of the dresser’s knobs.

“Ah… ah, is someone there?” the man called, hoarse. “Ah, a Pokémon! Please, if… if you can, lift this. I can’t take it off. It’s hard to breathe…”

Owen was going to answer before remembering his species. He nodded and crept through the windows. They creaked and cracked—and one popped off. He winced. Too large, but he had to save this man first. The property was probably ruined anyway.

He put his claws beneath the bookshelf and gently lifted it. Mu crawled to the clothes and pulled the caught portion off the knob, which impressed Owen. Did she know, somehow?

This was a dense shelf. The wood was dark and had metal keeping it all together. No wonder it was so heavy. The elderly man had a few broken bones but it wasn’t severe… still, he was old. Those could be big trouble for him.

After righting the shelf, he gently helped the man up. He had his full weight against Owen, and after figuring out the best position to carry him without aggravating any injuries, he picked him up and cradled him in his arms, turning back to the window. And paused.

Right. How was he supposed to get out? If only he had a working Badge for this sort of thing, but even his communicator wouldn’t…

Would it?

He’d never thought to try.

Zena was at the window, though. He smiled gratefully and handed the old man over; Zena’s ribbons helped with the transfer, and soon he was out.

“Oh, so beautiful,” the man said, smiling at her. “Milotic, what a privilege to be rescued by one…”

Zena smiled awkwardly.

“There are a lot more we need to rescue, but the wraiths are gone,” Owen said in feral to Zena.

She stared at him.

He’d forgotten. Zena didn’t. know the language yet. He glanced nervously at the old man, then nodded at her and headed into the building.

The first order of business after this was settled: language lessons for Zena.

<><><>​

Blue flopped onto the couch and sank into the cushions. “Phew!” he declared. “I’m beat.”

After Blue made his calls, he had come in to help with the distortion and rescue efforts. Between Owen, Zena, Red, Blue, and the local authorities, everyone had been safely evacuated, and with minor injuries at worst. They called it a miracle, but Owen knew it was luck from only having to worry about a young Dungeon. It might get worse. They would have to investigate again to find, perhaps, its core, or some way to seal and dispel it… but with the rescue effort alone, they could afford to wait it out and talk with the others.

Duos perched on the armrest, staring down at Owen, who took a seat next to the couch. He was glad this apartment was spacious enough to accommodate his wings. Perhaps it was for Duos.

“So, you talk human now?” Duos asked.

“I, er, I picked it up,” he lied. The truth was… a bit much. This was easier.

“Cool. Human seemed boring and complicated.”

“It is. But when you’re working with human things a lot, you need more things to say. Human has that.”

“Oh.” Duos looked disinterested already.

Duos then stared at Zena. “Are you his mate?”

“Hm?” Zena offered another smile. She was coiled next to Owen, near a black mini fridge.

“She is,” Owen said, “but she only speaks human.”

“Whaa?” Duos leaned forward. “How? All Pokémon can speak to each other!”

Owen shook his head. “Where I’ve been, Pokémon lost that native communication in exchange for being a lot stronger on average. They’re part-human. They don’t need humans to help them be stronger; they’re just stronger naturally.”

“That’s crazy… But how do they understand each other?”

Owen shrugged. “The same way humans do.”

“Do they have Pokémon that talk like me?” Duos asked.

“Oh, yeah. I can speak to them, too, but normally we can’t. They’re like wild Pokémon here, without any human influence.”

“Ohh… like, wild wild,” Duos said. “Away from routes, where they stay away from humans?”

“Exactly.”

“They’re scary.”

“They can be. But we’re stronger.”

Red was looking at his phone, frowning pensively. He flicked something in Blue’s general direction and Blue’s phone buzzed.

“Uh?”

Blue sat up just as Duos’ caretaker entered the room with some green tea and snacks. Blue’s expression went from tired to grave.

“You’re kidding,” he said.

“What’s wrong?” Owen asked.

“Viridian was a bit of a fluke. These distortions are appearing in Alola and Orre, too, and in way bigger numbers!”

Owen blinked. “What? Orre—”

That wasn’t a coincidence. But Alola…

“Why Alola?” he asked. “That’s, uhh… those are those islands way off in the middle of the ocean, right?”

“Yeah. People are theorizing it’s a new kind of Ultra Wormhole,” Blue said, flicking through something on his phone. “But Orre, that’s a weird one. Ever since they took care of that whole ‘Shadow Pokémon’ thing it’s been pretty peaceful over there.”

“Shadow… Pokémon…”

Blue quirked an eyebrow. “That familiar?”

Owen took a slow, steady breath, and then held his hand forward. He tried to draw deep, deep into what he used to have. What he knew he still had. Afraid to draw it, once, but now, with better control, maybe he could try to dig it out again.

Now that all the seals were broken… maybe he would be okay. Power never left the spirit. It should still be there…

A dark flame emerged from Owen’s palm, flickering with light-absorbing embers and purplish smoke.

Duos flinched, feathers puffing out. The humans stared in fascination.

“Usually, Shadows are invisible unless they’re using a move,” Blue said. “How about that? Is that what raw Shadow Aura looks like?”

“I think so,” Owen replied, bringing his tail forward. “Charizard flames are heat and light, but they’re also ethereal. They reflect the state of their aura, too.”

The once orange flame shifted to a similar, dark color.

“We’re dealing with something like this right now. I don’t know if it has the same effects or behaves the same way here, but if there is knowledge about this in Orre…” Owen looked at Zena. “We need to go there next.”

“If you’re gonna go there,” Blue said, “you oughta take a look at Alola along the way. The flight from Kanto to Orre is brutal, but Alola’s practically right at the midway point if you go that route.”

“Alola,” Zena repeated. “That’s where…?”

“Most research into Ultra Wormholes is in Alola,” explained Blue. “If anywhere can get you guys back home, it’s that way. I already made a call or two. They can hear you out.”

“That’d… be great, actually,” Owen said. “How soon can we get a flight?”

“With the money you have? Probably tomorrow,” Blue said. “Especially if you just go in the cargo.”

“Huh? Cargo?”

Blue tapped on one of his Poké Balls.

“Oh.”

Right. That was pretty convenient.

“Only problem is, usually they’d have a trainer to return you,” Blue said, “and Zena, you said you’re registered as the trainer?”

“That’s how they did it,” Zena confirmed. “It’s a little odd, but I guess they never expected a Pokémon to be at human levels of autonomy like this.”

“Ehh…” Blue shrugged. “I think once you start talking, people will make exceptions. Especially if we send word for it!”

“Oh, you… aren’t coming with us?” Zena asked, curling slightly.

Owen could understand her apprehension. They were an anchor in an unfamiliar world. They’d be on their own again without Red and Blue helping. But…

“They need to stay here,” Owen said. “There might be other Dungeons forming, and they need to be able to help the people where they form. Which reminds me…” He sighed. “I think… I’d like to go back to the Dungeon before we go to bed. Can you arrange a flight for us, Blue?”

“No problem.”

“Red…” Owen nodded his head as if to bow. “Come with us? If this works, maybe I can get you something to help with future Dungeons, too.”

Red nodded back and stood up.

“Duos,” Owen said. “It was great meeting you again. I’m going to try to find the others on our team while I’m here if we have time… just to make sure they’re okay.”

“Oh, yeah!” Duos chirped back. “How’s Tim?”

“He’s doing fine. I’ll tell him all about you.” Owen smiled. “He’ll be relieved. But he’s… in another world.”

“Oh.” Duos’ feathers fluffed down again. “Does he remember me? You sound like it’s been a long time…”

“He’ll never forget you.” Owen nodded. “But he wants you to live a happy life here. Okay?”

“Then I will,” Duos said.

That… that was enough. Owen took a slow breath, then let it out.

He’d return to spend the night if offered. He’d swap stories with Duos. But this… Yes. Even if he couldn’t return, he was satisfied here.

With another weight off his shoulders, Owen squeezed through the doorway.

Time for another visit to the Dungeon.

<><><>​

“There it is,” Owen said, spotting an even darker rift at the epicenter of the Dungeon. The pavement that had once been a street was darkened like burned canvas. Streaks of black crawled along the pavement in a starburst. At the center, two feet off the ground, was a rift—like a blanket had been torn open—leaking a reddish-black fog from the other side.

“I’ve never seen a Dungeon Core before,” Owen said. “Anam usually sealed them, or at least… tried to.”

“Is it usually hidden?” Zena asked.

Owen nodded. “Usually nobody can get to it. But with the right power, we can. And this Dungeon is also new. It probably didn’t have time to form any barriers.”

“You talk like it’s alive,” Zena said. “…Is it?”

“I don’t know. It could just be chemistry but on a… distortion level. Over time, it puts up barriers, but since it’s new, nothing’s built yet.” Owen approached the barrier and glanced at Red, who kept his distance and observed quietly. He’d summoned Pikachu and Hardscale to observe by his side.

“We seal it with Radiance, right?” Zena asked.

“Right. I can do that,” Owen said. His hand curled and golden sparks shot from his claws erratically. He flexed his fingers again. The sparks became more controlled. Stronger, concentrated… They connected along his palm. He grasped at the newly formed rod. It extended into a spear that sizzled in his hand.

He aimed it into the rift. The darkness around it sizzled and sputtered violently, lashing out at them; Owen spread his wings and kept the others behind him. He held his free hand forward and put up a Protect shield, a brilliant gold color.

The rift stopped sputtering. Owen released the energy and relaxed his stance.

The air… was less oppressive. Wraiths probably wouldn’t be able to come through. However, that distortive feeling the Dungeon left behind, the Shadows that had twisted reality with its negative energy, was still there.

Anam never tried to harness Shadows in that way. He feared that dark power. And perhaps, in some ways, Diyem did not want to fully cut off his connections to the living world.

But Kanto had nothing to do with their struggles. Owen wondered if he could command this Dungeon to close for good.

“Well,” Zena said, “I think that’s all we can do for now. I’m sorry that this town is distorted as it is, but…”

“Can I try something?” Owen asked.

“Oh?”

“It can’t make it any worse. But if I’m right, I might be able to fix this.”

Mu, struggling out of Zena’s left ribbon, reached out to Owen and appeared to want, as Blue called it, “uppies.”

“Later, Mu,” Owen said. “One second. I just need to concentrate…”

Moments later, his other hand conjured a dark spear, this one cold to the touch and sapping the light.

He pointed it at the inert rift. It felt like a lock and key. Perhaps if he manipulated the energy in just the right way…

Zena and Blue were looking around like something was changing. Owen was too concentrated on the rift to look. “What’s going on?” he asked.

“The distortion. It’s… shrinking,” Zena said.

But as Owen did it, the rift was becoming active again. Shadows seeped from the rift, awakened by the same power Owen channeled into it. His hand was getting cold. The distortions of the buildings receded at the outer perimeters. Some of it was damaged, even after they contorted back to their normal shapes, but it was much better than the twisted lands they’d dealt with before.

But the shrinking slowed the closer it got to the center. By the time the distortion was about a hundred meters out, it had slowed completely, countered by the reawakened rift. If left alone, it would expand again…

“It’s not closing,” Zena said. “But you shrank it, Owen. That’s good enough… It’ll be a big help to the town this way.”

“Not yet,” Owen said. “This is where I need to try something.”

He wasn’t strained yet. This was just Shadows. Before, it was just Radiance. Shadows controlled the distortion, but also fed into the rift; Radiance ate away at the rift, rendering it inert.

What if he did both at once?

Owen used his other hand, channeling Radiance a second time. His scales brightened at the wrist onward like yellow magma beneath orange rocks. It tingled and burned. Nothing he hadn’t dealt with before.

The light fed into the rift, dissolving the Shadows with a ghastly hiss. And the distortion receded even more. Faster and faster. Fifty meters, twenty meters. As the minutes ticked by, Zena reminded Owen to breathe. Each pause made the rift grow a little more but it also restored his strength. Ten meters, five meters. Red stepped out of the distortion, followed by Zena with Mu.

“Bye-bye,” Mu said, waving at the sky.

A strange feeling washed over Owen’s back as the distortion passed over him next.

Sssssssttkk…

The distortion was coalesced into a tiny bubble. A whole Dungeon no larger than an Oran berry. Zena and Blue observed from either side behind him.

Owen grasped the sphere with both hands and crushed it like a glass ball. It warped and compressed like a balloon and the dark and light energies swirled around it like ink in water. Owen’s hands trembled against the chaotic world he created in his palms. He pressed harder and harder, and then—

With a great whistle, then an ethereal POP! that stunned Owen’s aura senses, the solid distortion shattered completely. Nothing at all was left behind, not even a trace of a portal.

It was gone.

The Dungeon was gone.

<><><>​

“Chaos in Viridian City as a strange distortion-like field appears right on the eastern side of the district!

“Shown before you now is what the strange bubble looked like from onlookers all around the city. This odd, water-like rippling atmosphere was filled with strange, dark creatures that were hostile to everyone who approached. Within the distortion itself, the buildings were twisted topsy-turvy, residents trapped within their own homes to defend themselves!

“Miraculously, the distortion disappeared in a matter of hours. Exiting the district after rescuing everyone inside was Legendary Trainer Red and some companions that we had not seen this cryptic traveler partnering with before! Some claim that the Charizard could be Hardscale after undergoing a completely new transformation!

“Red did not respond for comment.”


The news went on and on, covering different angles of the distortion and all the speculation. Blue had pulled off a few evasive tricks to avoid the press, and they’d somehow managed to get back to Duos’ place for one last night.

Owen had slept heavily and saw the reiteration of the news the following morning from his Poké Ball. It was a little muffled, but he heard the gist of what he wanted.

Even Zena experimented with her ball. When their spheres were close together, Owen felt like she was wrapped around him, and they were resting right next to each other. Was that technology of the ball, or something more innate? Owen wasn’t sure.

“Thanks for letting us stay the night. It would’ve been brutal out there after what happened,” Blue said.

“Oh, it wasn’t a problem,” said Duos’ caretaker. “It’s not every day I’m visited by someone my Pokémon had been missing for so long! Oh, I hope they get some good rest. It was such a busy day for them…”

Busy? After everything else, that was a great day. Owen hoped he could get more of those.

Mu, who had elected to rest near Red for the night, crawled over to Zena’s ball and tilted her head. She crouched down and sniffed at it. The ball wiggled in response. Zena must have been listening in, too.

Owen was starting to feel the need to get out and stretch. He wasn’t sure how long it had been. For all he knew, it could have been a whole day in the Poké Ball. But that might have been refreshing.

But no, the news meant it was just the night. His ball wiggled and he expanded his energy against the edge of the ball. It wiggled a little more, enough to get their attention, and he finally released himself.

His vision whitened and then returned to normal. Weight returned to his senses. He stretched his wings and tail, careful to avoid the furniture, and glanced down at Zena’s ball. She still didn’t emerge, but he’d sensed she was awake. Maybe she was just cozy.

With an entertained smile, he gently picked up the ball and tucked it under a wing. The ball wobbled gently and settled.

Mu crawled onto his thigh and under his other wing.

“Good morning,” Duos’ caretaker said.

“Morning,” Owen said. “I think Zena still wants to—” Right he wasn’t supposed to talk. Did he speak in feral or human?

The woman tittered nervously.

Yep, human.

“I’ve never met a talking Pokémon before, let alone three.”

“Three?”

“Your daughter!”

“Oh! Was she… talking more?”

“Only simple words, but that’s more than I’ve seen in any other Pokémon!”

Owen rubbed Mu on the head, nodding. “She’s a fast learner. I think it’s because… the Pokémon in my world were, uh…” Surely, he could think of an excuse mid-sentence. “Blessed with knowledge many generations ago. That just carried over ever since.”

“How interesting…”

“Tsk. Well, sorry to say,” Blue said, “but it doesn’t look like we can get you a flight too early. This whole Dungeon business disrupted a few things at some airports. The ripple effect caused a bunch of delays. It’s chaos over there!”

Duos’ caretaker shook her head disapprovingly. “Oh, it can’t be that bad…”

“Then…” Owen nodded. “That means Dungeons are forming in other places, too?”

“Mostly Orre and the nearby Unova areas,” Blue said. “Makes it pretty complicated, though, with all the flights they do…”

“Right…” Owen nodded. Dungeons and wraiths were appearing in this world. That meant that somehow, there was a connection from the Voidlands to here. If they found another Dungeon… maybe they could return home that way.

But now they couldn’t. If they did, this world would be in danger. At a much faster speed, too! And the opportunity Arceus gave them… They needed to use it to research, recover, train, and prepare with their extra time.

“I… think I know what I need to do,” Owen said.

“You can’t seriously think about going around the world to dispel every single Dungeon, can you?” Blue asked. “There are way too many!”

“I know. That’s why… I want to find people like you two. Like you and Red. And… I need to test something.”

“Eh?” Blue leaned forward. “Test what?”

Red also seemed interested, listening attentively.

“That… special transformation, that stone you had,” he said. “I have something similar. It was given to me by Xerneas to ‘awaken latent potential’ in my species. I never used it yet, was caught off guard the one time I could have, but…”

“You think its power can dispel Dungeons?” Blue asked.

“No,” Owen said, “but… we were chatting about it, right? Its side-effect is that it can make the Pokémon go berserk with that power. A human’s spirit helps to keep them calm.”

“That’s true. Mega Stones aren’t an easy thing to handle. To untrained Pokémon, they could seriously hurt someone. You need a lot of skill as a trainer to use one.”

“Then that’s where I’ll put my power.”

Red’s eyes glinted with his interest.

“One of my powers is the ability to… confer it. To give it to other things like an enchantment. If you already have Pokémon that are capable of controlling a berserk state like I can, then you can handle this power. And it’s exactly what can be done to dispel Dungeons and get this world back to normal.”

“Ahhh, I see!” Blue smirked. “You aren’t taking on this problem on your own at all. You’re getting a team to handle it on their home turf!”

“Exactly.” Owen nodded. “But I’ll need to do some training. And I want a list of as many trusted trainers who have mastered Mega Stones.”

“That’ll be easy. Guess I’ll be Mister Bookkeeper again, but I want my Pokémon to get some of that training, too. Red’s not the only ‘Mega Stone Master’ in this room.”

Red produced the large, orange marble from his bag and offered it to Owen. When he held it, Owen recognized a similar power within it. Not quite divine and self-sufficient like the one Owen had—this one needed a human catalyst to set off—but it would do. It could hold this power the same way.

Owen steadied his breath and let the Shadows and Radiance flow from his chest outward. Into his shoulders, wings, arms, and finally into the stone itself. The process was slow, careful, and took several minutes. The marble darkened, brightened, and mixed with a swirl of golds and purples.

The lights seeped into the marble and stayed there, glimmering and waiting to be drawn from. That was good enough. He handed the Mega Stone back to Red.

“If you do that transformation with him now,” Owen said, “Hardscale can do what I did. Or, he has the potential for it. I’m… going to try to train him a little. Then I want to train others who can do the same thing.”

“You’re sure about that?” Blue said. “Seemed like you were in a rush last time…”

He smiled faintly. “Barky gave us a hundred days to a single day there,” he said. “I’m going to try to relax, but… I want to be ready. And now that things are leaking here, too, somehow… all the more reason to defend my old homeworld, too. Right?”

Something about what he said must have resonated with Zena. The Poké Ball wiggled a little, nudging against Owen. He felt her support.

“Sounds like Zena wouldn’t mind helping, either,” Owen said. “Hope you don’t mind the detour, Red.”

But Owen could already see the glint in his eyes. Red understood his role in all this. Hardscale must have, too.

Owen still envied Hardscale for how lucky he was to get such a good trainer. But he had to push those thoughts aside for now. This was a blessing.

Kanto had its own protectors and its own stories. Owen’s place to them now was to give them a boon to defend themselves.
 
Chapter 167 - Being a Hero
Chapter 167 - Being a Hero

Anam took a seat at the base of Heart HQ’s stairs. His legs were tired from all the walking and his feet ached. He wanted to slide into a pool and fall asleep for a whole day. But a burning urge in his guts told him he had to keep the Village safe. Keep everyone safe, even if he couldn’t do that as well anymore…

The sky was a bright and beautiful orange with purple clouds rolling over calm winds. The Dungeons were at least eradicated from Kilo Village thanks to innovations made by Diyem and the others. Rain Dance, too, flowed through the drainage system into the caldera’s edges. The air was damp with remnant rain and the grass seemed a little greener on the edges of the well-trodden dirt roads.

Someone cursed near the top of the Heart HQ stairs. Anam tilted his head back until he plopped against the stairs, seeing Jerry.

“Hi, Jerry!”

“Eh? Oh, hey,” Jerry mumbled.

“You okay?”

“Yeah, yeah, just… tired. Glad the day’s over.” Jerry gave Anam an uneasy glance. Anam wondered if he would fly away without saying anything else.

But to Anam’s surprise, Jerry hopped down the stairs and stared awkwardly at him instead.

“…You… seem tired, too. I guess.”

“A little…” Anam trailed off.

More silence. The questions that raced through Anam’s mind were somehow colder than the chilly winds of another winter night.

“I’m sorry,” Anam finally said. The statement had no thought-out plan behind it. It… just spilled out.

“…Sorry,” Jerry said, folding his wings down and sitting a few feet away from Anam on the same step. “…What for?”

“For… the South. For what it did to you. I should have helped more. I… I messed up a lot.”

Diyem wasn’t there to tell him what he said wrong. He had no idea if Jerry hated him or… But if he did, Anam would deserve it, right?

“I used a dark power to get rid of other dark powers,” Anam said. “And… and I used that same power to try to make Diyem happy, but it also meant everyone else had to lose their power. I, um… Was I a tyrant?”

“All this time,” Jerry said, “and you’re only wondering these questions… now?”

Anam winced, wanting to sink into himself.

Jerry seemed to be awaiting a response. When none came, he sighed and said, “Look, I get it. You saved the world from a lot of trouble. And yeah, fine, you tried to preserve the way of life for all those places you conquered… You didn’t even hurt anyone, aside from Dad, but he was… I get it with Dad.”

“M-mm.” Anam nodded nervously. Was there going to be some sort of caveat to it? Jerry hated him, so…

“Why’d you leave me behind for that?” Jerry asked.

“H-huh?” Anam, caught off guard, turned to look at him directly.

Only then did he realize that Jerry wasn’t angry. If anything, he looked… pained. But he was good at hiding it.

“You integrated the Southern Kingdom. You did all you could, reached out, blessed the Dungeons, and made life better for everyone.

“So, why’d you ignore me?”

Anam stared, dumbfounded, as the wind blew a few loose end-of-autumn leaves against his gooey skin.

“Ignore you?” he said. “I… I thought… you’d be fine. You were the king, you…”

“I lost everything,” Jerry said. “When you took away Dad’s power, that… Everything spiraled out. I don’t even know how he lost it all, or if some other leadership took it from him. But we were… stuck in a little house after that, barely a coin to our name some days. Mom was sick ‘n Dad just got worse. And me?” Jerry breathed. “I could’ve had a brother, but that never worked out either. Nothing… in my life… went well after you took away our darkness. Everything was fine… before you took away what had.”

Near the end, the Aerodactyl’s voice trembled and broke, but he didn’t cry. Anam wanted to, though. He trembled and said, “I… I’m sorry. I didn’t know… I thought if I took away your Shadows… he’d just be better. Diyem sensed so much evil in him… that maybe if I…”

“It wasn’t Shadows,” Jerry said. “Dad was just awful. He could harness Shadows, but that’s just power. If you can control it, it doesn’t matter. You saw Spice. She’s just fine.”

“Spice had light, too,” Anam said, “but…”

“But we didn’t,” Jerry said, “and I was just fine. I didn’t change for the better when you ripped that out of my soul, or whatever you did.”

The Goodra had no idea how to reply. He did the right thing, right? Shadows corrupted people. Diyem knew that. But… Jerry didn’t seem that different. And he knew he’d sealed those Shadows completely.

Was Jerry still corrupted by it? No… That couldn’t be it, right?

“You just don’t… get it, do you?” Jerry said.

“Pokémon aren’t… bad. Shadows can make them bad. It can cloud how they see things and make them do bad things, but—”

“You literally had the embodiment of evil in you,” Jerry said, “telling you, in your head, who was evil and who wasn’t. Right?”

“No!” Anam said. “He didn’t say that! He told me the negative things people felt! Not that they were negative! People aren’t evil like that! They—”

“They are, Anam,” Jerry spat. “Some Pokémon are evil.”

“N-no!” Anam said. “They just… do evil things, because they’re afraid, or hurt! Even if they don’t think it, that’s why!”

“And why does that matter?” Jerry snapped, standing up to face Anam, who shrank into himself, neck sinking into his shoulders. “Why’s it matter if someone was sad and afraid? They still made the world worse! Hardship happens to everyone, but y’know what, it’s how you react that matters. Not everyone who’s vulnerable lashes out and claws everyone down. Not everyone who wants to be strong abuses their strength like my father did.”

“But they… just didn’t know any better,” Anam said. “If… if we could show them how to be better—like—like you when you were arrested and became a Broken Heart—”

“Some people don’t want to do better.” Jerry leaned forward. Anam sank even more into his shoulders. “I wanted a good life. I felt bad for what I did to survive. But not everyone feels bad, buddy. You should listen when Diyem says that because I know he did. That’s how the world works. Some. People. Don’t. Care.”

The words echoed in Anam’s head. Over and over, he thought about what that meant. Some just didn’t care. All the people who were in pain, they all seemed guilty of it. But…

“Come on,” Jerry said, his tone softening. “Can’t you think about anyone that Diyem didn’t catch as evil, still doing evil things? Can Diyem feel indifference?”

“I… I mean…” Anam sniffled but then choked in a gasp.

There was one person in recent memory who did. Sure, there were a few times when the cruel actions of some people were not caught by Diyem. But those were for small, petty things. Anam assumed Diyem never bothered to talk about it.

But there was one person. A single person who had done so much evil and yet had not a negative thought about it.

“Nevren,” Anam said quietly. “Diyem… never sensed negative emotions from him. Not major ones. He didn’t like my hugs… but a lot of people didn’t. But even then… there wasn’t anything negative from him. But he was still the one who…”

“Right.” Jerry nodded, looking more thoughtful this time. “So, I guess you do have a real example.”

Anam nodded weakly, playing with his grabbers again. What was he supposed to do about this, though? If he couldn’t sense negativity and still got caught off guard with that…

“I…” Anam squeezed his eyes shut. “I don’t know what to do.”

“What’s that supposed to mean?” Jerry said.

Anam opened his mouth to speak but couldn’t find it in him to say it. To say what he was thinking. Would anyone else hear him? Or…

“Spit it out,” Jerry demanded.

“I can’t be the leader,” Anam blurted, shaking. It was out there. He said it to Jerry, who already hated his leadership. This was just going to make him angrier.

“You can’t?” Jerry repeated.

Anam was surprised at the lack of yelling or berating or… anything. He dared to open his eyes.

Jerry had a look of bewilderment. His wings had outstretched a little. The Aerodactyl folded them back down.

“Why?” Jerry asked.

“I… I don’t have Diyem anymore. Everyone knows the secret now. I’ll… I’ll be misled. I’ll do something bad… or they’ll control me… and… and I don’t know how to lead!! I n-never… I was n-never good at it. Diyem told me how… he told me everything… I’m…”

Anam blubbered into his grabbers, sniffling and rubbing his eyes. He went on for a while, seconds passing agonizingly. His mind raced through all the times he’d reversed negative feelings by how Diyem informed him of it all. He knew exactly where to go because Diyem told him.

Now he had none of that. He had nothing. He was… nothing.

“Tch…” Jerry sighed and turned his head away. “…You’re right,” he said. “You don’t have that anymore. You never had smarts for being at the top.”

It hurt to hear… but Jerry wasn’t yelling at him. That was nice. He was expecting so much worse. And Anam said it himself, right? He wasn’t supposed to be a leader. It was all Diyem. It was all off the valor of his mother and father. He wasn’t… right in the head to be a grand leader. He was naïve and just wanted to see the good in everyone. And where did it get him?

And he knew that. He knew that for a long time. He simply refused to believe it’d collapse around him. For a while… for five hundred years, it didn’t. Until the person protecting him from it, Nevren, and the one guiding him forward, Diyem, left.

Now he was nothing.

The wind blew again. It was so cold that Anam half-feared the slime on his body would snap frozen. The heart-shaped building of HQ darkened with the last of twilight over the caldera casting a long shadow over all of town.

“But they still need you,” Jerry said

“Huh?”

The Aerodactyl rubbed the top of his snout. Perhaps it pained him to say anything to Anam? But he forced it through his teeth, continuing, “You did a lot of good. And you were the one with the final say. You listened to your… advisors. Took everything into account. And your direction was always helping others.

“And… people like you.” Jerry’s shoulders sank. “Yeah. Fine. I fell through the cracks. But they were small cracks. And if I’m hearin’ you say… you aren’t a good leader… That you aren’t fit… I’m satisfied.”

Anam sniffled, rubbing his eyes. He was calming down now, but he didn’t know what Jerry was talking about. Why was saying these things making him feel better?

“What do I do?” Anam asked.

“You’re asking me?”

Anam nodded earnestly. “Your dad… was the Southern King. So, you were the Prince. What would—”

“I’m not using him as an example,” Jerry cut Anam off. “Not gonna refer to him for anything good. But… Look. If you aren’t gonna be the main leader, you do need to be in the public eye, putting on a good face, and making sure people don’t lose hope. People look up to you. They adore you. So… don’t be afraid of what people think of you.

“Just be you. Find a position where you can. And, I dunno. Find a leader to take your place.”

“Find… a position… and a leader…”

Tiredly, Jerry stood up and spread his wings. “I’m gonna go,” he said. “Don’t do anything stupid.”

“O-okay.”

Jerry stared at him for a few more seconds. Anam wondered what he was thinking. Was he going to say anything?

But then, Jerry took off, leaving Anam by the stairs of Heart HQ.

You are strong, Anam, a voice called from within. His father, James. Anam could always feel his presence, even if he was always a quiet observer. I will help you. We all will. Ask your mother what to do.

She will understand. She’d never be upset at you, Anam.


James had changed so much when he’d been taken by Diyem. Anam could hardly call him ‘Dad’ anymore. Yet… some of that old self remained. He had his family back. And maybe soon, when the Voidlands was freed, he’d awaken his old friends from long ago, too.

He never gave up that hope.

“Thank you,” Anam whispered.

The night was a little less cold. Anam took the time to rest against the stairs until the teams of Destiny Tower and the Voidlands returned for their report.

<><><>​

In one of the many patches of gnarled, blackened trees in the Voidlands, a cyclone swirled, ripping trees from their roots and adding them to the maelstrom of destruction.

“I can’t blast through!” Reshiram shouted. “Ugh, where’s our backup?!”

“Arceus called fer a meetin’,” Marshadow said with a smirk. “Heh. Gotta take this one on a little short on numbers.”

A black-red beam of energy caved into the cyclone, leaving a brief gap. Reshiram shot blue flames through it before the gap closed again. Marshadow wasn’t sure if it connected with anything. Probably didn’t matter yet. They needed a shot at the Titan’s Core anyway…

“Try again! That was a good one!” Marshadow said.

“Watch out!” Yveltal shouted back.

“Whoa!” Marshadow clutched at Reshiram’s fur as he and Yveltal flew back to avoid the cyclone lunging at them. They flew in a wide circle before composing themselves.

“Three is way too small for this,” muttered Reshiram.

“Hold your focus,” Yveltal advised. “Ready…”

Reshiram took a deep breath. Spirits within Marshadow bubbled, ready to power him for a finishing blow with Mystic power.

“GO!” Marshadow commanded.

Another beam from the death bird came first, carving a fissure in the cyclone. Reshiram’s flue flames widened it. This time, the hole was large. Brief as it was, they only needed that. Arcs of electricity connected some of the trees in the cyclone but Marshadow took the risk.

Get ready! Marshadow called inward.

Always are! called one voice.

Marshadow kicked off Reshiram’s chest and jettisoned through the gap in the cyclone. A few sparks of lightning nearly struck Marshadow only to be blocked by spirits forming around him in clouds. First was Cacturne Doll’s arm, then Chesnaught Verd’s shell. Then, Samurott Elbee burst from the right and cleaved an incoming tree in half, splitting it around Marshadow. Infernape Roh burned another incoming wave to keep the gaps wide.

And up ahead, the Titan—a bipedal monster with a bulky tail—loomed over them.

“The Core’s there!” announced Feraligatr Azu, who shrank away with the other spirits.

A dark, pulsing sphere near the center of the Titan’s chest—still burned from one of Reshiram’s precise strikes—was exposed beyond the amalgamated Void Shadows.

Drampa Yen formed beneath Marshadow as a free platform. Marshadow landed with a smirk, then kicked one last time. Yen disappeared, his ember trailing over Marshadow’s shoulders.

“Let’s give this a try!”

Marshadow brought a fist back. All the spirits, as embers, emerged over his shoulder and formed a giant, ethereal fist. Their blurry forms vaguely locked hands, paws, and limbs to form one cohesive group, operating as one.

“Superhuman Punch!”

The Titan roared but was too slow to stop him. The fist slammed into the Core, leaving a shockwave that dispelled the cyclone and stripped the Titan of all its Void Shadows in a single Radiant blast. The shell of the Core broke apart, revealing black scales and electric sparks within.

With his ethereal hand projection, Manny reached for the slumbering dragon and grasped at her. He hurled Zekrom at Reshiram and Yveltal before withdrawing the fist and materializing Yen for a proper flight.

“Hah! That was the best punch yet, eh?!” Marshadow shouted.

“Quite a name for it, Manny,” Yen hummed with an entertained lilt in his voice. “I’ll say you spent… two days coming up with it?”

“Aw, c’mon,” Marshadow said, waving it off. “Felt appropriate.”

Yen sighed. “It’s nostalgic,” he admitted. “I did miss being able to fight alongside you like this…”

“Heh…” He shook his head. “C’mon. Let’s get back ter Null Village.”

<><><>​

“Victory!” Aster held up the burning, unconscious form of Hoopa in his massive, unbound form in the middle of the town square. Various onlookers glanced out of buildings with nervous but unalarmed stares. At this point, hauling in a beaten and battered Legendary Pokémon had become somewhat of a regular occurrence for the civilians.

In Null Village’s eternal twilight, things seemed a little brighter. It wasn’t the same as when the Tree had been there to blow a hole in the sky, but it was better with so many protectors coming in to visit again.

“…He went a bit overkill,” Leph said with a sigh. The young Arceus levitated Hoopa off and placed him down on the ground. She gently patted Aster on the back with the side of her hoof.

Just behind her was a creature that Manny didn’t recognize at first. It reminded him vaguely of Arceus… if Arceus was made of a mishmash of body parts.

“Eh, hang on, I think I recognize ya,” Manny said.

“I’m Lavender!” the Silvally greeted. “I sneaked onto their team when they weren’t looking!”

“He Teleported after us with one of his spirits,” Leph translated. “You can’t sneak up on us that easily. And we were short on Titan hunting anyway.”

“I’m glad you were able to work up the courage to return here,” Yen said, drifting to the ground. He offered apologetic nods to the civilians who were eventually returning to their daily lives. “The help is appreciated. A lot.”

“Yeah…” Leph sighed. “We took some time to heal in Destiny Tower. Mentally and physically. But sitting around left me… restless.”

“How’s that been, anyway?” Manny asked, hands on his hips. “Bein’ with your pops again.”

“He’s not my father,” Leph said. “We’re the same species, sure, but I was not born from him. He took me in, though. And I suppose he was kind for a time. But that’s long past.”

Aster shifted uncomfortably. “I liked being with Mom,” he mumbled.

Marshadow shrugged. “Aah, it ain’t a huge deal,” he said. “Just glad yer findin’ yer place is all. C’mon, let’s head back ‘n see how—”

With no warning, Leph shot a Judgment javelin into a side alley. The red dust kicked into the air.

“Yipes!” Manny hopped onto Yen’s back on reflex. “Leph! What the—”

“Someone was spying on us.”

“This is a civilian area, buddy!” Manny hopped off Yen and sprinted to the alleyway. But there was nobody there… Did Leph’s Judgment incinerate them completely? No, couldn’t be that easy.

Manny paused, checking the ground. The dust was disturbed, but just a little away from the blast site, he saw footprints. It was easy to tell the species.

Manny stepped away and spoke to Leph, “D’you sense anyone now?”

“No. I think they ran off. But I sensed… power behind it, and it wasn’t familiar to me. I didn’t like it.”

“Probably nothin’,” Manny said aloud. Then, once he was closer, he said in a lower voice, “Actually,” he said, “you did almost hit someone. But y’missed… er they dodged. It was an Alakazam.” He rolled his shoulders thoughtfully. “So, Nevren. Figured he was hidin’ somewhere here, but wonder why he’s spyin’ on us…?”

“That guy…” Reshiram folded his wings down. “Makes my fuzz ruffle, if you ask me. Palkia’s a little weird, but Nevren? Guy was the main driver of the mutant army. I should’ve interfered with that more…”

“Hindsight, bud,” Manny said. “You had places ter protect. Mm, speakin’ o’ which…”

“Yeah, trying to get Poké Balls from that abandoned factory isn’t easy now with the Dungeon incidents happening on the Lightlands.”

“…Li—”

“Don’t deny it sounds cool.”

Manny shrugged. No argument there.

“I think it’s cool!” Lavender agreed.

“Yeah, yeah, anyway,” Manny said, “we gotta go and haul these two back home. Let’s get some light crystals on ‘em and take ‘em to their other half ter sort out.”

“Um. Who are their other halves?” Aster asked.

“No clue. Gonna ask around.” Manny brought his hands behind his head. “Alright, folks! Dungeon rift time!”

And after maybe a day or two of wandering, they’d find the way back to the new… landscape of the surface.

<><><>​

“How about… Spice Amnet?”

“One name, I think,” Star said.

“Maybe… something new? I always wondered what it’d be like to be called Penny.”

“Alright, Penny. You like that?”

“Ehh… maybe not. Sounds like a name Manny would come up with.”

The ghostly Zoroark kicked at a stray rock near the edge of Waypoint Road. Twilight sunsets appeared on various parts of the caldera’s edge, distorted by the Dungeons that turned the skies into a glimmering kaleidoscope.

Aside from Arceus, who elected to stay behind in Destiny Tower to recover under the supervision of Dialga, the gang followed Zoroark back to Kilo Village. She was a little nervous about leaving those two alone, but they’d made sure they were safe—and that Ghrelle wasn’t nearby. Demitri looked the most tired, already half-dozed off on Mispy’s back, while Gahi was occasionally leaving through random side roads because everyone else was walking too slowly. Diyem was also atop Mispy’s back, looking thoughtful about something else.

This evening, it was snowing. Already, a thin layer of white covered Kilo Village, and the ground, very cold from rain just in the afternoon, was dark beneath that white layer. Light snowfall covered everyone’s bodies, though some of them had made a detour for Xerneas’ Waypoint in Yotta Outskirts, which had also been restored. Based on the bulletin board near the center of Waypoint Road, most key population centers linked to Kilo Village had their main streets restored.

“You’re going to have a hard time getting a name that puts together all four of your identities,” Star said. “Like, eventually you just want to move on to something else, right?”

“Yeah, maybe, but… I still feel like all of them,” Zoroark said. “It needs to be… all of them in the same way. That’s what I think.”

Hecto had split apart into his different components and scattered, leaving only a single canine Zygarde behind. They’d had an ultimate game of rock paper scissors and kept choosing the same values for an uncomfortable amount of time.

Zoroark wasn’t sure how a winner eventually came out.

“Perhaps,” the victorious Hecto said, “you should take the first letter of each name and make a new name out of that.”

“First letter, huh? Okay. Spice, Amelia, Enet, Remi. Hmmm…”

Normally her tail would have been flicking, as Spice. She missed that. Maybe she could find a way to get one later.

“Oh!” Zoroark nodded. “It’s perfect! Sera!”

“Hey, a normal-sounding name!” Star hopped into Zoroark Sera’s mane. “You sure you want that?”

“Yeah, that fits perfectly. I might’ve even found an accidental meaning behind it!” She nodded. “Maybe. I could just be grasping. It just sounds nice. All right!” She patted her chest. “From here on, my name is Sera. Feels like all the me’s that I used to be agree.”

“Hey, congratulations, I think,” Star said with a nervous smile. “Anyway, uh, I guess… maybe tomorrow, you can talk with Spice’s folks? Since Enet’s fine… and Amelia’s fine… and Remi, uhhh…”

“Yeah, tomorrow,” Sera said. “I’m a little tired.”

Diyem, hanging in the back, grunted and gave her a skeptical look. “This is you being a little tired?”

Sera tittered and shrugged.

Plap plap…

Sera’s ear twitched. “Huh?” She could smell Pecha berries. “Anam’s still awake. You’d think he’d be exhausted from restoring this place…”

“Hi!” Anam called from the southern part of the crossroads. “Everything’s fine here. I don’t want to be leader anymore!”

Sera blinked several times. Did she hear that right? Sounded too cheerful. “Sorry, I kinda had three partial souls mashed together a few kilos ago, say that again?”

“How come, big guy?” Star asked. “And why are you… happy about it?”

“I wanna be the Big Heart Ambassador instead!”

The wind blew. Distantly, Nate stirred as he prepared to guard the skies once more for nighttime and to search for the wandering sources of darkness that they couldn’t quite get rid of—Lugia, and, presumably, Necrozma.

“Alright,” Star said even slower. “Why…?”

Mispy frowned and tilted her head as well. Sera wondered if she could sense any turmoil in Anam’s aura. Wait, couldn’t she do that, too?

Sera focused. Guardian powers, Guardian powers, Enet knew how to do that a little, but there was more nuance to it she could tap into now… There! Yes. She could feel Anam’s aura! And it felt… tranquil? No, not quite. The feeling Sera felt in her heart… relief. Anam was feeling relieved.

And so, Sera tilted her head in the same way Mispy had.

“Hm.” Diyem sighed, stepping forward. “I believe I understand what Anam is saying. Without me, he can no longer safely determine the darkness in the hearts of those who join the Thousand. In other words… what made him such a good leader, leading such a good organization, is no longer with him.”

Anam fidgeted, trying to smile, but eventually, his shoulders slumped. “Yeah,” he said. “That’s why. And… I want to still be good for others and help as much as I can. But I can’t do the… leader stuff anymore.”

“That’s very insightful of you,” Diyem stated. “How did this come about?”

“What, you can’t believe he’d do it himself?” Sera asked.

“Not really.”

“Jerry did!” Anam said with a grin. “He was super supportive and nice. When I told him I was scared, he helped me through it!”

Gahi was suddenly looking skyward as if distracted by something.

Sera followed his eyes but it was just more kaleidoscope sunsets.

“Good for him,” Diyem said idly, walking down the road. “In any case, I’m going to bed. Do not wake me. Tomorrow is going to be a big day of strategizing.”

“Huh? How come?” Anam asked.

“Fourth,” Mispy said. “We… found it.”

Anam gasped. “You mean… the last part of Mi—of Diyem?”

Demitri nodded. “It was Ghrelle all along—the Poison Guardian!”

“The creepy one who sings with her melted soul minions or something,” Sera explained.

“Yes. And now that we know where my four remaining fragments are,” Diyem said, “we can start a more concrete plan on how to take them down. Be ready.”

Without another word, he started down the road for his temporary housing.

“Oh, Diyem!” Anam called, taking three whole paces to catch up to the Charmander. “You don’t have to stay in that place anymore! I made a room for you in mine!”

Diyem paused, stiffened, and then deflated with a resigned sigh. He gestured for Anam to lead the way. Happily, the Goodra picked Diyem up and ran down the road.

“…They’re an odd couple,” Demitri commented.

“I’ve seen weirder,” Sera said. She stretched and let out a big sigh. “Alright. See you guys tomorrow. I’m going to go… uh… Hm. I think I’m just going to sleep out in the woods tonight until I figure out where I’m supposed to live now.”

“Why not Hot Spot?” offered Demitri.

“Oh, hey, that’s an idea,” Sera agreed. “Sure. Thanks.”

But just as she was about to head to the Hot Spot waypoint, Gahi Teleported next to Anam. Her ears twitched as she overheard the conversation.

“Hey,” Gahi said, “quick question.”

“Uh?”

“How’s Jerry doin’?”

“Oh, he’s fine! He’s been really helpful lately… I’m glad he could forgive me for what happened before. I, um, I think. I still need to make it up to him somehow…”

Gahi nodded. “Yeah, alright,” he said. “Thanks, jus’ askin’.”

Anam tilted his head. “How come?”

Gahi shrugged. “One o’ my spirits was curious, is all.”

After some quick idle talk, they parted ways again. Shrugging a little, Sera continued to Hot Spot, thinking nothing of it.

Once she was halfway to Hot Spot, Sera realized why he’d asked.

<><><>​

“Thank you. It looks right this time,” Qitlan said with a coldness behind his voice.

“S-sorry!”

A Dragapult and two Dreepy were assisting with meal prep for Alexander’s recovery. And they’d gotten it wrong again. Alexander preferred a stew that was thicker and meatier. At least that was easy to fix.

Pots and pans clattered in the distance as the dining hall got to work with their meal preparations. Even without Alexander to attend, Cipher Castle’s operations functioned as normal. Alexander made it that way on purpose, making sure that even in his absence, it would keep pushing along. He was the perfect ruler. He did not need to rule with an iron fist. He simply designed everything to run as it should.

Then he could get what he wanted. Always.

The least Qitlan could do in response, now that he had recovered, was pay Alexander back. With everything.

Everything started with a good and proper meal.

“H-how about now?” Dragapult asked. Two Dreepy held up a sampling bowl for Qitlan to taste.

Thick. Creamy consistency. And heaps of extra meat. He caught a hint of garlic, a favorite of Alexander’s.

“We’ll need five portions exactly like this,” Qitlan said with a nod. “Very good. I’m going to inform him of his meal being prepared. How long must he wait?”

“Only—only ten… no, fifteen minutes to make sure the rest of the meat tenderizes properly!”

“Good. But give it extra time anyway. Make sure it would melt the moment he bites down.”

“M-melts? That could take… a whole half an hour!”

“I’ll allow it.” And without a word, the Inteleon turned around and walked down the halls of the kitchen, past the pacing chefs, and into the dining hall where many of the residential staff were enjoying their meals. Qitlan refused to eat before Alexander.

He passed down the halls lined with royal carpets and vases filled with candy. They weren’t eaten as often anymore except by staff, but that was fine. Alexander didn’t care, so he didn’t care.

The larger-than-life doors to Alexander’s chambers greeted him. He knocked twice in a particular rhythm.

“Enter.”

Qitlan’s heart fluttered as it always did and he pushed the doors open.

Alexander lay in a bed five times his size covered in warmed blankets and pillows for all three of his heads. Most were behind him while two small clusters were by his side to lay his smaller jaws. His injuries had healed but the fatigue of his spirit remained. Thankfully, based on what their scouts had stated, the opposition was also recovering from their chaos. That left Alexander with ample time to recover and be stronger than ever.

The scouts had given him even more information and findings about some of the methods the Hands of Creation had allowed. And, by that same logic, the opposing Shadowy power that permeated the Voidlands would be capable of the same.

All he had to do was convince Alexander to do it.

After he got a few other things taken care of, at least.

“Qitlan,” Alexander greeted, looking at him with a grunt. “Is dinner prepared?”

“I made sure they have it prepared exactly as you like it. They will not rush.”

“Mmf. Then another half hour?”

“Yes. However, that makes for a good opportunity to talk.”

“Talk?” Alexander’s three heads all frowned, looking equal parts tired and confused.

“I assure you,” Qitlan said, “this is all positive.”

To that, Alexander relaxed against his pillows again. Qitlan gently moved the blankets over his chest and Alexander relaxed more.

“…May I speak of something personal?”

The tiredness had faded completely, now. Alexander looked curious. “You may.”

Qitlan nodded and clasped his hands together on his thighs, sitting at Alexander’s bedside. “…The blight on the Voidlands, Owen, can create Gone Pebbles. We know this. We planned to use it for the motivation of the troops, but his ability to make them was demonstrated. He offered one to me.”

Alexander’s eyes narrowed, thoughtful. “In exchange?”

“I don’t know what the exchange was. I don’t think he had one in mind. He thought that it would remind me of some sort of memory I’d left behind, perhaps. A reason to turn against you. But he was wrong.” Qitlan deflated. “It was a memory of when I was at my most desperate. When I’d found you.”

“I can barely remember that,” Alexander stated flatly. “I remember something about you impressed me.”

“I’d infiltrated your camp and stole from your supplies,” Qitlan said. His voice was a little quieter. “I’d been removed from my home… and had no choice but to scavenge and steal. And I was very good at it until I’d been caught by you. But you saw my strength… and took me in.

“The Voidlands took that memory from me but not my feelings, Alexander. I still owe everything to you. My life, my strength, my soul, my body… are all yours.”

“Hmph.” Alexander smirked. “I know power when I see it. I made nothing but good choices when keeping you by my side.”

“…And there is… one last thing,” Qitlan said, “from the scouting. And it is… related. We have discovered how the much weaker individuals on Kilo’s side have become as strong as they have. It is not just blessings from the gods.”

“Oh? What more is there?” Alexander squeezed the blankets and rolled a little so his scales brushed against Qitlan’s thigh.

He suppressed a shiver and his heart skipped a beat. “Yes,” he replied. “When you run out of strength that your spirit is capable of manifesting… they found a new source. More spirits, channeling their power through a host all at once. It seems they must be willing for it to work, and often unified behind a driving spirit, like a leader.”

“We’ve tried that before. Those failures are in the Void chambers,” Alexander said. “But, a unified leader…”

“Exactly,” said Qitlan. “Before, we only turned dissenters into mindless Void Shadows as servants. But in that state, they are weak, barely a will to call their own. It seems if we want to be truly powerful… we must have a leader spirit to rally them from within.

“Of course, you never thought to dispose of your truly powerful guards… but you must. You must gather your most loyal, those who believe in the greatness of Cipher City… and take them to lead everyone else.

“With that together… perhaps… you will find your true strength.”

“Even as King,” Alexander said, “I don’t know about that. Willing? I’m not blind to their fear. If I already claim them and they have nothing left to fear, how can I get their power in lock-step with mine?”

“You only need one,” Qitlan said. “One lead spirit to mold the rest. To rally them for a cause, directly, within your realm.” Slowly, Qitlan brought his hand to Alexander’s arm. “…You know I am your most loyal and always have been. You never once had to tie my spirit to your powers.

“But now, Alexander…”

His heart raced. Was he about to propose this? Was he afraid? No. He wasn’t afraid of what would happen. He was afraid that Alexander would deny it.

“You must take me.”

And for a moment, Alexander seemed genuinely unsure. Qitlan had no idea what was going through his mind. He must have been calculating all the possible outcomes, as he always did. Weighing the benefits and risks. But Qitlan had outlined it all, and how, in the end, he would lose nothing. And would gain so much more.

“Claim your spirit,” Alexander repeated. “That’s a big sacrifice, Qitlan.”

“And yet it is… what I have always wanted. With those traitorous others out of the way, I must make my move. I—” Qitlan stumbled. Had he said that out loud? “I… want this.”

Alexander looked puzzled. What was there not to understand?

“But,” Qitlan went on, “I only have… one request before we do. I want you to follow your instincts when you take my soul. And I will be loyal to you forever. To commemorate it…”

Alexander was attentive. The most attentive he’d ever been. Having him in the room, alone, isolated, for so long, after so long…

Qitlan whispered…

<><><>​

Dragapult floated down the halls of gaudy carpet and excessive candy bowls. Her two Dreepy nestled themselves in their launchers, though they didn’t want to be out while she was about to serve Alexander’s meal. Qitlan was always so demanding about how Alexander’s meals were, but really…

She just had to draw the short stick on who served Alexander this time. When he was in a bad mood like this, sometimes people came back feeling like they’d lost part of themselves. That was like death in the Voidlands. And she had a good, long track record of being alive so far! Two hundred years! Maybe a bit longer, but it was starting to get a little fuzzy…

Whatever. Once Alexander had a proper hold of things again, maybe it would all stabilize and he’d be in a good mood again. It was a good life, she told herself. Or a good… un-life. If she was lucky, she’d start forgetting about the details of the many years rolling by and be satisfied with each day as it passed. It was a Zen way of living. She was getting there. Years were already blurring together.

The door was just in front of her. She shook her head a little and her two Dreepy sank into her shooters, hidden away. They melted into Void Shadow blobs and became inert. She didn’t like them seeing Alexander directly. Void Shadows were impressionable.

Her ectoplasmic tail crinkled. She smelled something in the air. It was the scent of when he and that poor Mhynt had to spend some extra time together. What was she—

Wait, that Treecko was gone now.

Before she could think about it more, the door slid open on its own.

“Eep—”

Alexander was floating on the other side, dripping with blood from his mouths and down his chest and belly. Behind him, on the bed, it was all crimson and black and… and was that… were those… what was that? Bones?

“Thank you,” Alexander said slowly, reaching down to the plate in Dragapult’s hands. She handed it over and floated back. Everything felt cold. She was ready to phase through the wall.

“I have an assignment for you,” Alexander said.

“Y-yes?”

“Gather all staff.” He spilled the stew into his main mouth. His other heads continued to talk, their voices twisted and high-pitched compared to his main head. They switched who talked and who held the bowl.

“And tell them to meet in the assembly.

“For an emergency meeting.”

He placed the empty bowl on Dragapult’s head and floated past her.

When she finally dared to turn around, she saw a specter on Alexander’s back. A shadowy haze of Qitlan draped over his shoulders, possessively wrapping its tail around Alexander’s, looking like the happiest phantom in the world.
 
Chapter 168 - Rally and Recover
Chapter 168 – Rally and Recover

Claws of Shadow and Radiance slammed into Owen’s ethereal shields.

The shockwaves left craters in the field. Sparks trailed through the dirt and singed the grass, darkening them with a strange blight or leaving them glowing with energy.

The flame of Hardscale’s tail had taken on a similar glow. His eyes had a hint of frenzy that Mega Evolution always had, but with Red behind him, standing firm, Owen sensed the way their spirits were entwined. Hardscale was in perfect control of himself. The instability of Radiance and the spirit-plunging corrosion of Shadow were kept in check.

Red shouted and swept his arm forward. Hardscale roared and blew a jet of flames, spiraling with black and white embers, toward Owen’s shield. He grasped it, claimed it as his own, let it snake around his shoulders, and shot it back.

Hardscale responded by shielding it with his wings and then spreading them out. The windblast forced Owen back a few feet, claws leaving ridges in the dirt.

The battle had a moment of silence. Mutually, they understood they’d done enough. Red tipped his hat forward in acknowledgment.

“I think,” Owen said, “that… will do. Good job, Hardscale.”

Light pulsed around his brother, his body returning to normal.

“It’s so powerful,” he said. “But… but I can control it now. Better than before…”

Owen grinned. “Well, that was a few weeks ago,” he said. “You only hurt me a few times. I’ve had worse.”

Blue’s Pidgeot cawed and spiraled onto Zena, who parried the attack with an Aqua Tail. She struggled a lot more against her foe without Owen’s ability to grasp and reflect attacks but she held her own enough. Mu, standing behind Blue, pumped her little fists in the air, cheering Zena on.

“Looks like your rival’s doing well, too,” Owen said. “I think… I think we’re done here.”

“You’re going to another region now?” asked Hardscale.

Owen nodded. “I already said goodbye to Duos. He doesn’t want to get involved in all this and I don’t blame him. He deserves a quiet life now. Same for all the others… Blue sent word to them. And I wrote to them. Maybe when this all settles down, I can… try seeing them. But I guess what we have to do back home caught up with us.”

“Home?” Hardscale asked. “I thought here was home.”

Owen opened his mouth, pausing. Then he smiled and looked down. “Yeah,” he lied.

Too much had changed. But… he understood where Hardscale was coming from.

“You’ve been on a lot of adventures even to other regions with Redcap, haven’t you?” Owen asked Hardscale. “But here is still home?”

“Yeah! Because that’s where I came from.” Hardscale faced south where the lab was one town over. “It’s important. Now more than ever, since Mom’s gone…”

A little tightness in his chest reminded Owen that he still needed to heal from that. Perhaps he’d never fully heal. But maybe… she was resting now. He didn’t know how it worked in this world. But surely, she was.

“It’ll always be a home to me,” Owen agreed.

“What are you gonna do in Alola?” Hardscale asked.

“Well… I was going to stop by for a way to get home. But now that Dungeons are appearing, we already have a way. Now, I want to go there to give information I know and maybe find ways to get information to help us too. Then… We’re going to take a flight to Orre.”

“Huh? How come? Isn’t that… where you disappeared?”

A while ago, Owen had filled Harscale in on some of the details.

“Yeah. But I know that Shadow incidents happened there,” he explained. “They might have a way to help us against our own Shadow problem.”

“Ohh!” Hardscale nodded. “Now I get it.”

He didn’t, and Owen knew it. But that was fine.

“…Goodbye, Hardscale. I’m glad you found such a strong human.”

Hardscale smiled. But that finality dimmed his flame.

Blue clapped his hands. “Well,” he said. “You ready to go? That flight’s waiting. Good timing, eh? Guess we trained a little extra with the spare days, but…”

“Yeah.” Owen nodded. “Red, Blue, make sure you take care of any Dungeons that appear in this area. Pass on that power to others if you can with those extra stones I blessed. Only people you can trust, okay?”

“You got it. We know how dangerous this stuff can be.” Blue nodded, as did Red. “You’ve got the eyes of a lot of big names on this. They’ll help.”

A Charmander abruptly appeared atop Owen’s head, plopping between his horns. “Daddy!” Mu said, flopping down so her face rested between his eyes. “I’m bored!”

“But you were watching Mom fight!” Owen said, grabbing Mu with one arm. She giggled and wrapped her tail around his wrist, the flame simultaneously hot and cold as it glowed black and white.

“Perhaps she wants to fight, too,” Zena commented with an encouraging smile. “You’re still very young for that, Mu. Maybe later.”

“Aww…” Mu flailed in Owen’s hold.

It was concerning how quickly Mu was growing up, but at least it meant dealing with her early stages of life wouldn’t be as tumultuous. If she was anything like his siblings growing up, that would’ve been a real handful.

“Let’s get ready,” Owen said after Red handed them their Poké Balls.

Finally, it was time to say goodbye to Kanto. Owen wondered if this time would truly be the last…

He thought of his father. How much longer would he live? Could he go back to see him again?

No… No. They’d already said goodbye, and he was ready. Daichi was satisfied. To return now… He’d only be chastised for wasting time.

It was time to move forward. Just as Red and Blue now had to pass on their training and blessings to save this world, Owen had to get back to work on saving his new home.

And so, they moved on.

<><><>​

Trina’s army had been whittled down to a squadron after all that had transpired, but those who remained were training to become her elites. And at the top was, of course, the only quartet of Eon’s old army, aside from the originals. The improved Team Alloy… the clones made to replace Eon’s lost companions. A cruel existence.

At least they were more at peace now.

In Yotta Outskirts, where the fields were regrowing wheat after fires and mutant clashes had ruined them, Trina surveyed her remaining squadron of thirty. Their tendency to stick together meant that no set was without a unit, so their fusions were not disrupted. But there was a loneliness in the air regardless, so many others lost to the Void or their natural madness.

“I’m glad to still have you here,” she addressed them. “I promise, when this is over, we will gather every one of our friends and save them.”

Har crossed his arms nervously. “I’m really glad you’re back, Queen Trina,” he said, “but… a lot’s changed since you were here last. Is it alright if I asked a few… questions?”

“Ask as many as you like. I’m… sorry I’ve been gone for so long.”

“Only been a few days,” Ax said, playing with his tusks. “It’s just a lot happened during those few days.”

Har breathed a sigh. “The mutants who aren’t… with us anymore. Do you know what happened to all of them?”

The Serperior’s coils tightened. “Some died and went to the Voidlands. They… may not be themselves or remember anything of their lives. But we can reverse that when we defeat Dark Matter. They can be at peace afterward. Others got lost and they are in the lab they’d been created in—Quartz HQ. Palkia is spearheading an effort of repurposing some of it and mutants there are helping after… Emily ruined a lot of it. Eon is also helping to stabilize them… The ones that survived should be in good hands by now.”

“So… none are wandering around berserk anymore?” Har clarified.

“I don’t… I don’t know for sure. I don’t know if the ones still missing are wandering or dead. I’m sorry.”

At that, the other mutants shifted uncomfortably and nodded in understanding. Despite everything—despite how Trina herself felt about it—she didn’t sense animosity from them. They didn’t blame her.

It nagged at her.

“It’s my fault,” she said quietly.

“Nope. Nu-uh. We’re not having that,” Lygo said firmly. “Without you, we’d’ve been way worse off. Yeah, for the ones who went crazy, it was delaying the inevitable. Fine. But delaying is better than it happening immediately.

“You still saved us.”

“Don’t say it’s your fault,” Ami went on. The mutant Meganium’s vines curled inward. “The person who really should be blamed is Eon. Not you. You saved us.”

In a pocket of silence, she knew they were right. But still, she could not shake the feeling of guilt.

Suddenly, the squadron’s eyes turned to something behind Trina. Moments later, a gust of wind alerted her to Gahi’s arrival.

“Oi, Trina,” he said.

“Oh! Gahi.” Trina twisted her coils until she was facing him, shifting unconsciously. “Hello.”

Gahi held a small package forward. It smelled like meat and spices. “Got y’lunch.”

“Oh. I didn’t… realize I hadn’t eaten lunch. And I don’t… need to, but…” She hooked her vine beneath the paper package’s handle. “Thank you.”

“Ehh, y’had a rough one, figured you’d like somethin’.” Gahi glanced at the squadron. “Oh, hey.”

“Hi?” Har squinted. “…Where’s the rest of your team?”

“Owen’s on vacation,” Gahi said.

Ax squinted. “…Vacation?”

“Uh, he got shot inter Kanto.”

“Where’s Kanto?” Ax asked.

Gahi shrugged. “One universe away? He’ll be back.”

“Y-you don’t just… get shot into another universe!” Lygo said as the others in the squadron murmured in alarm.

“Is he okay?” Har asked.

“Arceus said he was. I figure he’s right. I mean, that was befer we beat ‘im up fer goin’ crazy, but like, Dialga said he was normal.” Gahi picked at a few loose scales on his cheek.

Ani groaned, rubbing her forehead with a vine. “Your answers are raising more questions… We should quit before it gets worse.

“Get used to it,” Har mumbled, sighing. “I think that’s just how they operate now. Glad I’m away from that…”

“When’re you gonna be done with this?” Gahi asked Trina.

“Er, Gahi, I’ll… be done soon. I was just getting a rallying… conference.”

By now, the mutants were murmuring to one another, eyeing Gahi and Trina curiously. Ani’s brow was furrowed, inspecting the two of them.

“I think we’re finished,” Har said. “So… you know, it’s alright if we dismiss here. I can handle the rest.”

“Oh, no, we… I mean, yes, I suppose we were about done…”

Why was she getting so flustered? She sighed, calming herself. “Thank you, Har. That will be everything. Please, everyone, relax for today. We will get through drills and training for any imminent battles tomorrow. Dismissed.”

The mutants stood straight, then relaxed and dispersed. Har and his team remained, though, getting a little closer.

“Yes?” Trina asked.

“Are you two…?” Ax gestured between Gahi and Trina.

“What?” Gahi asked.

“Feels like it,” Ani said.

Har confirmed with a nod.

“I don’t know what you’re talking about,” Trina said evasively. “…I’m… simply… thinking about things, that’s all.”

Not a thought seemed to pass through Gahi’s head.

“I got some lunch fer myself, too,” Gahi said. “I think I’m gonna eat with yeh. Make sure y’ain’t neglectin’ that.”

“She doesn’t even have to eat, does she?” Ani asked.

“Nah. Without too many spirits, that whole thing kinda falls apart er somethin’,” Gahi explained.

Har looked between them again. “Um, My Queen, could I… ask something?”

“Of course.”

“…Are you two courting?”

“Wh-what?!” Trina coiled tighter.

“Yeah,” Gahi replied.

“WHAT?” Trina, losing her composure, whirled around to face Gahi in a lunging position.

Gahi blinked several times, completely unfazed. “I mean, it’s kinda obvious.”

“Gahi, courting is—that isn’t—”

“That makes sense,” Ani said.

Ax nodded, arms crossed. Har, too, looked unsurprised.

“I have a say in this, too!” Trina said. “Gahi! You did not… ask me!”

“Oh. Is that how it works?” Gahi asked. “That part’s kinda foggy still, gonna be honest.” He scratched at the side of his head, running a hand along his left antenna next.

“Do you even know what courting is?” Trina said. “Who told you we were courting?”

“The letters in my head.”

“The—the letters. Do you mean the Unown?”

“Yeah.”

“…And they told you about courting?”

“No, jus’ that I was courting.”

“…Gahi, please ask the letters what courting is.”

Gahi stared at the sky. Trina wasn’t sure how much he relied on those ‘letters’ anymore, but… he seemed to still be his own person. Though, in some ways, she wondered how those Unown could tolerate such a curious host, so unlike the Psychic associations.

“Oh,” Gahi said. “Huh. Didn’ know that was th’ term.”

“I can’t believe we’re related,” Lygo deadpanned.

Ax patted Lygo on the back.

“So, you wanna?” Gahi offered.

“W-wanna? Do I… want… courting.” Trina took a deep breath and closed her eyes. Thought about Har’s observations.

Yes, he was right, she was comfortable around him. After all their time together surviving alone in the Voidlands, the way he understood her position as the leader of the rescued mutants, the fact that they could perfectly split dinners based on the ingredients they didn’t like…

“I like you,” Gahi said, tilting his head. “Courting is when y’figure out how much more, yeah?”

The sun was a lot hotter today.

Trina took another breath, held it, and finally relaxed her coils. She couldn’t admit it now, but she had been… considering it, too. But Gahi always seemed so aloof, so focused on other things, and there was of course the whole ongoing Shadow War happening which was a little distracting. She hadn’t gotten around to asking.

But after spending so much time leading mutants, being at the same level as one not associated with her subjects was… different. Refreshing. A little forbidden. But…

She did consider Gahi a friend. Yet, she considered many of their group friends. Something about Gahi stood out more.

Maybe it was how direct he was. So often, people were hesitant around her, afraid she might control them or impose something with her powers. Gahi never showed any of that.

And, admittedly, the way he was so unfazed about it impressed her. When she looked up at his eyes, through those red lenses… she saw, behind a casual façade, a fearful echo of hope in them.

Gahi must have lost interest in waiting for an answer because he was staring at the fields. She couldn’t get a read on him anymore. Was he nervous? Being patient? Gahi wasn’t patient. Maybe he didn’t mind. Har, Ani, and Lygo were sharing nervous, awkward glances.

“I… may I demonstrate my answer?” Trina asked.

“Eh?”

“About courting.”

“Oh. Sure.” Gahi replied, though his wings had drooped an inch. Was he trying to play casual, and now he was interpreting that as rejection?

Well, she couldn’t allow that.

Trina slithered forward and raised herself to his height. She leaned forward and pecked him on the cheek, holding it for a few moments. His scales were smooth. Unsurprising for their glossy, shimmering appearance in the light.

She pulled away and straightened herself again to look regal.

Gahi blinked again. “…What’s that mean?”

Lygo looked like he was about to die.

“What does that mean? Gahi, that’s a kiss! A means of affection! Between people!” Trina leaned forward. “Surely, you know what a kiss is?”

“I thought that was a mammal thing.”

“Yes, well, cultures… some means of… Gahi, how do you show affection?”

Gahi seemed to be thinking. Then, in his usual, way too fast manner, he stepped forward and bit Trina on the neck.

“OW!” Trina whirled back before the sharp pain got any worse. “Gahi! You tore my leaf!” She nursed the wound with a vine.

“Wh—that’s how Flygon do it, c’mon!” Gahi flapped his wings. “Aw, c’mon, I’ll, uh, hang on, I’ll get an Oran—”

“Wait, don’t—”

Gahi left her vision for a moment. When she blinked, he was by her side with an Oran Berry and she had no idea where or how.

“Let’s go,” Ani said, apparently seeing enough. “They can enjoy lunch.”

Trina took the Oran with a frazzled “Thank you,” as Har’s team departed.

“Geh… messed that one up,” Gahi mumbled. “…Sorry. Jus’… never did this in a while. And kinda fergot when I did… I dunno, must’ve just been lucky th’ times befer this.”

“I see.” The Serperior was calm enough that her coils left their defensive positioning. “…I’m… not familiar, either, admittedly.”

They started through the fields, looking for a relaxing patch to rest and eat. Gentle winds blew the snow over a struggling crop. While Trina was the Bug Guardian, she did have powers over Grass as well. She channeled some of her energy into the fields to help them grow through the winter. It was a natural courtesy.

“You got amnesia, too?” Gahi asked.

“No. Well… yes. I don’t know. It’s more that, it’s been a while.” Trina sighed. “I used to… I was once a spirit that served under Arceus. My life before that is foggy not from anything like divine seals or special powers, Gahi, but… time. But I was told that with my power, I had to be ready to use it to purify the minds of those who had been warped by powers against nature. When I saw the first mutants… I knew what I had to do.”

Gahi cocked his head. His antennae twitched. “Hang on,” he said. “So ol’ Barky knew there’d be mutants, ev’n back then? He got cogwheels?”

It took Trina several seconds to realize what he meant. “…Precognition. And, no, I don’t think he does.”

“Huh.” Gahi reappeared several feet ahead. “Here’s a good spot!”

By the time Trina caught up, Gahi had disappeared and reappeared with a red blanket, setting it down and plopping on the left side. Trina coiled on the right.

He’d bought a heavy, meaty meal, simmered in savory berries and drizzled with vegetables, spices, and rice. Trina wasn’t sure how well she could eat it, but it seemed tasty.

“Here,” Gahi said, offering a wooden fork.

“Oh.”

“Helps pick stuff up easier without usin’ vines and stuff.”

Trina coiled around her plate and nodded. “Thank you,” she said, looming over her meal and awkwardly holding the fork with her vine. It had been a while since she’d eaten… fancy. Was this fancy?

Gahi had ordered the same thing, but it smelled spicier.

“You can handle that?”

“Not the way Owen c’n handle spice,” Gahi replied. He took a few small nibbles, grabbing the meat with his bare hands.

“Mm.” She stabbed her fork into the meat, getting a few veggies and berries with it, and picked the whole slab of meat up, nearly as large as her head.

“You think he’s doin’ alright?” Gahi asked.

“The others seem confident, don’t they?” she asked.

Gahi tore off a tougher piece, chewing on the thought. Trina stuffed the whole slab in her mouth and pushed her coils forward on reflex, tilting her head up. It was a mix of savory and a hint of sweet and bitter to keep the flavors balanced. It was a honey glaze on this meat, fatty and filling. The most satisfying part was the residual warmth through her body.

She sighed, easing her body down. Her instinct to curl up and rest was already settling in…

“I used ter do that,” Gahi commented.

“Hm?”

Gahi leaned over and offered a piece of bread, dabbing it on her mouth, showing some grease. Trina took it, wiped her mouth, and downed the bread next.

“Eatin’ big.”

“Oh. Why don’t you anymore?”

“Mouth got smaller.”

“Oh. Trapinch.” That made sense. “I certainly don’t miss being a Snivy.”

“Kinda liked Trapinch in hindsight. Like, Flygon’s way better, yeah. But I liked the surprised look people had when I went an’ dashed behind ‘em.”

“Still just as fast back then, were you?”

Gahi stretched his wings proudly. “Fastest peanut in the world.”

“Peanut?” Trina giggled, wrapping her vine around her plate. “What does that make you now?”

“Hmm…” Gahi’s tail flicked. “Asparagus.”

“Asparagus? Long and green?” Trina tilted her plate into her mouth, pouring all the rice and extra fixings down at once.

Gahi nodded. “An’ yer a banana.”

Trina nearly coughed but managed to finish her food. “B-banana?”

Gahi pointed at her hood. “Serperior look like bananas.”

“I…” She couldn’t find a retort. “Green bananas aren’t very good, though.”

“Sure they are!” Gahi said. “Means they ain’t gone bad yet. Y’ever see a banana in Hot Spot? Practically can watch the brown spots grow in real-time.”

“Well, hopefully, if I lose this Orb, I won’t brown the same way.” Trina set her plate aside. Gahi wasn’t even a quarter finished with his.

“Did yeh like it?” Gahi asked.

“I did.” Trina smiled nervously. “Sorry if I went too quickly for you.”

Gahi’s tail flicked. “Nah,” he said. “Jus’ means I gotta eat faster next time.”

Trina tittered at that, deciding not to point out that wasn’t what he should’ve taken from that.

She watched him eat again, quickly but meticulously. He always changed from rice to picking at a veggie or two and then returned to the meat, no part of the meal holding his attention for very long.

Courting. How… funny. A year ago, Gahi was the last person she imagined she'd ever consider.

His simple honesty… grounded her. He didn’t revere her like other mutants. He didn’t need her.

For now, she had to focus on her army. They had to mobilize to support the fight against the “Fragments of Darkness.”

But… having Gahi around for that didn’t sound so bad.

<><><>​

A shadowy entity crawled across the floors of Destiny Tower, leaping between cracks and up the stairs like they were water. Spiraling up and into the operational Teleporter and reappearing at the fiftieth floor. The midway point, where Destiny Tower’s physical presence transcended into the aether.

He slipped through without issue and continued up the spiral, finding a second divine Teleporter. So convenient. Barky did a good job.

Someone was talking in one of the strategy rooms on the… oh, what floor was this, somewhere in the nineties, now? It sounded like Owen, but he wasn’t around.

“. . . unknown, but with Alexander still recovering, and Nate handling Necrozma, it’s clear that our best target should be Emily.”

Nate tilted his head. He was handling Necrozma that well? Such a glowing compliment from not-Owen. Was it Har? No, he was training with Trina and the mutant army.

Hello?

“What was that?” growled the Charizard. “…Oh. Nate. It’s you.”

Hello, Darkness, my old friend.

“Mm.” Diyem, the Charizard with a black flame, sighed.

You sound a lot like Owen.

“My body reflected his due to some entanglement issues. I could also be a Goodra, but there are… inconveniences.”

Nate bobbed.

“How are you here? Aren’t you busy with Necrozma?”

I’m everywhere.

“Comforting.”

I wanted to check on everyone… like Hecto. And Willow.

“Wonderful, we have three multi-present people wandering around Kilo, and one of them is potentially an active threat waiting to happen.”

I’m an active threat?

“No, you’re just weird. I was talking about Willow. Xerneas was able to determine that Willow and Hoopa are the same soul. So, we’re more or less waiting for that to blow up in our faces in a few days.” Diyem pointed at a part of the left wall where ‘WILLOW’ was circled in red and connected to several other ‘liabilities’ on some kind of interaction map.

Oh. So you’re going to go after Emily? I think she’s wandering in the eastern parts of Kilo right now.

“Mm, thank you. That might be—wait. That’s meaningless.” Diyem punched forehead. “Dungeons are making the cardinal directions meaningless.”

It’s not that bad. Even though everything is shuffled, local areas are more likely to be where they used to be. Most cold spots are where Step used to be.

“Really?” Diyem asked. “Hmm. It wasn’t always like that, was it?”

Nate shook his head and hopped onto the table, looking at all of their plans.

Barky eyed him warily.

In response, Nate tilted his gaze upward. Underneath the spirit cloth he’d conjured for himself, Nate curled his shapeless darkness inward.

“…I have memories of you,” Barky said. “You only showed up to… consume the Tree of Life. I thought it was the end of the world. Yet then, you disappeared.”

The Tree of Life is my home. I was protecting it.

Diyem sighed. “Well, I suppose that means we have two abominations that protect things by eating them. Wonderful. Speaking of which, if Emily is wandering in the east side, is there anything in immediate danger?”

No, but that could change overnight. She is searching for Tanneth, her other half.

“She’s off the mark,” Diyem said. “She seems to have a gateway on the island where Necrozma had once been, but that is very far removed from where she’s being kept now.”

“But hold on,” Barky said. “I don’t understand what you are, Nate. I did not create you. Are you like Diyem?”

I don’t know what I am. I was here with the first souls of Kilo when it was still called Quartz. I heard all of the voices and thoughts of the people inside who wanted to make a better world. Their hopes and struggles… I felt them all.

“In other words,” Diyem said, “he is my opposite. Where I am all the pain that Kilo feels, and all of its negativity, Nate gets the rest. Its hope and defiance to survive.” He glared at him. “We’re supposed to be enemies.”

It doesn’t have to be that way.

“We will forever be opposed,” Diyem stated. “…But I suppose that does not mean we have to be at each other’s throats. Only that we will always experience what the other doesn’t… and we are both tied to the fabric of this universe. I think…” He looked at Star. “Yes. Nate and I were born from the same instant you created Kilo. Your fear and regrets… became me, and I became sensitive to all the world’s flaws. Your hopes and desire to do better, to survive, to save people? That became Nate. He is the voice of the souls who want to persist in Kilo, despite all its struggles. He is Kilo’s Voice of Life.”

“Voice of Life…” Star repeated the term, staring at Nate curiously. “I like that…”

Diyem growled and crossed his arms. “I think it’s corny.”

“Okay, Darkness Diyem Dark Matter,” Star quipped.

“Most of those were bestowed onto me,” Diyem pointed out.

Star rolled her eyes. “Well, anyway… Barky, what’s got you hung up on that?”

Barky stared at Nate for a little while longer. “Is there something you aren’t telling us?”

…Is Owen safe to return soon?

“He is in the world Quartz originated from,” Barky said. “He should return eventually, once we gather our strength to resummon him. It will be a few days. For him, perhaps a year to recover, and I hope he uses that time to train and not lose his strength.”

Okay. That’s fine. As long as he can come back, because… I still need to complete my part in all of this. I can still feel him over there.

“Huh?” Star squinted. “What… do you mean by that?”

Nate curled up. Um. Nothing.

“Wow, a literal void in a blanket can still look like it’s lying,” Star deadpanned. “C’mon, Nate. What’s going on? I thought you weren’t involved in any of this and are kinda just sitting by.”

“Well, he does step in when truly large cataclysms are at play,” Diyem said. “He took down my initial expanse as well as Necrozma’s rampage himself. Not enough to defeat, but enough to suppress. And it seemed like you’d been preparing for that for a long time…”

…So Owen will be back soon?

“Nate, be honest with us,” Diyem said. “Why have you been coming in to save the day at just the right moments, and sit by otherwise?”

I can only do my big attacks every few days…

“Yes, but…” Barky narrowed his eyes. “Why did you feel where Owen is? Do you have some kind of link to him?”

Er…

Rapid steps came from the main spiraling halls. “Your Radiance! Your Radiance!”

Their heads turned to see a breathless Turtonator.

“W-we have a problem!”

“What’s wrong?” Barky asked. “We are in a key strategy meeting. How important is this?”

“Key strategy meeting?” called a new voice as Turtonator turned around, looking nervous.

“I’m sorry, Your Radiance. I couldn’t stop them,” Turtonator said. “They appeared in a Dungeon, and… I took them to the base of the Tower and told him to wait, but I… I couldn’t disobey him! His words… compelled me!”

An Umbreon and an Espeon entered the area. The Umbreon had a silver visor on his forehead and a belt of Poké Balls on his thigh, each one wiggling as if the Pokémon inside were eager to look around their new environment. The Espeon didn’t have the same decorations, though she was desperately trying to fashion some blue bands around her ear tufts, clumsy with her paws.

Barky and Star looked like they’d seen ghosts.

“Where are we?” Umbreon said with a glare.

“…Please don’t tell me you’re human,” Barky said.

“Eek! Wait!” Espeon whispered, hiding behind Umbreon. “Is that… Are you…”

“Yeah, we are,” Umbreon said flatly. “From Orre.”
 
Chapter 169 – Spreading Darkness For Good

Umbreon wobbled around the conference table like he’d never walked a day in his paws. And… he hadn’t. This was a human. No, two humans! Humans who had been transformed by some force into a Pokémon the moment they’d come into Kilo.

Star didn’t know how to feel about humans pouring into the world she’d made specifically to get away from them. But these… didn’t seem bad. Irritated or nervous, sure, but the Pokémon in Umbreon’s belt seemed curious and eager, not afraid or miserable.

With their arrival, the meeting’s whole atmosphere had shifted. Most left to handle other tasks, hoping to return for more strategy later, and all that remained were herself, a Hecto, Barky, whatever Nate was presenting himself as, and Diyem.

“Alright,” Umbreon said. “I think I understand.”

“You mean that these ‘Dungeons’ form when there’s some weakened part of the wall that separates realms?” Espeon asked. “That sounds like something out of a science fiction movie!”

“It’s less like a weak point and more an active gateway,” Barky explained. “There were reinforcements to prevent these from being created between our realm and a lower realm. However, with protections against them waning, the person trying to create them… made more.”

Star glanced at Diyem but he did not comment.

“To go further,” Barky went on, “we suspect that Necrozma is actively creating these Dungeons due to his natural ability to create Ultra Wormholes. Ultra Wormholes and Dungeons are fundamentally different but similar in how they interact with different parts of reality or, in the case of many Dungeons, how they interact with different realms.”

“And this world,” Umbreon said, “is related to ours because it… was split off from it long ago. I think I follow that.” He tripped and landed on his side, cursing as Espeon helped him up. “No idea how he handles four legs like this,” he muttered. He nuzzled Espeon but then paused as if the gesture confused him.

“This Umbreon stuff isn’t permanent, right?” he asked.

“Uhhh… I’ll… figure something out,” Star said awkwardly.

“Well, aside from that… There’s only one other thing I care about,” Umbreon said. “Can we fix this?”

“We have a theory on how, but we’re missing a cooperative Necrozma for doing it from our side,” Star said. “Not just any Necrozma, either, but one with some divine power imbued in it, too. So… not exactly something you can look around for that easily.”

“And the other half is…”

“We call it Shadows,” Star said, though she noticed Umbreon and Espeon had both gotten tense at the mention of it.

“Then that’s you,” whispered Espeon, looking directly at Diyem.

He furrowed his brow. “In part, yes. How did you know? …My flame is… from a special berry that colors flames.”

“Wow, all this time and that’s your best excuse?” Star chided the Charizard.

“I’m sure that exists,” Diyem defended.

“You, too,” Espeon said, looking at Nate.

Huh? Oh, I’m Shadowed, too. Long story.

“You don’t act like Shadow Pokémon, though,” Espeon said. “You aren’t closed off, or acting like a hostile fighting machine.”

“Well, one for two, but yeah,” Star said, gesturing to Diyem. “This guy’s about as edgy as they come even if he secretly cares about a few of us.”

“Do not turn me into a romance novel cliché.”

“Stop being one.”

“Let’s focus,” Barky growled. “You two.” He nodded at Umbreon and Espeon. “Did anyone else come with you?”

“My Pokémon,” Umbreon said, jerking his head toward his belt. “Otherwise, no. But we oughta get back if the time dilation thing you said is still there.”

“Yes. You may have already been gone for a few days, and we don’t want that happening.”

“Alright. But before that… Why are two of you Shadowed?”

“I am a source of that corruption in this world,” Diyem said. “We’re trying to get rid of other sources since I am the most ideal… host for it. As for him…” He glanced at Nate with a disapproving stare. “Corruption claimed him long ago. But because the Shadows of this world bring about negative emotions, and Nate’s nature inherently defies this, it did not affect him.”

I melted more.

“Aside from that, I suppose.” Diyem glowered.

“I’ve never seen Shadow Pokémon be this… in control of themselves without a proper trainer to care for them,” Espeon said. “Amazing…”

“It’s usually much less pleasant,” Diyem grunted. “We are exceptions.”

“If there’s anyone who could help you,” Diyem said, “it would be one of our own in your world. I doubt he is in your region, but knowing him, he may travel there to study Shadows. Send word for a Charizard named Owen.”

“I take it he talks like you all can?” Umbreon asked. “Am I gonna lose that when I transform back?”

“He is fluent in your language,” Diyem said. “We all are.”

“Neat.” Umbreon glanced at Espeon. “Alright. Let’s get going. I don’t want anyone worrying about us disappearing if the time dilation is… as bad as you said. Let’s walk and talk for the rest of what you need to say.”

“Right! Um, and thank you, everyone!” Espeon said.

“Take care,” Barky said, nodding formally.

As the duo made their way to the teleporter to Destiny Tower’s base, Barky turned to address them all.

“We cannot allow this to persist,” he said. “We need to redouble our efforts into stabilizing the realms before Kilo and the world it came from become indistinguishable.”

“Agreed,” Diyem said. “Regardless of the circumstances that gave rise to this world, it is in no position to ever return. These Dungeons are going to be a problem. It means… it’s spreading there. But why? Is it because Owen is there at all?”

As that question lingered in the air, Nate nervously curled inward, and a new question formed in Nate’s mind. Bubbled from echoes of doubt that he couldn’t fully comprehend.

Was this the right plan to follow? Did Owen know what he was doing? Or had this strayed from its intended course long ago?

For now, Nate held his words close. Things weren’t in a horrible crisis… yet… right?

Yes. It was fine. They were going to be just fine! He could still feel the beating pulse of the world fighting to survive. That much, despite everything, had not changed.

There was still hope Owen’s plan would work.

<><><>​

Me, a hero, eh? Yeah… nah. That ain’t…

But you are! You… have to be. He… he said you were.

I dunno, this is… doesn’ seem fair.

I brought you here for a reason… can you give it a shot? Just once?


Manny looked through his office. Marshadow’s office, now his.

He had the memories. He was the same person as before, and he was also the Lucario who’d holed himself in the Spire of Trials while waiting for things to get rolling again. As the years turned to decades turned to centuries, that purpose had faded into a stagnant complacency. Even he was not immune to the static inertia that settled into a Mystic mind as they awaited a change.

All this paperwork and tracking of resources, taxes to Cipher City, funding, and regulations, all because of his status. He had been in charge. The Pokémon looked up to him innately.

Didn’t seem fair. It never seemed fair. But that was the way the world worked.

He had to grow into the job. He knew for sure he wasn’t doing a good one at first. The leeway they allowed him, though… If he said the whole truth to them, would they see him the same way?

On his desk, too small for a Lucario but a little too large for a Marshadow, the latest report on the Titans was freshly set down. They had most of the Core Titans either defeated or located. It would be a matter of days with their newfound power and Radiance that they would liberate them all, and safely, without Dark Matter or Alexander encroaching on them when their resources were strained.

That crazy Charizard upset the balance and they were lucky—or, sure, skilled—enough to make that imbalance in their favor. Even befriended a piece of Dark Matter in the process.

Did a lot more than he did…

The report suddenly singed itself with ghostly fire in the corner. “Gah!” Manny hastily hopped onto the desk and stamped it out. He sighed again, easing his breath.

He should be happy. Everything was working out. Yet now that he had time to breathe, to remember, to consider everything he’d lost between his halves… those obligations were catching up to him. Old tasks were taken over by better people before he’d even realized it.

Maybe talking to Star about it would be a good idea. She was feeling better, right? How long… had it been at this point?

SLAM!

His office door burst from its hinges and went flying toward him. Manny held up a hand, blocking it and diverting it over his head and into the wall behind him.

Mewtwo Aster was panting heavily on the other side, eyes wide with fear.

“Those doors ain’t cheap,” Manny growled. “C’mon, what’s got—”

Aster babbled too quickly for him to understand, grabbing him by the shoulders and shaking him like a ragdoll.

“Whoa, whoa!” Manny said, waving his arms. He squeezed out of his grasp and slipped into Aster’s shadow.

Leph caught up and stood at the broken doorway.

Manny poked his head out like he was hiding in a swamp. “What’s goin’ on?”

The daughter of Arceus translated for Aster. “A refugee from Cipher City was rescued by one of our scouts an hour ago,” she said. “I healed her with some of my power. Enough that she could talk again. She’s a Dragapult who witnessed…” Leph trailed off. She steeled herself.

“Alexander is on the move. He’ll be here in a matter of days.”

“Days? That slow?” Manny said. “That ain’t alarmin’…”

“…And,” Leph said, “he has consumed all of Cipher City.”

<><><>​

Bright white sand kicked into the air amid a salty ocean’s spray.

Owen staggered backward and spread his wings like an air brake, claws digging into a wet oceanside. Everything was so humid here—his fire felt weaker, even if it was slight, and that subtle change in atmosphere messed with his tempo.

The Alola region was even smaller than Kilo. Owen wasn’t sure which island this was—all strange names to them—but when he’d arrived, he met with the lead professor of the region whom he mentally called Barechest. While they didn’t have any knowledge of Shadows, they knew of a similar power to Radiance, and they’d been referred to “Ultra Beast” specialists.

And the son of that specialist had a Pokémon that alarmed Owen with his raw power.

“Silvally! Multi-Attack, now!” Cresthair called.

Silvally crouched and allowed Owen no reprieve. Owen quickly brought up a Protect, parrying the strike and countering with a Flamethrower.

The flames didn’t do as much as Owen had hoped. “What—type is he?”

“He’s staggered! Go for another!” Cresthair shouted.

Silvally roared and pressed past Owen’s flames and slashed across his chest. Owen grunted and crouched, tapping his hand on the ground, his scales flashing green where his palm met the sand. Then, he beat his wings to blow Silvally away. He landed heavily, prone.

“Keep up the pressure!”

Silvally obeyed without hesitation, covering half their distance in one leap.

Just as Owen planned. The trap went off beneath Silvally, piercing him with Grass energy.

That worked very well.

Silvally roared in pain and stumbled ahead as that same energy twisted into temporary vines, ensnaring him. Owen opened his mouth, facing the sky, as he pulled in as much solar energy as he could at once. Silvally broke free from the vines with countless snaps and grunts but was too slow.

Sand kicked up with every leap Silvally made to get closer. Owen had his Solar Beam ready. But Silvally was going to feint the attack and Owen saw that coming. He was going to feint to the right…

“Now!” Cresthair commanded. Ambiguous, but it was an unspoken bond, a practiced strategy, that Silvally knew. Owen recognized this bond. Even if he was fighting trainerless, he had to outsmart them.

Silvally feinted and then jumped to the right. Owen acted like he was about to unleash his Solar Beam straight ahead, but then held up a wing to shield Silvally’s incoming attack.

It hit hard. But Owen could counter harder.

Owen turned his head while Silvally was still contending with his momentum and unleashed the Solar Beam point blank. The beam carved a rift through the ocean, spraying salty mist into the air and leaving behind a rainbow. Silvally staggered and collapsed on the ground, too weak to fight on.

Cresthair sighed and withdrew Silvally with a beam of light. He murmured something assuring to the ball, then approached Owen.

“You’re strong, even without a trainer,” he remarked. “How’d you see that feint coming? Silvally and I trained hard on that…”

“Lucky guess from how he glanced his true direction,” Owen half-lied. “I’ve got good eyes for that… Er, anyway… Why didn’t you use that special disk they made for him?”

“We’re still training it up,” Cresthair said, one eye hiding behind his bright hair. “It’s unstable. Silvally is still trying to harness it. But we’re getting better!” He glared challengingly at Owen. “You’ll see. Give it another week or so!”

Owen held up his hands and wings. “I believe you. “I’ve seen how well you can fight, and… Silvally’s unique ability to acquire ‘memories’ to channel different kinds of energy was just what we needed to help.”

Cresthair relaxed, nodding. “Okay,” he said. “Promise, we’ll get it done soon.”

“The only problem is…” Owen frowned. “Silvally can’t dual-type himself, can he?”

“Not really,” Cresthair said. “But it’s alright. You gave me the Shadow Memory, but my sister got into contact with someone in Galar who has a Silvally, too, who might be the perfect match for taking the Radiant Memory. We’ll have this covered for sure.”

“All the way in Galar?” Owen asked. “There aren’t any other Silvally? I mean, I know they aren’t in the wild or anything, but…”

“…Yeah, there’s another kid around here who befriended a Silvally,” Cresthair said reluctantly. “You made multiple copies, right?”

“Yeah. If you think that… friend of yours would be a match?”

“Yeah, yeah.” Cresthair seemed touchy about it so Owen didn’t press.

Cresthair’s gaze shifted behind Owen.

Far down the road, near town, Zena slithered down the path with Mu happily riding atop her horn to get a full view of the beachside. In Zena’s ribbons were several bags of groceries.

“Looks like your… wife? is back,” Cresthair said.

“We’re still cour—dating,” Owen explained. “The Charmander is, um… adopted.”

He wasn’t sure how much of a lie that was.

Still, it was enough for Cresthair, who waved him off and said, “Let’s train again tomorrow.”

“Definitely!” Owen brightened, and once he was far enough away, Owen kicked off the sand and flew to meet with Zena and Mu.

“Owen!” Zena called, rummaging through the bag before pulling out a large, sugary lump of fried bread. She tossed it in the air and Owen spat a small fireball at it in midair, flash-caramelizing it. He chomped down, enjoying the burnt, crunchy taste, and landed next to them.

Mu clapped happily and coughed a few embers into the air.

“Oh, good job, Mu,” Zena encouraged. “That was a bigger flame!”

“Yeah! Big fire!” Mu said. “Watch!”

She took a deep breath and leaned forward on Zena’s head, using one arm to hold her horn as support. Then, she breathed between Owen’s horns as a target, spewing a thin, concentrated jet of black-white fire. Even after she stopped firing, little motes of that energy drifted in the air for several seconds before evaporating.

“That was great, Mu,” Owen said. The rate at which she was gaining strength… It must have been all the human contact.

He and Zena exchanged a smile. “Well,” he said, “why don’t we head back to Tapu Koko’s place?”

Zena nodded. “Let’s… keep away from the electric fields tonight, though.”

Owen tittered. “Y-yeah… right.”

<><><>​

They weren’t sure where Tapu Koko had been that night—probably off somewhere with that trusted human, or taking care of business on another part of the island—but they were used to this during their stay in Alola. Instead, Owen inspected the temple for any signs of Shadow or Radiant damage, and determined that things were just fine.

All things considered, Tapu Koko handled training with these new elements well. And being the dedicated guardian of this island, perhaps it would be able to convey those teachings to the other Tapu of the islands. Dungeons had formed in Alola as well, though they were much smaller.

It hit Orre the hardest, and some people who had gone into the Dungeons were still missing. Owen feared the worst, but… If time dilation was at the pace Arceus said, it was obvious where they went. Hopefully, the others would get them back within a few weeks. He needed to have faith in them.

“Something on your mind, Owen?” Zena asked.

He had been staring at the cloudless sky. They’d camped out on the bridge across from the temple, enjoying the amazing weather Alola had, with only his and Mu’s flames lighting the night alongside the stars.

“Do you think they’re mad at us?” Owen said.

“Mad… for being here?”

“The past few weeks have been… mostly relaxing and waiting for others to do their research. I’ve just been… training, resting in new regions…”

“Owen, Arceus himself told you to take things easy. It isn’t the same as relaxing while they’re hard at work. The way time is moving here, it’s…”

“I know. But… at this point, it must have at least been half a day for them. That’s a half a day that I wasn’t helping.”

“And in that half day, you learned about the nature of Dungeons, have spread some power to others here to stabilize it better, and now you’re researching things about Necrozma with the help of all the resources you have here,” Zena said.

“I feel like they’re being too helpful. Like we’re asking too much of them,” Owen said.

“Because you saved the island already, Owen. You patched up every single Dungeon that appeared in Alola.”

“There were… three, at most,” Owen said. “They weren’t even that big.”

“They could have gotten worse. Owen…” Zena nudged him. “This is a world effort. Two worlds at this point. You’re helping. Don’t feel bad that you can finally relax while doing it, or you won’t be as effective when it counts.”

Mu crawled to Owen and tilted her head, squeezing her hands over his cheeks.

“Mu?” he asked.

“Sad?” she asked back.

“Oh… no, Mu, I’m fine,” Owen said. “You should sleep.”

“Daddy’s fine, Mu,” Zena assured her. “He just has a lot to think about for work.”

Work. It didn’t feel like work. It felt like… duty. Was he shirking it by relaxing?

“I think it’s because I’m restless,” Owen said. “We need to train harder.”

Zena sighed, though she wore a smile. “Alright, Owen. Why don’t we try… honing your parrying techniques tomorrow? You can try to toss back my Hydro Pumps.”

“I’d like that…”

Zena nuzzled him again and curled up next to him. Owen rested against her. Mu stared at them for a while longer and curled up, too, resting against Owen’s flame.

The night crawled by quietly…

<><><>​

Owen had a dream about studying for the Hearts exams and failing on the test. Then he had to recite a speech in front of the class that he completely forgot all the details of.

Which was weird because Owen never went to school. He only read about it in comics.

He awoke when it was certainly past midnight but the sky was only a very dark blue. Too early to wake up. Zena was snoozing next to him, sound asleep. And Mu was—gone.

Owen held his gasp to not startle Zena and instead focused on his Perceive. He expanded his range, further, further… there! She was fine. Wandered off again. They told her not to do that, but…

He watched her for now. She was about two hundred feet into the forest, and there weren’t any dangerous Pokémon nearby. She was looking at a little bird Pokémon that seemed quite young. A feral that fell out of a nest, perhaps? No… those were severe injuries. Maybe she was trying to help the poor thing.

Owen slowly sat up and crept away from Zena, but realized that his lack of warmth might wake her. He held a hand over the ground and conjured a small mote of fire. That would do for now.

He turned his attention back to Mu, dimming and cooling his flame as he pushed through the bushes and trees. Mu was reaching toward the bird, who recoiled in fear but seemed too weak to do anything else. Mu stroked the bird’s head and the bird relaxed, but when Mu pulled away, the bird seemed uncomfortable again.

A hundred feet away now. He considered calling out but he was still too far. He’d draw the attention of other sleeping Pokémon and make the whole night noisy.

Mu reached for the bird again and—Owen gasped—snapped its neck. The bird twitched and went still. The little Charmander continued to stare at it for a while longer and then smiled like she was satisfied with herself.

Fifty feet.

Owen noticed that there were a few other tiny carcasses like that in the area. His heart sank and his gut twisted with anxious confusion. Mu? Why was she doing this?

“Mu,” Owen finally called and Mu perked up.

“Daddy!” Mu happily walked to him.

“Mu, what are you doing?” Owen said. “You… why are you…”

“I was helping the birds,” Mu explained.

Owen held a cold silence in his chest, panicked at how he could possibly approach this. He eventually found the words, staggeringly. “Mu… you… killed them,” Owen whispered. “That isn’t helping them.”

Mu tilted her head. “Kill?”

“Y… yes! Kill! That’s not… You don’t do that for no reason.”

“I had a reason… Was helping.” Mu gestured at the carcass. “Was… her suffering. It was bad. And now it’s not bad.”

Her innocent eyes glimmered in the starlight. She stared at Owen, curious, inquisitive, like she got a math problem wrong.

Owen had a feeling he knew what happened. Mu… was Diyem’s daughter. And with it came some of his powers…

At least it didn’t seem to be the suffering of the whole world.

“Mu… That isn’t how you stop suffering,” Owen explained gently. “You don’t kill them because then… they can’t live anymore. Most people, once they’re dead, they can’t come back to life. Especially normal Pokémon like them.”

“Huh? But… but they were hurting.”

“They were, but Pokémon heal,” Owen said. “And if they don’t heal… they do die sometimes. But a lot of the time, they can heal. And when they heal, they can feel happy some other day, even if they’re suffering today.”

“And… can’t, if they die?” Mu asked.

“It’s not the same,” Owen said. “They can only live this one time. I don’t… know how it works in this world, but back home, that’s how it was.”

“But… your friends,” Mu said.

“O-oh. You remember them.”

“They are dead, but… didn’t die.”

Having a child grow up in Owen’s environment wasn’t healthy. But Owen had no idea how to remedy that, especially for someone like Mu…

“Yes,” Owen said, “my friends are… different.”

“When normal people are killed… they die?”

Owen gently pulled Mu close. She reflexively grasped at his fingers and curled around his wrist.

Owen cradled her and glanced at the bird, frowning. “You can’t kill people who are hurting. It causes more suffering.”

Mu flinched. “More?! But… but I don’t feel any!” Her eyes welled up with tears. “How more?! How?”

Owen quickly rocked Mu in his arms, folding his wings over his chest to protect her from the outside world. “It’s okay,” he said. “You didn’t know. I can explain. But it’s not your fault, Mu. You didn’t know any better, okay?”

“Didn’t want to hurt…” Mu sniffled. “Didn’t feel them hurting… thought it was okay…”

“When people die, they… leave behind family. And that family is sad because they can’t see them again. So, when someone dies early… that family hurts early, too.”

“Oh…”

Owen approached the body, already dead and cooling. Now that Owen had time to concentrate on the details, this little Pikipek had been wounded already. Perhaps it had narrowly escaped a predator but not enough to keep going for much longer.

“This one was already badly hurt when you found it,” Owen said gently. “It’s hard to judge if you want to put something doomed out of its misery. That’s why you should ask an adult first, okay?”

“Ask adult… okay…” Mu sniffled. “Not fair… how come hurting?”

Owen rubbed the top of her head. “The world… has bad luck sometimes, for some people. And sometimes lives are cut short. If you’re lucky to live for a long time, or you’re lucky to be strong enough that it’s harder to be hurt… you use that power to help others hurt less. You were trying that, Mu. It’s okay.”

“But I made more hurt…”

“But now you know how to do better,” Owen said. “It’s okay.”

“Not okay… not okay!” Mu said, and suddenly she disappeared from Owen’s grasp.

“Mu!” Owen called. She reappeared next to the corpse and looked wildly around her toward where the other bodies had been. She sniffled and pressed her hands into the feathers of the little bird. Her claws, to Owen’s Perceive, dissolved into the bones.

“Mu, wait!” Owen said. “What are you—”

“I don’t want to hurt!” Mu said. “I… I don’t want…!”

Owen grabbed her. At the same time, a pulse of black energy knocked his hand away, the recoil jostling his shoulder. He shouted in surprise and tried to grab at her again, but at that point, Mu had already sniffled and pressed her head against the body’s still-warm feathers.

“Mu…”

She just didn’t understand it. Maybe he’d said too much… He should have come up with a nicer story. But if he lied, how was she going to learn about… how to interpret the world healthily? Especially if she could sense pain like Diyem could. This… was just going to be a painful lesson, but Mu would get better. She had support.

Owen looked at the sky, sighing. The stars were so pretty tonight. No clouds. They glimmered a little, warping around as the light bent around the leaves…

That wasn’t right.

“What?” Owen mumbled.

The air… was changing. He could feel a Dungeon forming around him. Suddenly and without warning. But—no, this one didn’t have the stagnant, dusty air of the Voidlands, and it didn’t smell like Kilo, either. This was… a Dungeon that was localized to Alola.

“Hello?”

A feral chirp was distorted by Shadows. The carcass was moving again.

All of them were. Owen could feel each one rising from their dead positions, looking confused or sleepy. Each one didn’t have organs. Each one was just… a blob in the shape of what they used to be.

Oh, gods. What did Mu… what was she capable of?

“Huh?” Mu sniffled. “You’re… okay?”

The Pikipek-shaped Void Shadow tilted its head, chirped a distorted warble, and then flew onto Owen’s left horn like a perch.

“I’m better. Thank you.”

The language was simplistic. Owen associated it with ‘low-level’ feral talking, for Pokémon that didn’t have the capacity for higher intelligence. But that basic feeling of gratitude was conveyed.

The Dungeon was fading. It had no Core. “Mu,” Owen said hastily, “why don’t we go back to bed now? We can talk about this later…”

“Okay…” Mu reluctantly reached up for Owen to grab her. He folded his wings over her body so she didn’t have to see these Void Shadows evaporate when the Dungeon dissipated. She didn’t need to know.

The sky returned to normal. That feeble, temporary Dungeon space that Mu had created evaporated just as quickly. And now, the Void Shadows would disappear with them, able to pass on…

Any second now…

Right about… now.

…They weren’t fading.

Pikipek nibbled on a stray scale on Owen’s forehead.

The Void Shadows were stable.

This… is going to be awkward to explain to Tapu Koko…

<><><>​

Owen had a fitful sleep for the rest of the night. About fifteen Void Shadows in the shape of various feral Pokémon had gathered around Mu and the others overnight. They were… docile. But they also seemed to think Mu was now their protector.

Under Owen’s wings, Mu was curled up and comfortable with all of those tiny Pokémon-shaped blobs of darkness, each one normal to the naked eye, but his Perceive made the experience maddening. He eventually removed his horns to sleep.

This led to a staggered and groggy explanation to Zena in the morning, the Milotic’s eyes getting wider with every new piece of information.

“Then, Mu… inherited Diyem’s Dungeon powers? And now they’re manifesting, just like that?”

“I think so,” Owen said. “But… as for these Pokémon…”

Mu was playing with all fifteen, and they were laughing, chirping, hissing at each other like it wasn’t a problem. Like they hadn’t been killed and then revived as demon spawn. They were… normal. Normal in every way except physical.

“Hey!”

It was hard to see in the morning sun, but Owen recognized the incoming body of Barechest, Alola’s professor.

“Hope I didn’t wake you,” Barechest said. “Last evening, I got some awesome news.” He waved some papers by his head. “The results of your energy signature readouts are finally in!”

“Oh!” Owen perked up. “What did you find out?”

“I’ll admit, I only read the abstract and didn’t have time to get into all the data of it,” Barechest said, “but it sounds pretty definitive, yeah?” He handed over a copy to Owen. “I think the part you care about—”

CRACK!

Whatever Barechest wanted to say was interrupted in seconds by the crackle of lightning coming from Tapu Koko’s temple across the bridge. Arcs of black and gold electricity traced along the temple walls…

“That… sounded angry,” Owen said. “H-how good is Tapu Koko’s vision?”

“Well…” Barechest scratched the back of his head. “He flies around the region in a matter of minutes from high in the sky, so… vision strength somewhere between a Noctowl’s and a spacefaring satellite’s.”

He’d seen everything.

“Oh no.”
 
Chapter 170 - Accidental Connection
Chapter 170 – Accidental Connection

In less than a second, a bolt of black lightning zig-zagged across the sky and splashed onto the soil on Owen’s side of the bridge. Motes of white light drifted around where Tapu Koko landed, his intense eyes focused entirely on Owen. Electricity—its natural color as well as its unnatural, Shadow-and-Radiant-tinged variety—arced across the halves of his shield.

“Tapu Koko!” Owen greeted. “Hi! How are—”

He held a shield half up toward Owen. “Quiet.”

Owen shut his mouth and stood stiff. Zena glanced between them and said nothing. Barechest offered a respectful nod.

But Mu was still playing with the Void Shadows. Tapu Koko’s attention was slowly drawn to the Charmander necromancer.

Zena looked ready to leap in to defend Mu. Owen wasn’t familiar with Tapu Koko’s body language, but if he could extrapolate from bodies he knew, he didn’t seem hostile. And Owen wasn’t sure if fighting him was a good idea. Battling his brother was one thing, but a guardian of the island? Right near his home, on his turf?

Tapu Koko inspected Mu in silence. She finally noticed him and tilted her head up, up, up until she fell onto her back.

“Hi!” she greeted.

Tapu Koko once again sank a little lower and Mu showed no fear in response. Then, he faced Barechest expectantly.

“Everything okay?” Barechest asked. “Seems there’s… a lot of strangeness happening here, yeah?”

“You could say that,” Owen said, looking between Barechest and Tapu Koko. Maybe he should explain now that he was listening.

“Okay,” he said. “Here’s what’s going on. . .”

They took a seat and talked. Barechest’s expression went from puzzled to concerned to trailing over to those tainted wild Pokémon that Mu was playing with. Tapu Koko’s expression was entirely inscrutable. Even to Owen’s Perceive, the guardian of the island gave nothing away.

By the time Owen was finished with the explanation, Barechest was approaching one of them, kneeling.

“Wait,” Owen said, “I don’t think you should—”

“It’s alright,” Barechest assured him. “I’m a professional with this, yeah? Regional variants… This might be the same thing.”

“Regional… variants?”

“In some parts of the world, Sandshrew are well-adapted to sandy environments. Here in Alola? They’re happy in the high snowcaps. Maybe these ‘Void’-adapted Pokémon are the same.”

“But… that’s very different,” Owen said. “You—”

“It is,” Barechest said, holding out a finger horizontally. The little Fletchling hopped onto it and chirped happily. “When you first encountered this power, it must have been scary. But here, from your daughter? Looks like they behave like normal Pokémon to me.”

Tapu Koko observed the same way, hovering behind Barechest. There was a curious trust between the two of them that Owen sensed. The lead professor of this region must have built up a great deal of credibility for the local god to trust him in this way. Owen wondered what his story was.

“I’m… I’m very sorry for this,” Owen finally concluded to Tapu Koko directly. “If there’s a way to reverse it, I’ll find a way. But…”

But they were still trying to save their world. And they were already making things worse here…

Tapu Koko moved with purpose toward the Void Shadows taking the forms of their old lives. He descended and placed his shield over them, bringing them all close. They chittered in greeting, a few trying to climb his arms and onto the top of his shield instead. Tapu Koko allowed it.

He also seemed to glance at Owen. His gaze focused on something on Owen’s chest. Owen wasn’t sure what that meant. Following his gaze more closely, it was the necklace he’d fashioned out of Amber’s claw bone…

“They are,” Tapu Koko finally said, “of the island. I will guard them the same way. They are friendly. I will learn about them.”

“You will?” Owen asked.

Barechest smiled and stood up. “I don’t need to understand you to know how you feel,” he said. “Sounds like Tapu Koko knows what to do here, yeah? Those ‘Void’ variants will be just fine under its care. Let’s trust the island’s guardian to handle this.”

Owen nodded. “Y-yeah, okay,” he said. “Um… thank you. I hope you can forgive us…”

“Go away.”

“Y-yeah, we deserved that.” Owen bowed stiffly.

“Hey, before you go,” Barechest said, “mind if we chat a little more? We still have those findings to read…”

“Oh! Right.” He glanced at Zena, who was gathering Mu and saying a few farewells to the little Voids and Tapu Koko. He seemed to recognize Zena as the more responsible one, since he was more cordial to her as they left.

They walked and talked and Owen read through the document with Zena. A few times, Owen got distracted trying to stop Mu from hopping from Zena’s head to his, but they eventually got through the paper’s introduction and summary.

A few of the lines weren’t surprising. Some of it noted their strange energy signatures, unlike anything they’d seen before. Other parts talked about how Zena’s signature was very hard to isolate, which also made sense due to the extra spirits she had, even if they were dormant in this world. But most importantly…

. . . There was one prominent abnormality we noticed in the energy signatures from Milotic. While said signatures were powerful and defined, the ‘extra spirits,’ as she called them, felt distant, not weak. What we at first thought were dormant energies were actually from very far away, like they were being filtered through a great barrier. You could equate it to trying to listen to someone through a foot of solid concrete.

Owen frowned, thoughtful. “The Water Spirits are dormant because they’re far away?” he said. “But that means…”

“Oh, I think I understand,” Zena said. “Our Orbs are basically like Dungeons, but internally. What if being here in this world… means we are only gateways to the Orb Dungeons we have? Their spirits still give off energy, but if they’re elsewhere…”

“Oh…”

That… might add up. The Water Spirits were still in Kilo, even if the Orb hosts’ bodies had been transported to this world. And their bodies had their spirits… but if the Water Orb was just a gateway to somewhere in Kilo’s realms…

“I… I think I get it?” Owen said uncertainly.

He kept reading…

My theory is this energy signature is not within Milotic at all, but is instead being channeled through her. We have seen similar readouts before when studying Ultra Wormholes and determining how far certain energy signatures are from our current location.

Regarding Charizard’s energy signature, it did not have the same distant spirits so it was easier to analyze. However, we still identified an abnormality. Pokémon that are whole—that is, their full energy signature is within one body—give off a consistent, uninterrupted wave pattern when analyzed through our machines.

Charizard’s signature is missing a minute fragment. Perhaps only a percent of a percent. Not enough to be noticed except by our eyes on a graph of the wave. You’d normally see this kind of signature from a Pokémon using an advanced Substitute, such as a top league fighter. But from the moves Charizard listed to us, he does not use Substitute and does not recall any other parts of himself that are missing.

In summary, Charizard is missing a minute fraction of his energy signature.


Owen uneasily glanced at Zena. “I thought I was… whole,” he said. “I’d split myself into three and that was my limit. But why do I still have a tiny part of me missing? My spirit?”

“Where could it even be?” Zena asked. “You were removed from the Reincarnation Machine, right?”

Owen nodded. “That was a long time ago. Rhys busted it so Eon couldn’t just kill me to get me back.”

“…He wouldn’t dare do that,” Zena murmured.

“It’d be practical. And I died all the time. I wouldn’t have been offended, in hindsight…”

Zena looked horrified. Barechest scratched his head, looking concerned but unsure if he should step in.

Owen tittered. “Er… let’s just keep reading.”

On a whim, one of our other scientists suggested offsetting background noise in Charizard’s energy signature with the same offset that Milotic’s distant signatures came from… and we found a match.

The piece of Charizard is in the same general world as Milotic’s background energies.


“Same general realm,” Zena said. “Then… Owen, a piece of you is in someone’s Orb Dungeon.”

“Since when would I…” Owen paused. “Mom’s? No, it couldn’t be that… Sure, I was a Fire Spirit and didn’t know it for a while, but…”

“But a part of you is kept in the Fire Core as a form of recall,” Zena said.

“No, it can’t be that,” Owen went on. “The Grass Orb overrode that. So, I’d only have a bit of me in the Grass Core.”

“My spirit is whole,” Zena pointed out. “It can’t be that.”

Owen scratched his head, stumped. He resolved to check the Fire Core, just in case, when he returned. Because where else could he be?

“It’s probably nothing,” Owen said, doubting his own words. “Or… nothing we can deal with right now. That’ll be the first thing we look into once we get back.”

There was still more to read.

We lastly checked Charmander’s. While strange, it was whole and had the fewest abnormalities. She is a healthy baby girl. Congratulations!

For some reason that offended him. Mu was the most normal of the three. Really?

Still, with that covered, and their findings in his hands, that was the last thing they needed to do in Alola. Cresthair had Silvally taken care of and they would be able to send that knowledge to the most capable people they knew.

Ultra Wormholes had been their original intent for Alola. But with the discovery of the Dungeons connecting, it wasn’t as necessary… Guiltily, Owen considered Alola to be a nice stop during their flight, and the scientists here with outer-world experience would have been a good group to seek advice from anyway. They were lucky to get all they did.

“Thanks for everything you’ve done for us,” Owen said to Barechest.

“What’s your plan from here?” the professor asked.

“We have one place left to go,” Owen said. “Orre. The origin of the Shadows we know about… They might have information on how we can combat it in our world. After that, we’re going to find a Dungeon still there and head home.”

“Well, good luck, yeah?” Barechest said. “That look in your eyes reminds me of a lot of talented Pokémon and their trainers I’ve seen here and all over. If you ask me… you’ll get this done.”

Owen’s flame grew and he nodded. Zena had relaxed, too, and Mu happily curled up in her ribbons.

Suddenly, Barechest stopped and stretched his arms up. “Woo! But before that, how about we send you off with a good meal?”

“Oh! Well, sure,” Zena said. “We need time for our flight to be scheduled anyway, don’t we?”

“Right, Orre’s… very far by wing. We could use one of those planes again.”

“Then it’s settled,” Barechest said. “I’ll treat you to a great Alolan feast!”

One last sendoff would be nice, Owen thought. And in exchange, perhaps he could provide more for Barechest’s research.

But soon, Owen would have to resume his research on the hardest subject they had… Shadows.

And he’d have to return to the region where he’d lost his normal life, just to leave this world behind again. Hopefully, this time, he could leave without regrets.

<><><>​

“So you’re saying I need to look for a talking Charizard named Owen,” Umbreon said. “With pointed horns that constantly invade everyone’s privacy within a three-hundred-meter radius.”

“Yyyyes?” Star tittered.

They’d descended Destiny Tower and traveled swiftly to a nearby Dungeon pocket where other ‘Orre refugees’ had gathered. Most had already traveled back, but a few lingered, waiting. Espeon had gone ahead to assure people on the other side that things were okay.

On the left was part of a house that had been split by distortions such that a lake now ran through it. On the right was what looked like a part of Fae Fae Forest intermingling with a sandy beach.

Several other human-turned-Pokémon were gathered up and clumsily trying to walk around in their new bodies. Some didn’t have legs, which complicated matters.

“And this is temporary, right?” Umbreon asked Star again, gesturing to himself.

“Y-yes!” Star said, with no confidence one way or the other. “Temporary! We’ll send you right on your way back and it’ll probably wear off after a few days… and if nnnot, I’ll fix it once I get the chance!”

“…I’ll find you,” Umbreon said. It was a threat.

“I believe you,” Star squeaked.

Umbreon exhaled through his nose and then turned to the confused Pokémon. “Okay, everyone. Back through the portal! Let’s go home.” He glanced back, looking at Star with one eye. “I’ll look out for this Owen guy. He’s trying to fight Shadows, right?”

“Yeah.”

“I know someone who did something similar,” Umbreon said. “I’ll get in contact with him and the lab his mom helps run. They have a machine that can purify Shadow Pokémon, no divine magic required. Maybe it’ll help.”

“Cure…” Star frowned. “Are there other cures?”

Umbreon seemed impatient. “Yes, there are others. Look, can you ask me this on the other side? Every second is more than a minute here.”

Star winced. “I… I’ll send someone after you,” she said. “I don’t want to… I mean, I can’t cross the barrier. But what’s the other way?”

Umbreon was already walking to usher the former humans through the portal. A Growlithe was helping to roll a Voltorb down the road while a Misdreavus tried to use her ectoplasm to crawl across the ground, too stubborn to ask for help. An Ekans rolled next to a Spinda that walked perfectly straight.

“Celebi,” Umbreon said. “Celebi’s power to return happy memories. Using the power of time to remind the Pokémon of their past. That’s the secret to dispelling Shadows.”

“Remind them of the…” Star squinted even as Umbreon was too far away to reply.

It was that simple? Memories of the past, powered by Celebi, could help dispel Shadows? But Celebi couldn’t do that in Kilo, not the one they created. Traveling through time was too dangerous, so she was more like a guardian over it… Like Dialga, she regulated time’s flow but didn’t hop through it.

How else could they dispel Shadows through memories?

As the rest of the former humans passed through the barrier, and as Star floated back to Destiny Tower, she helped one of the former humans who had tripped over a pebble.

That wasn’t so bad. The human was kind and didn’t seem to realize she was a Mew. Perhaps the shock of everything left them too stunned to acknowledge it.

Her gaze lingered on the little stone the human tripped over.

Star gasped. “Gone Pebbles!”

<><><>​

Mispy stared at the ceiling, laying on her back while her many vines lay splayed on Palkia’s cutting table. She stared at a mirror that Palkia had set up so she could see what he was working on. It was a rare moment of downtime while the others recovered their energy. And she wanted to take on a proposal that Palkia had given her a while ago.

This was a special room in Palkia’s makeshift lab in Kilo Village. No windows, only Luminous Orbs in the ceiling, most of them bright and facing her body on the table. The walls were devoid of decorations and there was a large table—small for Palkia—next to him with various instruments to pry, hold, bind, or remove soft matter.

“How fascinating,” Palkia said. “I’ve never seen a stomach like this before, especially for a Meganium.” Palkia held up a claw, which was enveloped in a mysterious energy that warped the light around his finger. He ran it along a membrane and pulled it out of her chest. “Shall we see what’s inside?”

Mispy nodded. Owen always talked about how her insides were strange. She never got to enjoy it herself.

“Right, let’s make a precise cut here—”

Knock knock.

“Hello?” called Demitri.

“Ah, Demitri! I apologize if you were waiting at the entrance,” Palkia said, waving at him.

“Oh, no, it’s fine. I actually…” He stopped, staring at them.

Mispy smiled and waved a vine.

Demitri’s eyes rolled to the back of his head and he collapsed, completely out cold.

“Ah,” Palkia said. “Perhaps he’s tired.”

Mispy frowned, sighing. She’d explain later. Her eyes trailed to his right hand, clutching something. “Mm?”

“Hm? Ah.” Palkia followed her gaze. He reached into a tiny portal in front of him and his hand appeared next to Demitri’s, taking the paper. “Let’s see… Ah! Strategy. For you, I imagine. Now, let’s get back to this stomach… Oh, don’t worry, I’ll take pictures later, Mispy.”

“Mm.”

While Palkia continued to study her insides, Mispy took the paper and read it over…

Her casual gaze slowly hardened to a more serious, analytical stare.

Report from South Null Village.

All known Core Titans have been defeated and all Legends within are being recovered or reunited with their twin selves. A more thorough list of that will be provided later. More pressing matters have arisen.

We have a report from a refugee Dragapult from Cipher City who once worked in Alexander’s castle staff. He has killed Qitlan, claimed his spirit, and is now covertly calling in much of his staff and city into Cipher Castle to do the same to them. We do not know why he did not do this first or what the effects are, but this sudden change in strategy means we have little time to prepare for whatever he’s planning.

An army was our main expectation. Now, it may only be Alexander as a ‘Super Guardian’ of Shadow itself. Diyem informed us that his Shadow powers are innate to this world and are distinctly anti-Mystic, like an opposing force. However, while divine, or Radiant, power is divided amongst Star, Barky, and the Guardians under Necrozma, the Dark Matter fragments are the corresponding Shadow power. Alexander has the majority of this power and will only grow stronger the more he finds.

Alexander is currently moving to North Null Village. He initially was heading south but suddenly changed course. This is abnormal because Alexander’s movements are usually very strongly planned. He may be operating alone, mentally, after consuming all other spirits to become his thrall rather than a thinking army.

We suspect he is either flying for Emily or Tanneth since they correspond directly to another known Dark Matter fragment. Since East and West Null Village have been abandoned and consolidated into South Null Village, he only has two choices and we are confident those are his targets.

Tacticians must meet in South Null Village Town Hall in Kilo’s next noon. Scouts must take the Calm Water Lake Dungeon’s passageway into the Voidlands to verify Alexander’s location. Remain low to the ground. Bring at least one Joltik Willow with you and a table’s worth of sweet pastries provided by Sugar ‘n Spice in case you run into Hoopa, who escaped our surveillance.

Offensive forces must meet in North Null Village by traversing through the Fae Fae Wilds Dungeon. Prepare to defend and retreat if Alexander’s attacks are overwhelming. Do not risk Tanneth’s well-being.


The rest of the letter continued with more details for various groups, but Mispy wasn’t too interested in the rest of the details. It didn’t apply to her. With Owen gone, she was back to being the tactician for Team Alloy, but Demitri and Gahi were still the muscle. Would they have to split up here? Then again, she still couldn’t shake her speech problems…

No, Uxie could help. She was comfortable talking to Uxie and Mesprit. She could whisper her thoughts to Uxie, who could transmit them, just like Demitri. And… one day they’d fuse anyway. But she didn’t want to do that while Owen was away. He… deserved to be there.

It’d sure be convenient, though. What was she doing, getting sentimental about it? Nothing would change. She and Uxie were already so similar.

Maybe she was afraid. It was a big leap. Uxie was probably afraid, too, no matter how cool and collected her aura was.

“Ah, how fascinating! You have another stomach! Or, I think it’s one. Let’s find out…”

Mispy gently folded the paper and watched Demitri, who was dizzily returning to consciousness.

“M-Mispy? A-are… are you okay? I think I passed out…”

“Oh, she’s just fine!” Palkia said. “Mispy wanted to study anatomy.”

“Isn’t this a bit… extreme?!” Demitri couldn’t look at the operating table. “Doesn’t it hurt—oh, right… S-still, Mispy! This is dangerous!”

“Nonsense! I’m using the warped fabric of space as my cutting instrument. That’s as sterile as it gets! Not to mention, it’s quite difficult to maintain any wounds on her. She heals them very quickly without thinking.”

Demitri whimpered anyway and kept his eyes on the floor. “…W-well, did you read that paper?” he asked.

Mispy hummed affirmatively.

“I think we should gather everyone up, um, s-soon,” Demitri said. “I already went to get Mesprit and Uxie. I couldn’t find Azelf, but he must be around…” The Haxorus held the extra axes on his tail. “I have no idea how they expect us to fight Alexander…”

“Indeed. We are quite outmatched,” Palkia hummed. “Really, you can categorize it quite well and determine from there how the odds are stacked against us.”

“Categorize?”

“Yes.” Palkia grinned. “The frail, the mortals, the demigods, the pantheon, and the forces. Generally speaking, if you’re in one category, you will be below the others, though enough skill will sometimes let you break barriers and defeat those one bracket above you.”

“Demigods…”

“Yes, that would be you, at the moment,” Palkia said.

“I—I’m not a demigod!”

“Are you mortal?”

“Well… no, I guess not…”

Palkia made a gesture as if for Demitri to go forward with the reasoning.

“…I guess… I’m a demigod, okay…”

“But Alexander has transcended the typical powers of the pantheon. We aren’t sure precisely how, but supposedly Diyem’s theory is there were ‘Shadow Hands’ created along with the Hands of Creation. And Alexander gathered that power from the Voidlands, more and more. His capstone, of course, was consuming that fragment of Diyem. While inside the Voidlands, he is its driving force, rivaled only by Necrozma, who is berserk.”

“Doesn’t that mean… we don’t stand a chance?”

“Well! That’s where you come in with your fusions. I think ‘Migami,’ as you call it… could rival those in the pantheon. Perhaps with some skill you could challenge Alexander. Cautiously, at least. We can’t afford to leave him to his own devices, now can we?”

Mispy nodded along, contemplative. A fusion of Migami would go from demigod to the power of the pantheon. From there, a ‘force’ like Alexander was something they could challenge… though maybe not win.

She hoped Owen was finding a solution to this…

“Well, we’ll be sure to wrap this up,” Palkia said. “Thank you for letting us know, Demitri. Oh! Would you like to see Mispy’s liver? It’s so large!”

Mispy knew by the shrinking of Demitri’s aura that he was going to pass out. She sighed in advance and her gaze returned to the mirror.

<><><>​

Rim gingerly placed a cold cloth over Lavender’s forehead. It steamed within seconds. The Cherrim frowned and swapped it out for another, and then another.

Lavender had been just fine at the end of their Titan hunting. The problem was his body didn’t properly ‘shut off’ its battle systems for a while longer, leading to his mechanical body overheating and his spirit transformation to fry. Nevren usually did maintenance and repairs, but…

“Here.”

Behind Rim was Leph, ducking to enter their little home at the edge of Kilo Village’s caldera. Through one window they could see Nate’s shadowy, leviathan form caress the outermost ring of the caldera and the way the sun shined on his countless, glistening dark eyes. It was once a horrid sight but lately had become a sign of protection and comfort.

Leph floated a wet cloth wrapped around a blue orb.

“It’s a Hail Orb. Made it myself. Specialized for him,” Leph explained. The Arceus placed it on Lavender’s forehead. Finally, the Silvally sighed with relief.

“Thanks, Auntie Fence,” Lavender said.

Leph narrowed her eyes.

“Are you… okay?” Rim asked, wobbling unevenly to the chair. She was getting more and more used to being in her new body, though she did miss fur. And not getting depressed without sunlight.

“I’m fine. Took it better than Lavender, at least.” Leph leaned forward and pressed her cheek against Lavender’s forehead. “Yow!” She quickly pulled away, wincing. “Lavender! Do you have a Fire Spirit active?”

“Noooo I’m just siiiick,” Lavender complained.

“Aren’t you half-machine? How do you get sick?” Leph frowned pensively. “I think we should ask Eon about this. He might know, right?”

“Daddy’s at the lab gathering supplies,” Lavender said. “Lucas is helping out…”

“Back soon,” Rim clarified.

“I know. Aster’s there, too,” Leph said. “Still, Lavender…”

“Can’t you just fix it with your godpowers?” Lavender begged. “You’re, like… another Arceus!”

“I… I’m out of practice,” Leph said nervously. “…Barely had any training from Father anyway.”

Rim settled against Lavender’s chest, where his body wasn’t as hot, and listened to them talk.

“What’s, um, you know, what’s your whole deal, anyway?” Lavender asked. “I thought there was only one Arceus.”

“There is supposed to be,” said Leph. “Or, just one who sends his avatars out. But I’m not the same as Father. When Quartz—sorry, when Kilo was created… I was born with it. I woke up one day after hearing so many little thoughts shape who I am, I… I think. I remember hearing a lot of thoughts that weren’t my own before I woke up.”

“Where’d you wake up?” Lavender asked.

Leph sighed and settled against the side. The wheel around her body dissolved into motes of light. “Well, I was born in—”

“You can do that?”

“What?”

“Your fence. It went away.”

“Oh. Yes. Why?”

Lavender stared for a while longer. Rim was admittedly also fascinated.

“Nothing. Um… go on.”

Leph lounged against one of the spare nests. “I woke up under a place called the Tree of Life. It isn’t around anymore… I don’t know what happened to it. Disappeared during the Dark War and I was taken into the Voidlands after that. But me and Aster, we’re kind of like siblings with Nate.”

“Whoa… Nate’s your brother?”

Leph nodded. “He was never given a name until after we fell into the Voidlands, but if he likes Nate, I’ll call him that.” She chuckled. “We just called him Tree for a while. He lived in it. I thought he was the Tree, actually…”

“But he’s a big friendly monster instead,” Lavender stated.

Leph nodded. “Nate always felt like a big brother to me. Maybe he’s the oldest thing here? You know, aside from… Father.”

Lavender oohed in response. He adjusted the cooling cloth on his forehead. “If you were born with this world… and Barky isn’t, like, native to this one, he just created it… does that mean you’re the true guardian of Kilo?”

“Maybe.” Leph looked away, bending her hooves inward. “…Some guardian I am, if so…”

“Aw, don’t say that!” Lavender said. “Barky was barely around, too!”

Rim winced.

Leph laughed ruefully. “Like father like daughter, then,” she said.

“Daughter, right…” Lavender tilted his head. His eyes made a mechanical noise. “But you aren’t a girl.”

Leph rolled her eyes. “And Barky isn’t male nor female. I picked it. I suppose I could choose a different form with some effort, but… why bother? Seems… needless, if you ask me.”

“Like your fence?”

“…Y… yes. Like my fence.”

A Mewtwo Teleported into their room and dropped a large pile of mechanical scrap in the corner of the room. “Mission complete!” Aster declared.

“Hey, Aster,” Leph and Lavender said with opposite levels of enthusiasm.

“Hey!” Aster glanced at Leph and his smile cracked. “Oh no. Your fence is off… Are you sad?”

Leph squinted at Aster, then glared at Lavender like he was responsible for something.

“I’m fine, Aster,” she said. “How did your lab mission go?”

“We got lots of stuff! Mister Jirachi is nice and Lucas is fun to play with.”

“Jirachi came, too? What about Eon?” Leph asked.

“Oh, he’s there, too. He was the other Jirachi.”

Rim tilted her body. Jirachi? Well, that was an improvement. At least he wasn’t a Charmander.

Lavender tilted his head. “Daddy said that he helped make your body, too. You were the first mutant, right?”

“Mhm!” Aster nodded. “I used to be a normal li’l Mew before Jirachi made a wish so I could be stronger! And then he did cool science stuff to the wish!”

Rim had a feeling it was the other way around. Science powered by wishes. She sighed, wondering when Celebi would be recovered… Maybe then she could have the power to help again. As she was, she was useless…

“Auntie Rim?” Lavender asked, nuzzling her.

“Ah—”

“Are you okay?”

Was it that obvious? Rim shrank away, hiding behind her thick, purple petals.

“What’s bothering you, Rim?” Leph asked. “Was it… about the mutants?”

“No…”

Leph hummed like she disapproved. “Well… it’s okay. I mean, I saw what happened to my brother. Aster is fine. A little excitable and battle-hungry, but some Pokémon are like that naturally!”

“Oh! Yeah! A lot of my spirits are Battlehearts!” Lavender’s cheek bolts whirred. “Say… if you’re, like, the true god of Kilo, what do you think about Pokémon that were modified, um, artificially? Or me? I was created, so I’m artificial!”

“Well, however you were created, I can sense your spirit, despite all the other ones inside you…” Leph nodded. “And… I… think I’ll be getting rid of the mutants if I ever have control of the world like Father said I might.”

Lavender’s countenance shifted to a nervous one. “G-get rid of…”

The young god seemed confused. Then her eyes widened. “Ah! No, like, not kill! Like… use god powers to give them normal bodies, is what I meant. I wouldn’t kill them, no way.”

“Oh.” Lavender relaxed. “How come?”

“Well…” Leph shifted her weight to a new resting position with her legs straightened. “Seems like it causes more problems. They’re stronger, they’re unstable, and the fusion thing is… a little weird, gotta admit. Just all around unnatural. If they weren’t so harmful I’d be less worried, but… I dunno. Just one of those hypotheticals.”

A very real hypothetical, though. Rim’s petals tensed and relaxed.

“Sorry. I guess that’s a little forward of me,” Leph said. “Maybe I’ll ask them. Besides… I’m thinking way too far ahead. I’m so low on the pantheon right now. I’m nothing compared to the real gods.”

“But you’re the realest god,” Lavender pointed out. “All the others are just ascended mortals and stuff, or Barky and Star. And, um, whatever Hecto is.”

“Right, I guess that’s… also…” Leph sighed harshly. “I don’t know what to think.”

And nobody else seemed to, either. The silence returned.

“Maybe I’ll just fix their minds so they aren’t unstable,” Leph finally said. “All mutants are sterile anyway. The least I can do is let them live out their lives.”

“I like that answer,” Lavender agreed. “But what about the mutants that want kids?”

“…Adoption?” Leph offered. “Lots of people probably died so there are lots of kids to adopt.”

Everyone else’s expressions darkened.

“…Er… sorry. Probably brought the mood down with that one.”

“Maybe a little,” Aster said.

“Well, hey! Having a mutant army on our side would be super useful against Alexander, right? Since… um…”

Lavender lost his optimism when Leph’s expression quickly became grave.

“They are very susceptible to corruption,” Leph said, “and from what we’ve heard, Alexander has gone on the offensive. It makes him vulnerable… but he’s also even stronger, too. Anyone who falls to him…”

“Oh…” Lavender looked down.

“He’ll claim them and add to his power. He seems to know that if we get the strike on him first, he’ll lose. So now… he’s throwing everything he has into one last attack.”

Rim sensed someone coming. A dull psychic presence in the air that she recognized as Jirachi.

Then, he appeared in the room, looking frazzled and wide-eyed. “Guys!” he said.

“Hi, Wish Daddy!” Lavender cheerfully greeted. “Leph gave me a magic cold pack!”

“Th-that’s good,” Jirachi said. Moments later, another Jirachi appeared at the doorway. “But we have a problem! We just got word from Null Village scouts on our report back with some lab supplies.”

Leph tensed, reapplying her golden wheel and standing straight. “What’s happening?”

“Alexander’s a lot faster than we expected,” Jirachi said. “He’s already there! North Null Village is under attack now!”

Rim gasped, shrinking away. She couldn’t help. That useless feeling coiled around her tiny body.

“…Then we have to go,” Leph said. Her voice was grave and her eyes had widened with fear. Rim could only imagine the feeling of facing someone like Alexander down… especially Leph, who had been under his rule for so long. “Aster?”

Aster’s tail flicked. “Y-yeah,” he replied.

“Aster. We can’t run from him. Not when that means others would—”

“Y-yeah. Yeah.” Aster took a sharp breath. “I’ll go.”

Jirachi hastily flew out. “I’m gonna warn more people. If we can repel him here, we can go on the offensive!”

“That’s the most we can do,” Leph said.

“Can I help?” Lavender asked.

“No, not yet,” Eon said. ”You’re still overheating… I’ll bring who I can, but not if you’re already recovering. Next time, okay? When we go on the offensive.”

“Okay…”

Several of their Teleporting members vanished. Others ran out of their home. Rim settled against Lavender… The best she could do was pray for their safe return.

A shadow crossed her vision while she hid behind her petals. It was a small, flying creature passing by the doorway.

“Huh?” Lavender asked.

“Mm?” Rim asked back.

“I thought I saw someone… A green, flying Pokémon.”

Rim tilted her body but then shook in negative. That could have been anyone…

“Cute little wings,” Lavender mumbled along. “I never saw a Pokémon like that before.”

Rim froze. Then, without hesitating further, she pushed off Lavender and said, “Stay.”

And she wobbled out the door.
 
Chapter 171 - Lord of Nightmares
Chapter 171 – Lord of Nightmares

North Null Village was in pandemonium. From the distant horizon, dark meteors arced through the red skies and demolished entire buildings, shattering light crystals and leaving corrosive craters in their place. Civilians fled into a Dungeon portal meant for travel and were hastily given light crystals to wear if they ended up in Kilo. They were running out of those. Some would have to take refuge in the Dungeon itself.

As higher class Pokémon ushered disoriented Class D Pokémon into the portals, Darkrai remained behind with Cresselia and their specialized forces. Even more ran down the roads to join their ranks.

“Everyone’s coming,” called Star, flying quickly until she was just in front of Cresselia.

“Good,” Cresselia said.

Darkrai tried to calm his nerves. Every explosion rattled him. “Everything we’ve tried to throw at him doesn’t work,” he reported. “Even our sentinel beam washes right away!”

“It’s just for show. Fire everything!” Star said. “It’ll weaken him at least a little!”

“They’re close to abandoning the post,” Cresselia said. “But… okay. Maybe if we have a few people giving more power to it, maybe a human? Some Legends can, too. Marshadow was always good at powering them.”

The ground rumbled from a nearby blast. None of them were close enough to strike where Darkrai stood but they were getting uncomfortably close. Could Alexander see them from so far away? Was he just guessing?

“Let’s move,” Star said. “The crystal spire! The others should be heading there, too!”

Darkrai drifted after them. Something caught his eye in the corner of his vision. By the time he turned to face it, Star had already dashed in the way and held up a purple barrier.

Then, there was a flash, Darkrai’s whole body compressed against the air, and all sound left him save for a high ringing.

He was on his back. Burning ash and stray black embers gently rained down in grotesque, beautiful destruction.

Muffled shouts were all he could hear amid the ringing but the ground rumbling told him the fighting didn’t stop. Had he passed out at all?

Something wrapped around his arm and flooded him with healing energy. Darkrai gasped and pushed himself upright, seeing a horrifying monstrosity in front of him. Scales, vines, intense eyes, but not a Pokémon he recognized. Some kind of horrible fusion—a mutant!

“Are you okay?” it asked.

“Y-yes,” Darkrai said. “Wh-who are you?”

“Migami. Get to safety, okay?”

“No, I—I need to help. I’m better now!”

“Fine.” Migami disappeared. It could teleport?

Darkrai took a moment to figure out where the spire was and then glanced at Alexander’s previous location. Skies, he was a lot closer now. He could see where he was from the origin of each dark blast. The sky swirled above him in a vortex, the very weather darkening to his presence.

Cresselia. He had to find Cresselia. She was too proud. If he wasn’t by her side there was a chance she would try to take Alexander out on her own. He was a coward who knew when to run. And ever since Cresselia had been there for him all those years ago, he owed everything to her.

“Ah!” There she was at the top of the crystal spire. She shouted something down below and the spire lit up. She ducked beneath the observation tower as a mote of light emerged from the very tip of the gray spike. Each crystal lit up starting from the bottommost diamonds, all the way to the top where the light was like a tiny, marble-sized sun. A hum rattled Darkrai’s head and fizzled his wisps.

Then, concussive force warped the light around the spire, trailing behind a beam of energy—a Radiant Hyper Beam.

But Alexander drifted left, dodging the attack easily—or so Darkrai thought. He was too pessimistic.

Suddenly, the Hyper Beam split into ten different beams, curling and weaving through the air. At the tip of the spire, Migami was holding some kind of pink gem—a Psychic crystal?

Alexander’s distant movements suddenly turned frantic. He ducked beneath one of the beams only for a second one to graze him. Two others closed in on either side but he spiraled through it and neutralized another with a Shadowy blast. The beams all curled inward to catch up to Alexander. One struck his back, sending him plummeting halfway to the ground. He endured.

He was so strong. That blast would have vaporized anyone else. Perhaps even Darkrai himself! But that’s what Alexander had become. A one-person army. A whole army inside of him, all so he could…

What was he aiming for? Power? He had power. What more was there?

Something tickled the back of his neck.

“Ugh, it ain’t workin’,” Azelf growled.

Darkrai yelped and spun around. The three pixies were floating there, covered in ash from the recent explosions.

“What are you doing?!”

“I was tryin’ t’give you a little willpower,” Azelf said.

“You seemed stressed,” Mesprit said, holding his hands anxiously. “But we need to keep fighting!”

“Too late.” Uxie sighed.

At the top of the spire, a second Radiant Hyper Beam tore through the skies, sending a reckless scattershot of twenty small beams toward Alexander. This time, Migami disappeared, too, racing the beams to Alexander head-on.

“Ahhh!” Darkrai held his head. “They can’t do that! They aren’t supposed to do that! No going alone!”

“They were frustrated,” Mesprit said. “They missed so they’re trying to end it now, Guardian to Guardian. But Alexander outclasses them…!”

“If Alexander truly has the ‘anti-Hands,’ the Voidlands fragment of power that is opposite to Kilo… then Migami is not just fighting a Guardian. They are fighting a god.”

“Why is the Mispy third of them allowing this?” Mesprit squeaked.

“Because she’s drowned out by two idiots.”

“H-hey! My other half isn’t like that!” Mesprit said. “Azelf, tell her! …Azelf?”

“He left while you were worrying.”

“And you didn’t stop him?!” Mesprit grabbed Uxie by the shoulders.

“I was busy talking to you.”

The volley crashed into the distant forest. Storms brewed, whirlwinds of Shadow picking up whole trees and making them dance into the clouds.

Azelf had thankfully not run to join Migami. Instead, he was at the top of the spire talking with the others. Darkrai followed with Mesprit and Uxie, overhearing the conversation.

“So what, they went t’ fight?!”

“W-we couldn’t stop them!” said a trembling Ledian. “How do you stop someone that… m-massive, who can also Teleport?!”

Over many rows of trees, Alexander clashed directly with Migami. But this time, there was a delay in Alexander landing a strike. Was he waiting for something?

Migami had no such hesitation. They blasted him point-blank with a Solar Beam, the light splitting across his heads to make several beams on the already scorched ground. Alexander blasted back, completely missing when Migami Teleported behind him and jammed an ax into his back.

The phantom of Qitlan emerged from the wound and grasped at Migami, tearing part of their face clean off. Migami snarled and, with a contortion of vines, kicked off Alexander while healing, the wound healing. Alexander chewed on what had been torn off, saying something to Migami like a taunt.

As Migami’s wounds closed, Darkrai, holding back a retch, scaled the spire with the other pixies.

“He’s too close,” Mesprit said. “Alexander is still trying to make his way here. He wants the town!”

“We need to evacuate everyone.”

“It might be Tanneth,” Darkrai said. “She’s part of Emily, right? If he wants to take the pieces of Dark Matter.”

Cresselia spiraled around the spire and floated on the lower observation deck to speak with Darkrai. Countless little beeps of the radar and other technologies chittered in the room.

“Tanneth was evacuated already,” she said. “Should we start evacuating everyone?”

Darkrai hesitated. “He’ll just follow,” he said. “How long can Migami stall? We need proper backup… why are the others taking so long?!”

“It was all short notice,” Azelf said. “Ain’t like walkin’ here is easy anymore. Kilo’s all… scrambled!”

Darkrai glanced at the brawl just in time to see Migami bite off Alexander’s left arm’s head. Black blood gushed out of it. Then, it coagulated into an undead cloud of wraiths that latched onto Migami’s mouth. They spat a Dragon Pulse and gained more distance as Alexander’s wings writhed into more snarling wraiths.

He was unstoppable. The wraiths, too, were all unstoppable. He had so much Shadowy power that even their spire shots did nothing. They… wouldn’t be able to fend him off like this. They’d evacuate North Null Village, but what then?

“Darkrai,” Cresselia said. “Darkrai!”

“S-sorry, what?” Darkrai jolted upright.

“It’s time to go. Azelf and the others will call for Migami to return. Psychic link.” Cresselia drifted down the spire.

“And what then?” Darkrai asked.

“What?”

“…Nothing.” He drifted after her. “Let’s evacuate everyone.”

<><><>​

And thankfully, that was nearly done. Everyone had gone through drills of this very event. By the time they’d checked homes and houses, almost everyone had already fled. A few stray, docile Void Shadows who’d gotten lost were ushered along, while some more hostile ones fled and were beyond help.

North Null Village, beautiful in the darkness it had to work with, had fallen quiet. A tapestry of dusty red streets trampled with footprints of all sizes told a story of abandonment in a single hour. Appliances still ran in a few of the buildings, glowing dimly with the power of faded Radiance. Darkrai heard a radio in a building two doors down blaring static and occasionally distorted commands and updates from South Null village. Because it couldn’t have been anywhere else. Every other settlement had been abandoned, destroyed, or… consumed by Alexander. The South would be the Voidlands’ final bastion after this.

Soon, Darkrai and Cresselia were all that remained, along with a distant Migami, who would be agile enough to outspeed Alexander. But perhaps only by a minute.

Migami was stubborn. They kept trying to fight and clash with their limitless energy but Alexander was just as persistent. And Alexander outpaced them. It wasn’t enough. Their attacks were graceless and Alexander had gotten a read on them. They had to rethink their strategies, find a new approach… Anything. That was what Uxie transmitted to them.

And, finally, they’d gotten through. Migami roared in frustration and slammed Alexander into the earth with one final strike, pinning him down with axes they’d regrow later.

Darkrai watched Migami fly toward them, covering the whole distance of town in the time it took for him to draw a single breath.

Wordlessly, they passed through, twitchy and crazed. The distortion bubbled from their power. And Darkrai nodded to himself.

“Let’s go,” Cresselia said. “We have to keep running before he realizes which Dungeon we—”

Darkrai held Cresselia’s forehead and pressed against her mouth. Cresselia yelped but melted into it. When she pulled away, and he got to see her beautiful, rosy eyes, he had second thoughts. But Alexander’s distant roar as he emerged from the soil reaffirmed his resolve.

“See you later,” Darkrai said.

Cresselia was about to ask a question when Darkrai shrouded her in darkness. She screamed. The horror was not against him but for him. He knew why. And it was too late.

The darkness faded and Cresselia lay in a gentle crescent on the ground, sound asleep. She didn’t suffer bad dreams near him. Never did. Or maybe she was good at hiding it. Gently, Darkrai carried her through the barrier, but he did not pass through it. Someone grabbed her and tried to peek through, but he put up a dark shroud. Nobody would dare pass through without falling asleep.

He hoped that was enough of a signal that they wouldn’t return.

His heart was hammering. The wisps of his head bubbled like a campfire in the rain. Alexander was in the skies, scanning the town. If he was lucky, truly lucky, Alexander wouldn’t find the distortion at all. But he had to prepare. He placed a small portal of darkness on the ground that would explode with any disturbance, even the air of a hovering Hydreigon.

He hid in a nearby home of the silent town where he’d be able to intercept Alexander if he moved closer afterward. He went over what he’d say, how he’d stall, how he’d react, over and over in this reckless, horribly reckless, improvised distraction.

And the thought did flit in Darkrai’s mind that he could flee. It wasn’t too late. Maybe the trap he laid would be enough. Maybe he could ask for backup. But that would risk everyone. This? Only he would be lost. The little cowardly Legend who fled and died during the Dark War. He had no strength and everyone knew how to counter nightmares. They already lived in one.

Alexander would find no use in him, but so much use in everyone else. This was the way.

These thoughts steeled Darkrai as he waited for the tyrant Hydreigon to leave and wander toward the portal. Though the chances were slim, if Alexander triggered the trap, he'd fall asleep, and perhaps Darkrai would be a hero. But barring that stroke of luck, he had to be ready to block the way… and stall as much as he could.

But Hydreigon didn’t step. How would Darkrai hear him? They merely… floated through the air by some spectral power. Or, Alexander did. Hydreigon were very rare Pokémon. When was the last time Darkrai had seen one other than Alexander himself? There were rumors that Alexander killed them all and Voided them to be part of his army long ago, but that was baseless. Surely.

Darkrai tried to listen a little harder…

Soon, he realized he didn’t have to listen. The sheer aura of power and malice was enough to make his wisps crinkle into his neck. What a dreadful aura. It was coming closer. Closer. It was hard to breathe.

Darkrai couldn’t remember what it was like to see the sunset. But he had a feeling it wasn’t this sinister. The dusty purple ground darkened and a miasma of black smoke crept along the road, heavy with gnarled, spindly fingers curling around every corner. Darkrai floated higher so it wouldn’t grasp him. Contact alone might’ve been corrosive.

He dared to peer outside.

And that’s when he finally saw Alexander up close. Ten… twenty feet at most, a dark nucleus surrounded by clouds that snuffed out what little light was allowed to exist in the Voidlands. His arms were scarred with black scales and part of his face had been healed over with more darkness. Part of his face had melted into a permanent, wraith-warped snarl.

And he was five feet away from where Darkrai had prepared a Dark Void. Just a little closer…

Darkrai tensed. The pillar erupted—and Alexander was too fast. He hovered backward and completely avoided it, though he went from idly approaching to fully alert. Darkrai steeled himself one last time and emerged, holding his hands together with his charged attack.

“You.” Alexander’s voice rattled in Darkrai’s head even from there like the buzzing of so many insects crawling through his skull.

“I—I’m here to stop you. Even a second, even a minute… it will buy them time to destroy you. Look at… look at you. I thought you wanted to run this kingdom for everyone once. A long, long time ago, at least…”

“Do you think I care?” Alexander said.

“Just… why?” Darkrai asked.

Alexander drifted closer but Darkrai held his hands up quickly, threatening him.

And… Alexander stopped. He recognized what would happen. He wasn’t beyond reason.

“What are you going to do?” Alexander taunted. “A Dark Void like that would put you to sleep, too. What then? Will you gamble… on who awakens first?”

“I’m… not strong. You know that,” Darkrai said, voice trembling. “I’ve always been… a-a coward. Always tempted by darkness to strengthen me, but I resisted! All this time, I resisted! And… if you claim me… th-the only way I’d ever fight for you is as nothing but a hollow Void Shadow. None of my powers… would go to you. I would resist…”

“So many say that.” Alexander’s smile curled unnaturally upward. “So many were wrong. Do you know how many I have already claimed? Do you know how many… were so much more than you?”

The oppressive atmosphere constricted Darkrai’s chest.

“You didn’t even fight in the Dark War. You ran away. You fled the village that had taken you in when the source of darkness had killed Cresselia. You left them to die. Do you know how I know that?”

“I—I’m different now. I’ve saved this village and I’m saving everything from you, too… right now!” And despite barely being able to breathe, he felt some warmth push against that miasma. He could maintain himself.

“I will wait one day,” Alexander said, “if you kneel to me now. I need… to gather my strength again anyway. It would benefit both of us… wouldn’t it?”

A day. Could he keep Alexander asleep for longer than a day? Would he be able to resist that darkness if he knelt?

…No! He couldn’t be tempted.

“No deal,” Darkrai said, taking a careful breath.

“Really?” Alexander said. “You’ll put me away for… a little nap, in exchange for your soul? Is that how little you’re worth?

“You wouldn’t make this deal if you thought you could get… more another way,” Darkrai said. “I learned… I learned that tactic. Owen used it on you, too, didn’t he?”

And suddenly, Alexander’s smirk froze. His eyes, those red-pinprick eyes, darkened.

“Don’t move,” Darkrai said. “Or… I’ll put you in a nightmare. The nightmare I know you have, Alexander.”

“And what would that be?” Alexander said, the buzzing becoming the rumble of gravel.

Darkrai’s resolve finally solidified. He knew that once he said this, there would be no turning back. Alexander would attack. Darkrai would defend. And for both, their worlds would become darkness, and perhaps one of them may never wake up from it.

He was ready. Even in the worst outcome… he’d bought everyone time.

“That Owen would banish you… for a second time. And that you would be left… with nothing. That the power you control… will consume you. That you won’t have anything… not even your name.”

The winds stopped. Alexander hovered in total silence. Darkrai wondered how correct he was. Alexander didn’t laugh. Did that mean something?

“All you want is power,” Darkrai said. “Why? What’s the point of it?”

Now frowning, Alexander snorted and shook his head. “Life has no point,” he said. “It is an existence to climb to the top. I am transcending this. Climbing further than any mortal deserves, as decreed by the gods who created us. I am powerful because I can be. I dominate because I can. Why… should I ever hold back?”

“That’s all?” Darkrai asked. “It’s just… power? Power for the sake of power? Nothing more?”

Alexander chuckled. The rattling rhythm nearly knocked Darkrai’s breath out of his body. “Are you just stalling for time again?”

Darkrai was about to answer. Alexander advanced first, so swift, so surprising, Darkrai nearly missed his opportunity.

But he’d been ready. And, luckily, being surprised was a trigger to release the attack. Dark Void expanded through the whole block before Darkrai realized he’d done it.

Just before it blackened him and blotted out all light, he saw the look of shock on Alexander’s face.

And that, as he clutched at Cresselia’s charm around his neck, was enough for sweet dreams to claim him.

<><><>​

Night fell. A bonfire burned in the middle of Fae Fae Forest to keep the night from growing too cold. Surrounding it were Team Alloy, their Trio of Mind counterparts, and Cresselia. Demitri shuddered in the cold, but the fire was too hot. Owen’s flame was so much more controlled.

Backup had arrived but had been dismissed just as quickly. It was too dangerous to enter North Null Village. They were instead assigned to organize the refugees while they figured out their next move.

Cresselia had tried to pass through the barrier only to collapse into deep sleep almost instantly. That was as much a signal as any that Darkrai didn’t want them passing through. And the fact that Alexander hadn’t followed…

Darkrai bought them some time. They could heal Cresselia, but facing Alexander was too risky.

“Can’t we jus’ use Chesto Berries?” Gahi asked again. “I ain’t sleepy.”

“Not against the King of Nightmares,” Mesprit said. “Mundane protections just don’t work against Legendary Pokémon. Maybe he’s holding back, but I get the feeling Darkrai put everything he had into this one…”

WHAM.

Gahi’s fist slammed into one of the pastel tree trunks, startling everyone.

“Couldn’t do a thing,” Gahi hissed. “Couldn’t… ev’n land anything that mattered. Now we’re all hidin’ here… Darkrai’s out, ‘bout ter get killed maybe…”

“Gahi…” Demitri reached toward him but hesitated on grasping his shoulder.

Gahi kept punching at the tree, leaning the whole thing an extra angle or two with every strike. The scales on his knuckles chipped away, leaving little bloody streaks. Mispy, sighing but without her usual annoyance, charged a Heal Pulse. Gahi held up his hand to her and stepped to the other side of the bonfire, curling his wings and tail around himself.

“Don’t let those wounds settle, Gahi,” Demitri said gently. He reached one hand to the tree and, with a gentle nudge, pulled it back into place.

“We completely underestimated how strong a single Pokémon could be,” Mesprit said, despondent. “That kind of power would have been enough to take on all of Kilo Village at once. Yet Alexander was just… mildly slowed down by everything we threw at him. How did he get so strong, so fast?”

“He obviously had that as a final plan,” Azelf muttered. “Maybe he wanted ter keep that kingdom intact, ‘til he got desperate. Maybe it just never occurred t’the guy.”

“No,” Uxie said. “Something this obvious would have been done long ago. There was a risk.”

“What’s the risk?” Mesprit asked.

Uxie shook her head. “I don’t know. I’m only deducing our unknown variables. I don’t know what they actually are.”

“Right…” Mesprit sank a little lower.

“St-still,” Demitri said, “we were up close and held our own. We just… lost our stamina. We were pushing hard to keep up.”

Mesprit and Azelf looked at one another. Uxie nodded and crossed her arms.

“I think… we need to do our desperate measure, then, before we’re caught off guard.”

Gahi stopped his muttering to glance at them. “What’s that, then?”

Mispy gave a knowing look to Demitri. His chest felt cold.

“You don’t mean…” Demitri’s axes on his tail accidentally got lodged in the tree. “Ah—sorry,” he apologized to the tree. Mispy frowned and silently repaired the gash while Mesprit spoke.

“You know, all things considered… we aren’t too different. Funny how that works out,” Mesprit said. “We were… hesitant for a long time. Because… b-because we’d still be giving up ourselves, and you, yourselves. But it needs to happen. We need to… become whole again. A soul’s a soul, and we’re sharing it… and weakening ourselves while divided.”

“Tch.” Azelf looked away. “Hate that we’re doin’ it fer power, not… ‘cause we’re ready.”

“We have been ready for a while,” Uxie countered. “But now we can turn a catastrophe into an opportunity. It’s as you said… we are similar. A trio. We even looked up to our halves of Jirachi.”

Team Alloy collectively winced.

“…At a point in time, at least.”

“Can’t wait ter figure out how he resolves,” Gahi muttered. “…Rhys… is still around… ev’n if he’s…”

Demitri couldn’t bear to look at Gahi with that one. Rhys’ soul was around, yes… but ‘Rhys’ was so wholly eclipsed by Dialga that it frightened him what would happen with Mesprit. Such long lives…

Then again, their lives were also long. It was only due to how Rhys died that… he was so faint. But not gone. Maybe he could come back.

Or maybe ‘Rhys’ was… tired.

“So, are we ready?” Uxie asked.

She faced Mispy. Azelf faced Gahi. Finally, Demitri stared at Mesprit… but in his eyes, Demitri only saw doubt. Concern, uncertainty. Demitri wasn’t sure why. Gahi was headstrong—he would certainly try to get it over with first. Mispy was logical and saw the benefits outweighing the risks. And Demitri acknowledged both. Yet…

Uxie reached toward Mispy. Azelf held his hands out for Gahi. Mesprit… did not. And Demitri, too, was frozen. He wasn’t very smart. He hesitated all the time. It took those two to drive him forward to take these risks. But—

“Wait,” Demitri blurted.

The other two pairs stopped.

“What?” Gahi said. “C’mon, we were havin’ a moment.”

“I… I don’t know if we should do this yet,” he said. “It… Something doesn’t feel right. Think about it…”

Mispy frowned, looking skeptical. Demitri shrank back, his claws trying to find something to hold other than his tail.

“…Bah, c’mon. Mispy’s the thinker an’ she thinks it’s alright,” Gahi said.

“But… aren’t we doing this a little rashly?” Demitri said. “Th-think about it. We’re weak. We’re still barely able to keep ourselves together when we fuse. We’re… broken still. If we fuse now… we might lose our lifeline.”

“Lifeline?” Mispy repeated. Then, a moment later, she glanced at Uxie with a more meaningful look. “Oh.”

“Those three are the ones keeping our tempers sane when we’re Migami,” Demitri said. “We don’t even know if we can fuse after that happens! And say we still can… If they fuse with us… Will we always have that? Or will we never have that?”

Mesprit’s expression turned horrified. “W-we won’t lose like that! We won’t… just be subsumed by those instincts, right?”

Meanwhile, Azelf exploded into the debate with, “Hang on, if we ain’t even able to fuse… then we’d totally lose! Fusion’s all we’ve got that messed Alexander up! …But c’mon, it’s totally gonna work, why wouldn’t it?”

“…No. We don’t know for sure,” Uxie admitted. “…Thank you for spotting this, Demitri. We were behaving rashly. We have no need for fusing right this instant anyway. Alexander is dormant and he makes a show of all his arrivals. We will know when he wakes up.”

Mispy nodded as well, offering an encouraging smile to Demitri. Gahi, meanwhile, grumbled something and crossed his arms in a way almost identical to Azelf.

“It’ll work out if we try,” Gahi said. “We’re hesitatin’. Any time we hesitate, stuff goes wrong. C’mon, we were about ter get it workin’. It’d work out!”

“But can we afford that risk?” Demitri said.

“It ain’t a risk! I know it’ll work!”

“How?”

“Gut feelin’.” Gahi tapped his chest. “We’ll be jus’ fine.”

“Gahi, I…” Demitri shook his head. “I’m sorry, Gahi. But I can’t accept pure guts here.”

Gahi looked like he’d been slapped across the face.

“B-besides,” Demitri added. “Think about Owen. He’s probably hoping to see us one last time, minimum. What if we… change forever somehow? What then?”

“Tch…” Gahi whipped his tail on the ground. “…Don’t like this,” he spat. “But fine. I ain’t gonna go ahead.” He glanced at Azelf, who nodded reluctantly.

“Thanks, Gahi…”

“But we still need to work toward this,” Uxie went on. “We aren’t just waiting for Owen. Why don’t we ask Palkia to compile research notes on you three? It’d be nice if we had Nevren, but…”

“Oh, that’s true,” Demitri said. “If Palkia can give us an answer for how it’d turn out… then we can do it!”

“Better not experiment on us again,” Gahi grumbled. “…Alright, whatever. So what now?”

“I think we three will go ahead to find Palkia,” Uxie said. “Why don’t you… stand guard over Cresselia, try to wake her up, and then catch up with us?”

“That’s fine,” Demitri said. “Thanks, you three…”

“Aah, don’t mention it.” Azelf dismissed Demitri with a wave and drifted away from the campsite. “C’mon! Ain’t gonna stall now!”

That… sounded passive-aggressive. Demitri let it slide and the Trio of Mind left them.

He sighed, feeling uneasy, but less uneasy than before. It would have to do. Now, as for how to wake up Cresselia—

“Oi, oi! Wake up already!” Gahi was rattling Cresselia like a giant maraca.

Alarmed, Demitri jogged to him. “G-Gahi! Don’t shake sleeping Pokémon! Especially the Pokémon of sweet dreams! You’ll get nightmares forever!”

“Bah! Darkrai’s not around, ain’t he?” Gahi said, setting her back down and crossing his arms. “She’s out cold. Ain’t wakin’ that up.”

Mispy rubbed her forehead.

“Maybe,” Demitri suggested, “we need to do something special to wake her up…”

“How ‘bout we put her hands in water?”

“I think that does something else…”

Gahi grumbled and drifted closer, crouching until his head was on the ground at Cresselia’s level. “Well, there’s gotta be some way ter wake her up…”

Mispy slid over, frowning pensively, and glanced at Demitri. He shrugged.

Gahi was starting to poke her cheek. He was about to poke her eyelid when Demitri said, “Um! Let’s try something other than that…”

“Geh.” The Flygon rolled his eyes and stood up.

“Hmm…” Mispy approached next. She brought a vine next to Cresselia’s mouth, then her nose. “Through… her nose…”

“What about it?” Gahi asked.

Mispy placed a vine beneath Cresselia’s nostrils. The Legend of Dreams’ brow furrowed and her body squirmed in discomfort. She opened her mouth and gasped, but it seemed uncomfortable and unnatural to her.

Mispy squeezed a little harder around her muzzle next. Suddenly, Cresselia took in a great gasp and her eyes shot open. Mispy quickly let go.

“What? What?” Cresselia said after a snort. “Where… what happened? Darkrai, where is Darkrai?”

“Still in the Voidlands,” Demitri said. “But… I think he used Dark Void on himself and Alexander. You know, to make sure it hit… I think he hit everything in there. And it must’ve worked. Alexander isn’t here.”

“What…” Cresselia looked around. “We’re still in the Dungeon…”

“Yeah. An’ the wraiths ain’t botherin’ us, meanin’ Alexander ain’t givin’ out commands er whatever.”

Cresselia let out a shaky sigh. “Darkrai…” Her little fists trembled.

“I’m… sorry,” Demitri said. “I know this isn’t… easy, but we shouldn’t let it go to waste. We have a little more time now. Let’s regroup. Maybe we can ambush him when he’s asleep, right?”

“Right.” Cresselia sighed. “Right. Darkrai… He’s usually so afraid. I want to honor his… bravery here. His courage to risk so much for us. Did you already send word?”

“Yeah.” Demitri nodded. “We just wanted to make sure it was safe first. I think we got our answer.”

Cresselia spotted a supply bag nearby and pulled out a light crystal on a necklace. She slipped it on.

“Let’s go to Destiny Tower,” she said. “There should be another Dungeon mapped to near North Null. We can send fighters through there to bombard Alexander while he’s down.”

“How long will that take?” Demitri asked.

“Couple kilos fer me,” Gahi bragged.

“For a real strike? It might take an hour or two.”

Recognizing the urgency, and after asking what an hour was again, Team Alloy and Cresselia departed. Demitri spared one last glance at the rift into the Voidlands… and then followed the others to the recon squads to get out of the Dungeon.

“Wonder how Owen’s doin’,” Gahi muttered. “Hope he’s havin’ a good vacation…”

“Gahi…”

“I know, I know,” Gahi said. “Jus’ irritated. Necrozma was the one who sent ‘em back. He’s… researchin’. Longer he has, more time he’ll get, yeah? He’ll find an answer… Always does…”

At this point, buying time was the best they could do.

Hopefully, Demitri thought, it would be enough.
 
Chapter 172 - Memory and Light
Chapter 172 – Memory and Light

Something about Orre’s arid desert appealed to Owen a lot more than it did to Zena. The two of them flew over the skies after they’d made their landing from before. By now, he and Zena had become accustomed to using phones and computers to contact others, and thanks to the help of Barechest and Blue, they’d been able to get special, temporary passports for international travel.

Owen wasn’t sure why that was so important, but it seemed to make their trip from Alola to Orre a lot less complicated than Kanto to Alola.

They’d been given instructions to fly from where they’d landed to a town called Agate Village. Even though the lands below them were green, the desert to the east was still clear in their vision. Everything was hot and dry at this border between grasslands and wastelands.

“Slower!” Mu complained, riding atop Owen’s back.

“Slower?” Owen repeated.

Mu was reading a brochure half her height that she’d picked up at the airport. It talked about the triumphant return of wild Pokémon to the region and many tourist spots that were “must-visits” during their stay.

“Can we go to… to… to… Real-Gem Tower?” Mu asked.

“That’s a little far, Mu. I think… We need to focus on Shadows right now.”

Mu whined. “Boooring!”

Owen glanced helplessly at Zena, slithering through the wind, but she shrugged her ribbons in response.

“M-maybe if we have some time later,” Owen conceded. Gods, she wasn’t even a year old and she was already…

Zena drifted closer until she was within Owen’s natural wind barrier. It was easier to speak while flying.

“She’s growing up so fast,” she said. “Do you think it’ll stop?”

“I have no idea where she’s getting it from,” Owen murmured. “But I did notice that it happens the most after we pass through cities…”

“It’s homework,” Mu said, grumbling. “Nobody likes homework.”

Owen blinked. What in the world did that mean? She was speaking nonsense sometimes, but… maybe they could ask the experts if they had extra time.

“Oh, I think that’s Agate Village just ahead,” Zena remarked. “That wasn’t too long.”

Still a lot longer than any flight they’d’ve had to do in Kilo, but he supposed that was true for anywhere “a little far” in this world. Owen switched his flight to a descending glide. “Want to go swimming, Mu?” he said. “Looks like a clean river up ahead.”

“Don’t like water,” the Charmander grumbled, turning the page. “Agate Village,” she repeated from the brochure, squinting at the words. “…Old people live here.”

“We’ve seen old humans before, right, Owen?” Zena asked.

“Yeah, we have. And some humans can get pretty old, a little older than you’d expect a Pokémon to get, at least…”

Subconsciously, Owen touched the claw of his necklace.

He continued, “We’re supposed to go to the big house in a tree trunk near the center-top of the village.”

“Oh, I see that.” Zena pointed ahead with a ribbon.

Agate village came into view. With the backdrop of a mountain and a vast desert to the east, it was unreal to see such a lush, green hillside where great trees and rivers dominated the landscape. It wouldn’t be Owen’s first choice for an environment, but Zena would love it. Maybe they’d let her swim in the water, too.

“Slow your flight,” Zena reminded. “We don’t want to scare anyone.”

“Oh, right. Charizard aren’t native here.”

“Native means born here?” Mu asked.

“Kind of, yeah. It means you’d naturally see them born here and they didn’t come from another land.”

“What does it mean if they came from another place, but then had family?” Mu asked. “And then the family had a family? Are they native?”

“Uhh… No, I think that’s a different word,” Owen said.

“Where are humans native?” Mu asked.

“I don’t… I don’t know. I never asked. But humans have been around for so long that I think they’re just native to everywhere.” That didn’t sound right to Owen even as he said it, but where else would they have come from? Pokémon stuck to their regions for the most part and humans went a lot of places that Normal Pokémon did. Humans were probably Normal Type, now that he thought about it.

“They don’t like lava. They burn,” Mu said.

“That’s true. They aren’t native to volcanoes.”

“They drown, too.”

“Oh, yeah. They aren’t native to the ocean.”

“They don’t like caves. They starve.”

“That’s also true. And they don’t like the dark, either, kind of like us.”

“The dark is scary,” Mu agreed. “And my tail doesn’t light things up…”

“Would you like us to get you something for that, Mu?” Zena offered. “There are little Luminous Orbs that can light up a room back home if Dad ever needs to go out at night.”

Mu was quiet, turning the page. She was pensive and tense like she didn’t want to admit anything.

“Maybe,” Mu said.

Owen and Zena exchanged little smiles as they landed at Agate Village’s entrance.

“My goodness!” someone immediately cried. It didn’t sound alarmed, though. An old man in a yellow shirt with big glasses ran toward them, using a walking stick to stay standing. “If my eyes aren’t fooling me, that’s… a Charizard! And a Milotic! Amazing! Where’s your trainer, you two?”

Mu knew not to speak in front of random humans. Owen was glad she followed that practice.

Owen said in feral, “We came to see someone in the big tr—”

“Ah, I’m sorry, big fella. I lost your language a long time ago. But hey! You seem friendly. Welcome to Agate Village! Just be careful with that flame, yeah?”

Owen awkwardly nodded and ascended the hillside with Zena.

The door to a great old, dead tree opened in a sliding motion. On the other side was a human in a blue overcoat.

He peeked outside and frowned, glaring at them before they’d even gotten close. Well, that was a rude welcome…

This human had weird ears. Owen never knew humans had those.

“Owen, right?” called Bluejacket.

Owen made sure nobody was within earshot before he said, “Yeah, me. This is Zena and Mu.”

The human’s long, furry, black ears twitched. “Right,” he said. “Come in.”

They followed him inside, Owen folding his wings and ducking to pass through the door. It was a quaint little home inside the tree with a small set of bedrooms on the upper floor, a little kitchen and living room on the lower floor, and some facilities in the back. It seemed very old and lived-in.

Another human was sitting at the table. She was feeding an Umbreon and Espeon some pellets of some kind. That had Owen feeling hungry again. He wondered if Zena would try some, too…

Mu was already hopping off Owen’s shoulder, running to beg for a sampling.

“This is a cozy place,” Owen commented. “If I wasn’t a Fire, I think I’d like it in this village.”

“It’s… a relaxing place to retire,” the Umbreon-eared human said. “Name’s Wes. This is Rui.” He gestured to the girl. “And I already met your friend, Star.”

The world froze. Star… It had been months and it already felt so far away. Then there was that cold guilt that for them it had only been a few days at most.

“We, uh—How?” Owen asked.

“The Dungeon, they call it? While we were investigating a few things happening with the distortions here, we got sucked in. It wasn’t for all that long, but by the time we got back, it had been a few days. It was all over the news. And I’m still recovering.”

“R-recovering?”

Wes’ ears twitched with his annoyance.

“…They don’t look injured,” Owen said.

Umbreon’s ears twitched next and he looked up at Wes from the couch. He trilled, “I like his new look!”

“Don’t mock me!” Wes called back.

Umbreon made a playful growling noise, clearly teasing him, and went back to eating.

“Um, hello,” Rui greeted. The red-haired woman waved and bowed politely. “I didn’t have any lingering changes. Star said that Wes’ change should… wear off after a few weeks.”

“You turned into Pokémon?” Owen deduced. “Humans don’t normally take on Pokémon attributes?”

Wes stared at Owen like he was an idiot.

“H-hey, I’ve been gone for a while. You never know how much things changed…”

“To be honest, Owen,” Zena said, “most species don’t take traits on that easily. It’s usually just a color pattern from the parent that you don’t share a species with…”

“And,” Wes said pointedly, “humans don’t usually pair off with Pokémon like they’re married. Except for that weird old lady down the hill, but—look, either way, no, it’s weird.”

“Oh. Right.” Owen forgot that detail. Pokémon of this world… operated differently. “Sorry. In our world, er… Never mind. But we were told to meet you here. Why is that?”

Wes crossed his arms. “We wanted you to meet someone who might be able to help with your Shadow problem.”

“Someone?”

“Well, two someones.” Rui stood up. “We aren’t the only people who took on Shadow Pokémon before! There’s someone on the green side of Orre that you need to meet. We’ll give you directions later. But first… We wanted to show you Celebi’s shrine.”

“Celebi? Is that a Combee with a party hat?” Mu asked.

“Huh? No, Celebi is a very rare Pokémon. C’mon, we can walk and talk!”

“Uh, is that a good idea?” Owen asked.

“Oh, it’s fine. People either know about you already or they’ll just think we’re talking to our Pokémon like friends! That’s normal.”

Wes nodded.

“You two behave,” he said sternly to Umbreon and Espeon. Both grinned in such a way that Owen knew they wouldn’t.

<><><>​

Just down the hill and through a cave with a small river cutting through it, there was a glade that radiated a sacred atmosphere.

“Your world has a Celebi?” Wes asked.

Owen nodded. “We do. She’s very soft-spoken and worked alongside Dialga for… I’m not sure what they did, now that I think about it. We don’t have a lot of time issues in our world.”

Zena gazed at the water. “Maybe that means they were doing a good job,” she said. “The gods usually do their best work when it’s not noticed, yes?”

Mu was slouching against Owen’s shoulder, looking drowsy.

“You doing alright, Mu? You didn’t stay up late again, did you?”

“No…” Mu yawned. “I’m just resting…”

“Are you sick?”

Mu sighed, annoyed. “Nooo. This place is just… quiet for once.”

“Quiet?” Owen eyed the river, which was pretty loud, and heard birdsong up ahead.

“Oh,” Zena whispered. “You mean… the negative aura?”

“Yeah. It’s quiet,” Mu said again. “All the… old people…”

“Your kid feels negative auras?” Wes asked.

“It’s a long story,” Owen said, “but yes, she does. She, uh, she’s a Shadow Pokémon, I guess. But not in the same way.”

“Oh! So that’s why she…”

They all looked at Rui.

“I’m sorry. You see, I have aura sight,” Rui explained. “I was trying to figure out why Charmander’s aura was so dark despite behaving… normally. As normal as a talking Pokémon can! I—oh, is that offensive?”

“It’s alright,” Zena said, giggling. “We’re used to it. We know.”

“Huh. A stable Shadow Pokémon.” Wes eyed Mu warily. “…Well, she doesn’t seem unhappy.”

“I’m not,” Mu replied. “Just feel... everyone else’s.”

“Sounds like a drag.”

They passed through the cave and stopped just by the entrance. It seemed to be cleaned regularly. Something about this place felt quieter. Even the water that flowed through the cave seemed calmer in response to the cool breeze and even lusher greenery deeper into the valley.

Birds were singing high in the trees. The air smelled of morning rain, despite it being later in the day. Lights danced on the ground in patterns drawn by the forest canopy.

To the left near the entrance, there were two gravestones with a strange soil consistency. Rui knelt by the grave and closed her eyes. Wes didn’t kneel, though he did lower his head.

“Up ahead is a shrine to Celebi,” Wes said. Even he spoke softly. “Want to look?”

The shrine was an odd cylinder that looked like it was deliberately breaking apart in little quarter-segments all around its structure. Owen had never seen a structure quite like it.

“Is Celebi inside that shrine?” Zena asked.

“No,” Owen and Wes replied at once.

“Eh?” Wes said. “Why do you know?”

“Because there’s nothing inside it,” Owen said, pointing.

Rui stood up from her kneel. “How can… you tell that, though?”

“It’s my Perceive.” Owen pointed at his horns. “I can see anything. Kind of like seeing in three dimensions.”

A beat of silence followed. The birds chirped. The breeze let the tall trees dance. Rui suddenly gasped and covered her chest for some reason.

“Neat,” said Wes, deadpan.

“Can you turn it off?” Rui asked.

“Oh, uh, sure. Sorry.” This must have been offensive to humans. They were a very private species. He reached for his horns and popped them off.

Rui yelped. “You don’t have to be so drastic!”

“Also neat.”

“Oh, they just come off,” Owen explained, slipping them into his satchel.

Rui stammered and Wes continued to the shrine.

“They’re weird, Rui. The longer we focus on it the faster we’ll go crazy. Let’s just give them a chance to look at the shrine and then send them to Pokémon HQ Lab.”

“Pokémon HQ Lab?” Zena asked, looking disappointed about something.

“Best in the region. They’re comprehensive about all things Pokémon, but they have a few Shadow specialists.”

When Owen’s expression darkened, Wes raised his hands.

“As in, for purifying them. Don’t worry, all the folks behind the Shadow part are behind bars at this point.” He glanced away. “…Mostly.”

Owen relaxed his stance. “Right. Speaking of purification… How does this shrine do it?”

Wes tapped a knuckle on the odd cylinder. “This thing has a tiny bit of Celebi’s power in it. The power helps good memories surface. If Celebi is supposed to be a Pokémon with control over time, I think it uses its Psychic power to remind people of the past. Of good times, or something.”

“It… can’t be that simple, can it?”

“No, it is,” Wes said. “It’s just hard to do. A Shadow Pokémon’s heart is sealed tight and they no longer think about… their past before becoming a Shadow Pokémon. They just fight. They’re either mindlessly fighting or they’re in a negative frenzy. Calling them helps calm them down, but… it’s temporary.” Wes gestured to the shrine. “I had to bring a lot of Shadow Pokémon here after months of trying to get them to open up even a little. But that… speck of darkness never goes away. Not without the shrine here.”

“So… reminders, and a blessing,” Owen said. “Reminders of…”

It was starting to fall into place.

“Owen?” Zena asked.

“If Radiance isn’t enough to get a Shadow Pokémon to open up to us alone, then maybe memories are another key,” Owen said. “Void Shadows lose their memories. And when they’re purified, those memories start to come back, but it’s incomplete. Even Mom, who lost her memories, was never really the same when she was purified again, and… what if… what if that’s because it’s backward? What if memories purify Shadow, not the other way around?”

“You might be onto something,” Wes said. “But you still need both. We didn’t have any of that divine energy, aside from when we could call Celebi to help.”

“So you can call Celebi?” Owen asked.

“Not anymore,” Wes admitted. “Though, I did keep the flute… They’re sacred items that summon Celebi right here when you play it. But only… once. Annnnd I sorta used them all.”

Wes pulled out one like he figured it’d be relevant. It looked unassuming; a flute made of tan wood. Entirely mundane. Curiously, though, Owen saw a chamber near the bottom of the flute that was empty.

“Can I hold it?” Owen asked.

“Can you restore it?” Rui asked as Wes handed it over.

“I don’t want to abuse it if Celebi only wanted a few of these,” Owen said, “but this is important. Maybe I can.”

He wasn’t sure what was in that chamber but it wasn’t normal for a flute to have it. Maybe it was where the energy used to attract Celebi was placed. And if that was the case… what if he put Radiance into it?

Owen tried that, Bestowing a tiny amount of that energy into the flute. Then he offered it to Wes.

“Play it. I think I… did something.”

Wes looked skeptical but tried anyway, blowing a simple, improvised tune. When he did, sparks of light shot from the flute and to the cylinder, startling Rui and even Wes.

After he finished, he said, “That didn’t happen last time…”

Wes squinted. “You put a little Radiance into it and the flute… fired it out?”

“There was a chamber inside the flute that seemed like it stored something. I put a little Radiance in it, and that’s what happened…”

They all waited. One whole minute passed with idle chatter and birdwatching. Unfortunately… Celebi did not appear.

“Guess it stored a different energy,” Owen said, wings drooping. “Still… That’s a weird flute.”

“You want it?” Wes offered. “I have two more. Not like I’m good at it anyway…”

“Oh, if it’s not any trouble?” Owen asked.

Zena tilted her head. “What use would it be?”

Owen shrugged. “It’s weird. It might help. Anything that can interact with Radiance might be helpful…”

Wes tossed it to Owen, who slipped it into his pouch.

“Guess that’s everything, huh?” Wes said. “You be careful, alright?”

“Yeah,” Owen said, glancing at the gravesite that Rui had knelt next to before. “So… who are they?”

“Oh, that’s where my grandparents were buried. They used to own the house we live in now,” Rui said. She smiled fondly, but it was tinged with that usual, nostalgic sadness. “They lived long, good lives. Grandpa was a really accomplished trainer back in the day. His Pikachu is still roaming around the village. He’s kind of Agate’s guardian! I think… grandpa’s spirit lives on in him, too. Grandma is the same way.”

Owen offered a warm smile. “Sounds like they did all they could.”

“Mhm.” Rui smiled and sighed. “I miss them, of course, but… Well. They had other things to do. Same day, you know, right overnight.”

“Wow, same day,” Owen said, running a claw over his necklace.

Rui eyed it. “…Is that… of a relative?”

That earned an awkward titter from him. “Dad’s a Marowak. He, er… you know how it is.” Wait, no she didn’t, she was human.

Rui smiled politely. “I think it’s a beautiful gesture,” she said. “I think the Sinnoh region believed that Pokémon spirits reside in their bones for a while, too. Maybe your father said the same thing?”

“I figured the claw would, uh, point me in the right direction,” Owen said. “I have a lot of things to think about. I don’t know. Some guidance feels… nice.”

Mu was starting to get bored, wandering around the cave again. Zena smiled and gently offered to take Mu out to the rest of the village to play, nodding at Owen as she left.

“Oh, sorry,” Rui said. “We won’t be holding you up. Um, good luck with… Dungeoning?”

“Thanks.”

“Oh, yeah.” Wes, near the mouth of the cave, suddenly spoke up. “When you go to HQ, look around for Ho-Oh if it’s there. You can communicate with Pokémon, right?”

“Oh, I can. Wait. Ho-Oh? What’s that?”

Wes blinked. “I thought your world had Legends?”

“Not Ho-Oh. I guess we didn’t have all the ones here.”

“Huh. Well, just say hi for me. It tagged along with me for a while, but, you know how Legends are. Gotta wander and do… whatever they do. Last I heard, it wanted to go there for some reason.”

“Sure. I’ll say hi for you,” Owen said.

What a strange request. But after saying his farewells, Owen went over to Zena and Mu to relax before their next flight.

This was probably the last time they’d see Wes and Rui for something this important. They seemed satisfied with having a simple, quiet life here in Agate. If Wes was supposedly responsible for thwarting some of the Shadow forces, he could understand why.

Owen wondered if he’d be allowed the same opportunity one day.

<><><>​

It was ironic how little of Orre’s desert they were seeing. Most of where they had to be was on the green side of the region.

Further west, where the lush grass was even more pronounced than before, Owen followed the directions Wes had given them all the way to Pokémon HQ Lab, quite possibly the most generic-sounding location Owen had heard of yet. And that was saying something. He supposed that the region being so deprived of Pokémon for so long meant the basic names weren’t taken…

“I think that’s it,” Zena announced.

“Huh?” Owen had been so lost in thought that he wasn’t paying attention ahead of him. His Perceive handled anything in range that he’d collide with.

Up ahead was a large, white building on a hill with a giant, floating Poké Ball hovering on top of it. It seemed to be two stories tall with large, glass windows and a Lugia nesting in front of the—

“Why is there a Lugia in front of that building?” Owen said.

Zena frowned. “That’s an awfully small Lugia…”

“No, Emily’s just very large,” Owen said.

“Or baby?” Mu suggested.

“Can… can Lugia be young? Or are they created?” Zena sped up as they descended for a landing.

“I don’t know for this world,” Owen said.

Lugia perked up and spotted them. They let out a roar that Owen wasn’t sure how to interpret. The dialect was… strange.

“What is Lugia saying?” Zena asked.

“I… I don’t know. It might be an ancient dialect or something.”

Mu suddenly tensed. “Watch out.”

And moments later, Lugia opened their mouth and twisted the air. Benign winds became cutting gales that spiraled in their direction; he and Zena banked in opposite directions, avoiding the blast that turned a treetop into sawdust and dry mulch.

“Did we come in wrong?!” Owen shouted. “Zena! Let’s find some cover!”

“Where?!”

She was right. It was just trees. And those didn’t stand a chance against Lugia!

Another Aeroblast was charging up. This would get bad, fast.

Owen grasped at the air with a flick of his right hand. The air was still charged with the last attack. He grasped it. “Zena! Behind me!”

“Right!”

Just in time, too. The second Aeroblast spiraled through the air and Owen reached toward it with his Mimicked energy, then brought up his shield. The winds curled around him and he braced himself as well as he could. Zena held his back to help, having no grounding to hold his position.

He Bestowed his power into the blast itself. Waited for that connection. There! Like chaos in his hands, the power of freedom of the winds and destruction of the gales. It was his now. He twisted the blast into a little, concentrated ball, compressing his Protect around the volatile energy—

“WAAAIIIIT!”

Lugia stopped. Owen held his position. Zena made sure Mu wasn’t hurt—and, thankfully, she wasn’t.

A man with red, spiked hair and a yellow shirt ran into the yard, waving his arms toward Lugia. Whatever he was saying placated the great guardian of the sea. Lugia said something and their booming voice was a lot easier to hear than the man’s. Unfortunately, Owen still didn’t recognize most of the sounds… But he recognized one pattern. ‘Shadow.’

That Lugia was incredibly sensitive to Shadows, then. Mu… or maybe even he might have set Lugia off.

“Okay!” the man called. “You can come over now! Soooorryyyy!”

<><><>​

The man’s name was Michael and something about him bothered Owen. He’d never met the man before in his life and yet something felt disturbingly familiar about him.

They set up a small picnic where Lugia kept staring in his direction. Mu was having a staring contest with her. Like a competition.

“Hokay, sorry about that,” Michael said, plopping himself down on the gigantic red-and-white picnic blanket. He sat beside Lugia and on his other side was a Vaporeon enjoying some cold water from a bowl.

“It’s alright,” Owen replied. “Uh, sorry if we came sooner than expected…”

“No, no.” Michael raised his hands. “I sorta put this off. Got distracted with research again.”

Research…

“So! Talking Pokémon! You must get that a lot.”

“We get it,” Owen replied.

“It is a bit strange being the only ones who talk… Well, I heard rumors about one back in Kanto, but—ah, well, not here.”

“And you’re from another world where talking Pokémon is the norm, right?” Michael said. “I bet the folks in Alola had a field day with that one!”

“You could say that,” Owen said with a titter.

“Ahh, well… Anyway, you’re here because Wes told you about this place for its Shadow research, right?”

Owen nodded. “In our world, we’re dealing with a massive Shadow problem. If we can find a way to combat it or even cure it, any method would help. We already got one answer from Wes with Celebi. That might help. But if there’s anything that a common Pokémon can do…”

Michael nodded. “I see, I see…”

Lugia made a low growling noise again.

“Hey, it’s alright, it’s alright,” Michael said.

Lugia growled again.

“No, they’re fine, promise. They’re heroes from another world!”

“You understand her?” Owen asked.

“Sure I do! Took a while to get the feeling behind her words, but she’s a Pokémon, isn’t she?”

“I’m not familiar with her dialect,” Owen admitted.

“What is she asking?” Zena asked.

“Well,” Michael gestured to Mu, “Lugia is wondering why Charmander over there feels like a Shadow Pokémon.”

“Oh. Well, she was born as one, but just that she can harness the power. Her heart isn’t closed.”

“Hi!” Mu waved. “I’m not evil! Promise! Look, I have light, too!” She waved her hands in the air, forming little motes of golden lights.

This surprised Lugia. What about Mu caught her off guard? One way or the other, she lowered her guard and rested more comfortably near Michael.

“Lugia was the only result of an experiment to make an ‘impossible to purify’ Shadow Pokémon,” Michael explained. “I still don’t know what they did to make that happen, but it must have been awful.”

“Impossible to purify,” Owen repeated. “But I don’t sense a speck of Shadows in her.”

“Yep. All thanks to some crazy research we have going on, studying Pokémon, their auras, and how their hearts and emotions play a part in Shadows taking hold. How much time do you guys have?”

“Oh, well… Our world is running at one percent speed compared to here,” Owen explained. “But I don’t want them to be waiting for more than a day at this point.”

“So, a hundred days here,” Michael reasoned.

“…You caught onto that quickly,” Owen remarked.

Michael grinned broadly. “I bet you’ll only need a month to study all of this!”

“A month?” Zena said. “That’s practically as long as our time in the Aether Foundation alone…”

“Can I go to Real Gem Tower?” Mu asked.

“Oh, yeah!” Michael said. “All work and no play will make your brains mush! We need to relax between all that reading.”

“Maybe a little,” Owen said reluctantly. “But we really need to—”

“No, you don’t understand,” Michael said earnestly. “It’s too much for the brain to handle. If you read a ton, and then take a break to rest, it gives your subconscious mind time to sort itself out and really learn what you read about. If you don’t give your mind time to rest, nothing will stick!”

Owen wasn’t sure if that worked. Despite everything, Owen never had a formal education at any point in his life. This… study habit was something he’d only heard about and never experienced himself.

Was he about to get homework?

“Oh, by the way,” Zena spoke up, “Michael, is Ho-Oh around?”

“He left a while back,” Michael said. “Should be back soon. He said something about investigating an island offshore. That can only be Citadark, but that place is abandoned… Hopefully. I told him to turn back at the first sign of trouble.”

Citadark… an island offshore? “That sounds like Quartz Isle,” Owen said.

“Quartz what?” Michael repeated.

Owen couldn’t believe he didn’t know. Quartz Isle was the island destroyed by Arceus. It should have been all over the news! And yet… nothing? A whole island’s population had become Kilo!

“I think we need to talk about that later,” Owen said, not sure how to sort through his thoughts just yet.

“Alright. If that’s the case…” Michael suddenly got to his feet. “You guys enjoy your food!”

Owen had forgotten they were supposed to be eating. He hastily picked up what appeared to be a sausage in an elongated bun.

“I’m gonna get a lesson plan together.”

“Wait, what’s—”

But he was already gone. Why did that attitude feel so familiar?

Mu groaned. “Homework,” she murmured. “Nobody likes homework.”
 
Chapter 173 - Rhythm, Tempo, and the Heart
Chapter 173 – Rhythm, Tempo, and the Heart

They’re closing in too fast! We’ve got wraiths on all sides!

What are we supposed to do about something immune to everything we throw at it?

Manny, do something!

What’m I supposed ter do?!

You’re the one who’s supposed to fix this! Hecto said so!

And what? And how? I don’t—I’m not some hero!


“Tch.” Marshadow Manny rubbed his forehead and stared idly at his cooling soup in Ludicolo Café. He reached for a spoon and toyed with it in his fingers, thoughtful. It was a quietly buzzing afternoon, somewhere between the lunchtime diners and the evening crowd. Manny recognized a few faces at a glance, but didn’t pay too much attention.

The most notable patron was Anam, looking forlorn and pensive all at once while eating a berry salad. Manny… wasn’t in the mood to navigate fake cheer and thick anxiety. Maybe a pep talk later when he wasn’t feeling down.

“Hey.”

“’Ey.”

Star appeared on the opposite seat in a flash of light. It only startled him enough to tense.

She spoke. “You… alright?”

“You?” Manny asked.

“Yeah, doing alright. Every day’s a little better.”

“Mm.” Manny tried a few spoonfuls. Still too hot, but he’d endure. The taste was good anyway. Hearty and lots of stuff to chew on to get his mind distracted by something else. Ludicolo danced his way to Star and placed a menu on the table for her, followed by a charming wink as he spun away. Even to the god of creation, Ludicolo was professional. He had to admire that.

“And it seems like every day is worse for you,” Star said. “C’mon, buddy. What’s wrong?”

Manny sighed. Straight to the point, was she?

“…A thousand years ago,” he said, “I watched my team die. I took their souls an’ ran. Hid away in Destiny Tower as it collapsed… an’ a day later I’m a Guardian. A thousand years ago, I fought and fell inter the Voidlands. There, I made a new team an’ defended lost souls from Void Shadows. An’ I dunno how ter square these two sets o’ memories. A hero from hades, an’ a coward who fled.”

“Oh.”

Manny figured she wouldn’t know what to say immediately. He understood. He took a few more sips of his soup. Cooler, now, and more tolerable. He could properly taste the ingredients of meat and spices instead of pure heat.

Star continued, “You… were thinking about this for a while, then.”

“What was yer first clue?”

The Mew sighed and pushed the menu aside. “It’s not like that, bud,” she said. “You were scared. Everyone was scared! I didn’t blame you for hiding away. That… that was the point. You were supposed to keep that power away so it wasn’t consolidated by whoever Dark Matter controlled. At least, that’s the reason we remember now…”

Manny’s fists clenched a little, wondering how strong he’d have to squeeze to break a cup or something. He had to be careful. Everything was delicate on Kilo's side. Nothing was reinforced.

“You keep bringin’ humans in here thinkin’ they’ll solve these problems because o’ their special properties,” Manny muttered. “But everyone in this world’s got some human in ‘em, don’t they? That was all… a mistake. There ain’t any amplifyin’ goin’ on.”

“Not true,” Star said. “That human blood is thinning every generation. It’s been two thousand years now. That’s, what, going on a hundred generations or so at this point, isn’t it? And… with it, that self-amplifying power keeps getting weaker. Dark Matter was… I think he was waiting.”

Manny quirked a fiery brow. “Sounds like you were thinkin’ on this fer a while too.”

Star sighed, nodding. Ludicolo spun by and asked for her order. Star asked for a disturbingly large platter of food. Ludicolo politely asked if she would need a to-go box. Star said no.

This worried Manny.

After Ludicolo left, Star continued the conversation. “Don’t blame yourself for what happened, alright? The guy overpowered us. It was only from that crazy stunt that I was able to get anything working to stop him, and… you couldn’t have known a single thing about that.”

“Can hardly remember that,” Manny remarked. “But… I still ran. Maybe if I fought more, I’d’ve—”

“Maybe maybe,” Star interrupted. “Or maybe Dark Matter would have taken your full soul. Then what? God, we’d be in even worse shape than before!”

Manny didn’t have a counter for that. He sat in awkward silence, eating his soup bit by bit.

“…So… don’t do that, okay? Trust me. I spent… I don’t know how long in a dungeon just wondering about all the… different things I could have done to avoid that situation. And a lot of it centered around actual mistakes I made and all the times I treated everyone else wrong. How much I just… just lost sight of it all. When I started getting memories back from the Voidlands, I… I panicked! I panicked so much that I was… I don’t even know what I was doing. I was desperate to get power before it got me. And then I lost everything.”

“C’mon, it didn’t go like that,” Manny said. “Yer head’s gettin’ all twisted. We hardly knew a thing ‘til the rift opened up. I mean, heck, I didn’ get much ‘til I fused t’gether.”

“I know, I know…” Star sighed. “A lot of us were like that. I was whole and even I had memories sealed. Me! I have a whole third of the world’s power in me and I had my memories sealed by some Decree that went past me.”

“The Anti-Hands, we’re callin’ it?” Manny asked.

“I’m not calling it that,” Star muttered. “Sounds lame.”

“How about we call it feet instead, eh?”

Star didn’t smile. Manny shrank in his seat. It was worth a shot.

They sat in silence a while longer. Soon, Ludicolo arrived with a platter of meats, fish, berries, veggies, rice, bread, and three different soups, all set on the table. Star dug her hand into her thigh, pulling out several platinum coins that she set on the table.

“…Oi, what was that?”

“What?”

“D’you have pockets? Wha?”

“I’m Mew. I can have whatever I want.” Star flipped her hand, growing ten fingers before returning to her normal three.

She started with the berries, meats, and rice first. Manny eyed the platter worriedly. That platter, in total, was three times her entire weight… Manny leaned to the left. Ludicolo had served Anam a sundae as tall as Star. They locked eyes and Manny froze.

Thankfully, all Anam did was wave with one of his horns.

“Well, eh…” Manny took a few more bites, waving back. “I guess what I’ve been thinkin’ is, I dunno, I think I oughta… test my strength again. Like, really test it. Those Titans ain’t a problem. Maybe I’ve still got it.”

“Fighting, huh?”

“I’ve got my spirits, too,” Manny said. “Ev’n dead, they’re strong. Tryin’ a new technique, y’know?”

“You’ve already been fighting, though,” Star said. A bowl’s worth of rice was gone and she was going for another slab of meat. “Sounds more like you want to go from Titan hunting straight into the front lines against Alexander, Emily, and Necrozma.”

“And Ghrelle,” Manny reminded.

“Right, once we find her…”

“An’ Nevren’s still on the loose,” Manny said.

“Riiiight…” Star sounded impatient, chomping down a whole fish at once. Bigger than her head.

“…Where’s all that food even goin’?” Manny asked worriedly.

“Dunno. Ask Owen.” Star lightly burped, punching her chest.

Manny squinted. Star offered him a plate and, all things considered… yeah, he was still a little hungry and his soup was running low. The portions for ‘small’ Pokémon were a little too small.

The silence fell again. Manny felt a little more comfortable for one reason or another. Maybe Star acting so casually was helping. Maybe he was finally getting his nerves together.

“I wanna try again,” Manny said. “Try bein’… the hero that y’said I would.”

“Manny…” Star sighed.

“C’mon,” Manny said firmly. “Please. I ain’t gonna—”

“That’s not what I mean,” Star said. “You already have been. But… if you’re saying you just want to try harder or something, or if you want to position yourself into the front lines… sure. I’m fine with that. I doubt anyone’ll think to object.”

Manny grabbed a piece of cheesy bread and dipped it into his soup. “Hope so once they realize,” he murmured. “Don’t think anyone knows anymore…”

“It was a secret for a reason,” Star said, keeping her voice low. “But considering it didn’t pan out… maybe it’s not important?”

Manny hesitated. He didn’t want to give the okay just yet. But…

Before he could answer, Star suddenly perked up. “Eh? What’s… Barky doing here?”

“He’s aroun’?” Manny didn’t see a giant Alpha Pokémon wandering the restaurant. Must’ve been an aura sense he’d lost as Marshadow.

Seconds later, in a blip of light, Barky appeared just behind Star, earning a few startled gasps from onlookers… and little more. At this point, residents of Kilo were used to his occasional appearances. Still, they stole a few glances. And Manny caught a few glimmers in Barky’s eyes at the recognition. Always smug…

“Star,” Barky said. “There you are.”

“What’s up, Barks?”

Barky’s eye twitched. “…I’m here to report that Owen has reached out to me again. The connection is strong. We’re getting the hang of this.”

“Eh? Right now?” Manny asked. “Yer pretty good at multitaskin’ that.”

“I have a secondary brain dedicated to prayer communications. This falls under that and it sends me important results.” Barky nodded.

Manny wasn’t sure which one to tackle first. The hesitation left Star an opening to say, “It’s in his butt.”

“The who the wha?”

“His second brain. It’s—”

“Located near my lower back.”

“Butt brain.”

Manny made a little ‘tsk’ sound. “Sounds like a butt brain ter me.”

“If you need clarity, you may ask Owen about it later,” Barky growled. “Now, will you be hearing from Owen or not? We need to be swift about this. I am trying to communicate with him every 864 seconds.”

“Oh, right, the hundred-to-one thing…” Star nodded. “When’s the next exchange?”

“Two hundred seconds.”

“Alright, well, probably missing that one, but what’d he say?”

Barky glanced around. “Shouldn’t we discuss this somewhere more private?”

At this point, several in the area were listening quietly. Manny got the sense they were trying to be polite, but they were also intensely curious.

“I think they should hear this,” Star said. “Like, c’mon. Who on our enemy’s side is gonna find out? Emily? Crazy. Alexander? Asleep and crazy. Necrozma? In lock with Nate every few hours. Ghrelle? Not even around. And crazy. Like, we don’t need to worry about information security anymore, dude.”

“…I’m… just being careful,” Barky said. “Ghrelle is still an unknown variable.”

“Well, you know what’s a known variable? Morale,” Star said. “And I bet people want to know what Owen’s found out.”

A few diners nodded sheepishly. A few avoided looking directly at Barky or Star while most seemed to still be pretending they weren’t eavesdropping. Maybe some genuinely weren’t.

“I’d like to hear it,” someone called out from the buzzing murmurs.

Across the table, perhaps eyeing Manny for a while, was an oversized, icy Sandslash. Hakk. Gods, he looked… better than a week ago, so maybe that was an improvement. Still…

Hakk offered a nod of acknowledgment before staring at Star. “I think we all want to hear some news about how we’re moving forward.”

No nonsense. Straight and to the point. He didn’t seem tense, but there was a coldness to the way he addressed them. Ever since Xypher was lost to the Voidlands, he hadn’t taken up action. And nobody blamed him.

Manny wondered if he wanted to take a step into the fray again. He recognized that look. Manny wore it, too.

A few eyes then turned to the one who’d have obvious authority on the matter—Anam, who was currently nursing a brain freeze. When the eyes landed on him, he nearly shrank back. Manny wondered what Anam would’ve been like if he had a shell to hide in. He’d heard some Goodra had that going on in ore-rich caves.

“Um…” Anam nodded. “It’s okay. Everyone should know. For… morale!”

Sounded like a line someone else gave him.

“Right…” Still, even Barky ceded to him. “Fine. I’ll announce what I know so far,” he said. “Owen has found a few venues that can be used to disrupt Shadows and he’s researching more direct approaches. What he knows so far is that memories of better times can directly counteract Shadows from within. With a divine push, such as through Radiance, this can purge that darkness entirely. And a human element may also play a part.”

Manny tensed. “Human element, eh?” he said. “Why’s that?”

“The bond between a human and a Pokémon is more than sentiment,” Barky said. “Humans… augment Pokémon auras, and vice versa. It is a symbiotic relationship that drew them together.”

“Wait, how strong are we talking?” Hakk asked, leaning forward.

“Mom was a human and she was super strong,” Anam said. “And I’m strong, too! So if I’m, um, second-generation human…”

“That is indeed meaningful,” Barky confirmed. “Even without Diyem’s power directly, you have retained much of it, Anam.”

“Oh…” This dampened Anam’s mood. Manny couldn’t figure out why; didn’t Barky just compliment him?

“And even after all these generations, the Pokémon here, untrained, are pretty strong,” Star explained. “Compared to a Pokémon of the human world, the average citizen might beat them pretty handily…”

“…Hang on…” Hakk paused. “Then… it’s generational dilution? Human blood? Human spirit amplifies Pokémon, just like that?”

“Which means ancient Pokémon,” Manny theorized, “y’know, folks from an earlier generation… They’re stronger. The blood’s got more human element in it. Ain’t all diluted.”

Murmuring continued but their eyes went back to Barky.

“Along with that,” Barky said, “Owen has been seeking humans and Pokémon in that world to defend against Dungeons that have been appearing on their side. In other words, it seems that Dark Matter’s influence is leaking into that world somehow. But compared to here, it is not as severe… and they have fighters who can defend against them. Owen spent a lot of time making sure they were prepared.”

“Heh. Good on ‘im,” Manny said.

“Dungeons are spreading to other worlds?” Hakk clarified.

“There are other worlds?” asked another.

“Humans… I thought they were just tales…”

“Do they really eat metal?”

“No! Mom eats normal food! But I can ask about the metal when she was human. But I think she’s becoming Giratina later.”

“What?!”

“Anam, that’s a bit much to explain!” Star warned.

“We don’t have much time before we miss a day.” Barky rerailed them. “Owen wants to know if we need to know anything more.”

“Wh—uhh—uhh—” Star, suddenly given the pressure, looked frazzled and glanced at Manny.

“What’re you lookin’ at me fer?!” Manny said. “I dunno what’s goin’ on! Eh, like, what Shadows will it help with? Which ones is he lookin’ more fer?”

“Yeah! What can we do right now to help?” Anam echoed.

“I’ll convey that for now,” Barky said.

“Great,” Star said. “So, how long will it take for Owen to fill us in with—”

“Owen is currently looking for information on Emily and will then be perfecting something with Gone Pebbles to assist with more ‘mundane’ Shadows, as he calls them.”

“Wow, that was fast,” Star said.

“Ah, right, yeh, the hundred-to-one thing,” Manny said, snapping his fingers.

“Yes. He also thinks a similar method can be done for everyone with the right circumstances. The problem is holding them still long enough… We need to plan around that. He will look for answers, too.”

“Keep them still, eh?” Manny repeated. “Huh… Alright. Somethin’ to think about…”

“Would it even work on Alexander?” Star asked. “He’s not just one Shadowy person anymore, and he’s not corrupted, either. With Necrozma and the others, it’s just corruption. Alexander’s rotten even without Shadows.”

“That’s… true. I’ll point that out to Owen after another day passes from his perspective.”

“There’s gotta be a way,” Manny muttered. “Nobody’s invincible…”

“How do we know?” Hakk spoke up. “…What’s the law that makes someone never invincible, huh? Like… we’ve thrown everything at the guy and the best we’ve done is slow him down. So what’s the deal? He’s a single guy. Not even a god.”

“Even if he has some opposing… Shadow power to the Hands of Creation, it’s just that,” Star said, stumbling over her words. “Opposing. Not dominant, opposing. So if we just put all our efforts together, we’ll be at least at similar heights to take him down. We’ve got numbers…”

“Owen,” Barky interjected, “thinks there might be a way to defeat Alexander given his status. He’s been thinking about that a lot lately. And it may be the same power, but rather than target Alexander, we target the spirits inside him. He is, in essence, a Guardian.”

“Shadow Guardian, then,” Hakk clarified. “…What’s a Guardian?”

“Oh, right, we didn’t really…” Star trailed off. “Uhh, powerful dude who has a lot of spirits powering them up from within.”

“Oh.” Hakk snapped his claws. “So get the spirits out. I coulda said that.”

“In essence, that is Owen’s suggestion,” Barky said. “The hard part is how.”

Manny and Star exchanged a look in the silence that followed. The timing worked a little too well. Still, if they had any guesses on how they could dismantle some of Alexander’s strength…

“Hey, Manny,” Star said with a bit of spark in her tone, “how about we strategize for a second?”

“I’d be down fer that.”

No more hiding. It was time to be a hero.

<><><>​

Getting daily updates from Barky was oddly comforting. Owen wasn’t sure how to feel about looking forward to every morning because he’d hear his former assailant’s voice in his head.

He wondered if any therapists weren’t swamped back home.

The days passed and they corresponded constantly. Owen had much more news than Barky did, but that was to be expected. What Owen really appreciated was being able to get his questions answered. Mostly everyone was fine. Team Alloy was deliberating on fusing while he was gone. He was… admittedly relieved they’d waited until he returned. He wasn’t sure why. Sentimental, maybe.

He missed them.

He kept Barky updated on Mu and how quickly she was growing up. Barky theorized—and Owen agreed—that Mu was getting older so quickly because she was experiencing many different lives in that place without realizing it. Mostly the negative parts. They had to pay special attention that she saw more than just pain during her upbringing.

Thankfully, Pokémon Lab HQ was peaceful. Mu seemed a lot more relaxed playing with Michael’s team. Lugia, too, warmed up to her after a few days.

Zena was the most dedicated to researching how to cure Emily. Even when Owen took mental breaks to spar with Lugia or Michael, she often went to the side to continue following a lead. Mu was a useful subject to simulate Shadow interactions.

But Owen was starting to get desperately restless. Every day he spoke to Barky was a day he felt he should have returned home. Zena tried to assure him that his relaxed life was still doing a lot more work thanks to the time dilation… but then Owen wondered, what if Dialga tried to swap time again? What if Ghrelle got to him and suddenly, the whole war passed without Owen there at all?

It wasn’t likely, but it was possible. And every day that passed, it could have happened on the next update.

So, Owen finally came to a decision. After a few weeks, once they felt that they’d found all they could on existing research, Owen went for one project to put into practice. And there was one he was most interested in—the power to purify Lugia, both in Orre and in Kilo. Here, it required a specific arrangement of Pokémon in a virtual environment, facilitated by their strange technology and PCs.

Owen didn’t know the first thing about how that worked, but he wanted to see how that would apply in the real world. They didn’t have the same technology in Kilo. How could they achieve the same thing?

It took a few days to make sure they could gather enough volunteers to help—including Michael, a total of twenty trainers with thirty-six viable Pokémon total. They moved to an open field just away from HQ and Owen marked circles on the ground, putting the Pokémon’s name down each time. The trainers were confused that some of the names didn’t match, which led Owen to add their ‘human names’ as well in case they didn’t match.

Owen was happy, at least, to see that the Pokémon weren’t offended by it and accepted it as a different name. Orre’s culture was so strange; the Pokémon were a lot more human-acclimated than in Kanto where wild Pokémon were the norm. But at least they seemed happy.

“Huh,” said Michael. “So you’re trying to do the virtual arrangement in real life?”

“Exactly. We don’t have a virtual environment in Kilo. So, we need to try the same thing you did for Shadow Lugia, but in reality. And I’m hoping it can still work.”

Zena slithered from the far end of the circle. “I think everyone’s in their proper spots. I just checked.”

In the field, thirty-six Pokémon were all looking at one another with mild confusion while their trainers read over the instructions to them on what they were supposed to do. Owen didn’t want to keep them waiting too long… It was about the length of a baseball field and it still felt cramped. Nine smaller circles of four Pokémon, each one arranged so that one element trumped the one in front of them. Supposedly, this specific arrangement of elements, when activated, did… something. Owen had to see it in practice to truly understand.

“Where’s Mu?”

“She got bored,” Zena said with an apologetic smile. “She left with Michael’s mother to help with cooking lunch.”

“Well, alright,” he said. “That’s fine. We didn’t want her to get too close to this anyway, in case, you know, it was dangerous to her.”

“You know, that reminds me,” Michael said. “You’ve got all the components for a purification circle, but nothing to purify. What’s your plan?”

Owen glanced at Zena, then back at Michael. “Shadows once tainted Zena. We talked a little, and I’m… going to corrupt her. If this fails, I can undo it.”

“Oh.” Michael tittered. “Good thing Lugia didn’t hear that one.”

“Thank you for keeping Lugia away,” Zena said. “I’m sure there were no good memories to be had from this…”

“Actually… Lugia insisted on watching once things were set up,” Michael said. “You know, Lugia likes you a lot more than you think. Sure, you came in with bad impressions, but…” He kicked the grass under his shoes. “You’re harnessing something for good. That’s what matters. I think we recognize that.”

Owen smiled, feeling emboldened. So even the Legends of this world approved? Or at least, one did.

“Still, if Lugia learned you could corrupt people on command, you’d probably be driven out of here!”

And there went the smile. “Y-yeah,” Owen said nervously. “Well, I don’t know if I can. I have the same Shadow powers Diyem does, but I’ve never… tried? But I can at least give the energy of Shadow to someone. That should be enough.”

“Right. Well, if that’s the case, go nuts with the setup,” Michael said. “I’ll grab Lugia. I think Mu is hanging out with her, too.”

Owen nodded and addressed Zena after Michael left. “You’re sure about this?”

“I’ll do fine with Shadows, I’m sure,” Zena said. “If I act out, keep me in line, okay? But I’ll do my best.”

“I’d… do it myself, but—”

“I know,” Zena said. “I’m the best volunteer. You need to be all there for analysis, and we don’t know how much it might hurt Mu. And she’s only a child, too. I think. And, er… well, we can’t volunteer anyone here, they’re innocent in all this…”

“And the last thing I’d want to do,” Owen rationalized, “is put a Pokémon that had been purified under any kind of Shadows again.”

Zena nodded and bowed her head. “Go on, then. Shadows, quickly.”

“Right…”

The process was slow and delicate. Owen didn’t want to harm her and he wasn’t familiar with the process, either. It felt like a ‘blessing.’ He siphoned some of that dark energy in his core along his arm and into his palm, which touched Zena’s forehead. He felt that energy leave him. The way Zena’s great ribbons tensed, and the way her brow furrowed, it was having some effect. His Perceive sensed little change otherwise, but his Guardian aura sense felt a lot more.

“You still with me?” Owen asked.

“I am,” Zena said. “I’m… fine. I’m fine.”

He figured this would be enough. He pulled away. “That’ll do,” he said.

When Zena opened her eyes again, she looked worried about something. She nodded and slithered to the center of the great purification circle and coiled up obediently. She was behaving stiffly and the other Pokémon noticed it. They eyed Owen warily; he nervously waved and said, “It’s part of the experiment. She’ll be okay.”

Soon after, Michael returned with his mother—an older woman with the same eyes and a pink dress—and Michael’s sister, a blue-haired girl with a broad smile. She was holding Lugia’s big hand for moral support; Lugia seemed nervous otherwise.

“Is it happening?” Mu asked, riding on the top of Lugia’s head.

“Yeah. We’re going to see if we can get a purification circle working outside of that virtual chamber,” Owen confirmed. “Everyone!” he boomed.

Looking excited at the prospect of something finally happening, the trainers and Pokémon all turned their attention to him.

“We’re going to start the experiment! I would like everyone to go as practiced. Don’t strike the person in front of you, but focus your energy as if you’re about to launch the attack!”

As Owen spoke, Zena slithered to the center of the arrangement of nine circles and coiled up. While her gaze was neutral, Owen sensed that she was distraught and nervous. The Shadows might have been pronouncing her doubts; for all he knew, she didn’t remember why they were in Orre to begin with. What memories did she lose from the Shadow seal?

In the circle just in front of Owen, an Arcanine asked, “And then?”

“That is all you need to do. We will handle the rest,” Owen explained.

Michael’s sister held Lugia’s fingertip tighter when she trilled nervously. Owen nodded at them and turned his attention back to the circle. The energy was flowing. According to the schematics, there had to be a connection from the circles into Zena, the subject to be purified.

“I’m curious what your step is here,” Michael hummed. “The computer usually does this part, directing the circle of purification from the four simple circles into the central chamber. That was the jump start we needed to purify Lugia. Like a… jolt of energy all at once.”

“Yeah. I think with some practice, they’d be able to do it on their own, but… I know a shortcut.”

Owen flared his wings. “Keep it up!” Owen said. “I’m now going to fly over you. Don’t lose focus!”

Once he was sure everyone could keep up their energy, Owen lifted off the ground and soared ten feet above the circle. First, he went around to analyze their auras, making sure every flow was as it should have been. Then, once he was sure of that, he dived into the first circle and grasped at something in the middle. It felt like—to his aura—a small thread, the same thread he pulled when using Mimic to reflect an attack. He wrapped it around his claws. Then, he dipped into the second circle, the third, the fourth…

By the final, ninth circle, he felt he could barely handle all of it. But for a proof of concept, it would do. He flew to the middle of the whole arrangement, to Zena, and placed these ‘threads’ into the center of her long back.

“Will this work?” she whispered, doubts pouring from her tone.

“It will,” Owen assured. Then, he pressed into her back, the threads taking hold. He was surprised that worked. He didn’t use Radiance or Shadow or… This was just the power of mortal Pokémon. And yet…

Owen pulled next. The threads caught something. Zena gasped in surprise. A spark of greenish cyan energy—the color of a simple aura—swirled around her, the power of thirty-six mortal Pokémon in perfect tempo, their energy flowing across this strange tapestry of human-Pokémon collaboration.

And then, a mote of darkness ejected from her back, exploding at once in the air. Owen staggered back from the surprise. It felt like he’d been punched in the face by his own Shadows.

Zena herself relaxed tremendously, heaving a sigh.

“Did—” Owen, dazed, stumbled to a landing. “Did it… work?”

“I felt it,” she said. “I… I forgot the look in your eyes,” she mumbled. Owen wasn’t sure what she meant.

Checking her aura… Not a trace of Shadows.

It… worked. Without a hint of Radiance or Shadow to purify her.

It worked. Finally, after all these trials, all this blind walking, they’d found the information they needed… to counter Shadows. And not just something Owen could do—anyone, given the arrangement and opportunity.

This was it. This was what he needed.

“Owen?” Zena asked. “Are you okay?”

“More than okay,” Owen said, beaming. “We’re ready to go home.”

<><><>​

Owen took one extra day to relay the news to Barky. That also gave Michael and his family some time to give them a little care package to return home. He wondered if they’d survive a trip across realities since some of the food looked perishable… But Owen couldn’t deny he might’ve gained a few pounds from their Tamato chocolates. A little treat to bring back wouldn’t hurt…

…Especially if he could get Darkrai to figure out the recipe later. Or Palkia to reverse-engineer it with science.

Afterward, Michael remarked that there were still a few Dungeons in Orre that he planned to take care of using some blessings that they’d left behind—and, of course, get in contact with Wes and Rui to spread the imbued stones Owen had given.

“Uh, by the way, Owen,” Michael said just an hour before he planned to leave.

“Yeah?”

“How come you… give li’l Vappy and Lugia weird looks now and then?”

“Oh—uhh—did you notice that?” Owen tittered. “Sorry. Back in Kilo, we knew a… Lugia and Vaporeon who were a couple. And… well, that’s kind of it.”

“Huh! How about that? Dunno about a couple, but they get along well.” Michael nodded. “I got Vaporeon from my pops. He, uh, died, or went missing, a long time ago.”

“Oh… Sorry to hear, uh…”

“Nah, it was… a long time ago,” Michael said. “Barely remember him. I’ve got his inventive spirit, though. I evolved my Eevee into a Vaporeon in his honor since his Vaporeon also went missing…”

“I wish I could find answers for you,” Owen said, frowning. “But… I’m a whole world away.”

“Nah, it’s alright. Sorry for dumping that on you. We’re fine. But it’s a story I like to tell, y’know, keep his name alive.”

“Oh, his name?”

“Same as mine!” Michael grinned.

“Oh, huh… Back home, we had a region that did that, too. Passing names down, I mean.”

“To be honest, it would’ve been kinda weird if he was still around,” Michael admitted with a crassness that punched Owen in the chest. “Anyway, see you around! Or, uh, never, I guess. Wait, let me try again. Good luck in Kilo!”

“Y-yeah.” Owen tittered and hoped he didn’t interact with Mu too much. The last thing they needed was another…

Owen wondered if this was a story he wanted to tell back home.

“Owen!” Zena called. “Oh! There you are.”

Mu was leaning away from Zena’s horn, using it like a lookout pole.

“Hey, Zena,” Owen called. “I’m ready. Counted up all our supplies. We’re nearly out of our world’s gold, too, so good thing we’re ready to go home…”

“Yeah, and don’t bring too much next time or you’ll break the economy,” Michael added. “I think. I dunno. Economics wasn’t my best subject.”

“I don’t like economics either,” Mu said. She didn’t like any subject. She only learned it from the tears of students all over the region.

Following just behind Zena was Lugia, who loomed over them and flew to Owen. She offered a respectful but formal nod.

“Will you be going to Citadark Isle?” Lugia asked. Owen had picked up on her dialect—enough for basic communication. He sensed she was simplifying her vocabulary.

“Oh. Uh… yeah. That’ll be our return Dungeon. It’s the largest and most stable, and it’s away from everything else, so it’s safer to use that one just in case… I don’t know, Dungeon things happen when we go through it.”

Lugia stared at Owen. The seconds passed uncomfortably. Was he supposed to… do something? Bow? Compliment her wings?

“Good.” Lugia nodded. “I hope you have a safe trip.”

Why did that sound like a threat?

“Thank you?”

Lugia approached Michael and poked at a capsule in his pocket. Lugia poured into it as a red light.

“She say something cryptic to you?” Michael asked.

“…Kinda.”

“Well, uh… good luck,” Michael said, shrugging. “Oh, and if you run into Ho-Oh on the way there, tell him I said hi!”

“Oh, sure.” Right, Ho-Oh. Wes had said that he was supposed to pass a message along… What was that message again?

“Daaad!” Mu complained. “Let’s go already!”

“Right! Right, I’m coming.”

After a short farewell later, Owen, Zena, and Mu returned to the skies of Orre, heading south and to the ocean. There, Citadark Isle—an ominous island just off the shore—awaited them.

<><><>​

Mu jabbered on about things she’d seen on TV and read in books. With less negativity to learn from in this part of Orre, she’d become curious to learn about other things of the world. Michael had even—secretly—offered her use of his smartphone. Owen hoped that wouldn’t cause any lasting damage, but she’d already called him “cringe” for not understanding what “lol” meant.

He still didn’t. Leaving her with Michael was probably a parenting mistake.

They’d been flying for a few kilos now. Mu had been gifted a few books to read. Within Owen’s wind barrier—the benefits of being part Flying—she had an easy time turning the pages, and Owen felt a little twinge of pride in her taking to books so soon. He wondered if, when the world wasn’t falling apart, she’d do well in a formal school setting.

Having the powers of darkness in the core of her soul wouldn’t disqualify her from being a student, right? He never went to school. But maybe she could.

“Daydreaming?” Zena asked, flying closer to him.

“A little,” Owen said. “Hey, Zena, did you ever go to school?”

Her expression darkened. “…I did.”

“Oh? In the ocean?”

Zena nodded. “It’s not too different from land life, now that I’ve had time to acclimate more. I think there’s even a division in Kilo that trades with the Kiloan seas. But… I don’t like talking about my school days.”

“Uh? How come?”

“I was a Feebas.”

“…And… that’s bad? Oh, right, Feebas aren’t as good at fighting…”

“Told you,” Mu said idly, turning a page. “Cringe.”

“Not just that, Owen,” Zena said with patience in her voice. “Feebas naturally… blend in to be unnoticed. We’re hardy in any environment, but we… aren’t… things that people like to look at very much. I had very few friends. I went in, got the lectures, did the homework, went home… I wasn’t even picked for kelpball, they forgot I was there…”

“Kelpball?”

“Oh, you use water propulsion moves to score goals in a large spherical arena,” Zena summarized. “Anyway… I just didn’t have any lasting friendships there. Once I evolved, though, I got all the attention… But…”

“But it was only because you were stronger now,” Owen said.

Mu smirked for some reason.

“…Yes,” Zena said and somehow it didn’t sound like a yes. “I guess that’s what led me to wandering the ocean… Just by chance, I found Emily. She was so… oblivious to everything that I felt her kindness was genuine.” Her smile was warmer. “…Huh. A lot like you, in a way.”

“I hope we can save her,” Owen said without thinking. He wished he hadn’t—surely, that would’ve soured the mood.

“I agree,” Zena said.

“Uh—sorry for…”

She shook her head. “We need to get our heads into this. No more vacationing. In just a few kilos, we’ll be back into it with all the others. Even if… most of this time was spent researching, we had a lot of rest. But we can’t get lazy.”

“Right.” Owen nodded, more emboldened. He stared ahead… “Hey…” Owen squinted. “Is that…?”

Far away, only a speck from this distance, Owen saw Citadark Isle on the horizon. Circling the strange, gray sphere atop its main mountain… was a rainbow bird. And when they got closer, its circular flying pattern changed.

“Ho-Oh,” Zena concluded. “And… I think he’s waiting for us.”

The bird flew into the gray sphere. And Owen… had to agree.

It seemed they were due for one last conversation before returning home.
 
Chapter 174 - Overseer Evaluation
Chapter 174 – Overseer Evaluation

Ho-Oh was a lot bigger in person.

And imposing. Compared to Lugia, compared to any other Legend he’d met in Kilo, Ho-Oh radiated an aura of someone who… was far more than a Pokémon.

The metal sphere at the top of Citadark Isle was entirely hollow and decrepit. Constant wind and storms wore away at the structure, which had once been some mechanical marvel based on what Owen’s Perceive told him.

The center of the sphere had a distortion. A tiny, concentrated Dungeon that would be their ticket home.

Ho-Oh stood near that entrance, staring them down.

“I’m glad you’re here, Owen and Zena. And you are…”

The Charmander greeted politely, “Mu!”

Oh, good. At least Mu listened to that much. But the way she slouched again, that was probably the most politeness they’d get from her. What happened to that innocent vanilla bean in Alola?

Zena was already guarded. “How do you know our names?” she said. “And… you… you spoke our language. That wasn’t feral.”

Owen blinked. He hadn’t even realized. “What? Ho-Oh can talk?”

Ho-Oh shook his head. “I’m borrowing this body. Ho-Oh and I communicated in a dream and I explained things to him. After realizing the gravity of the situation, as a part of this reality’s pantheon, he allowed me to borrow his body. He is listening from within for the time being.”

“What?” Zena whispered. “What does that mean?”

“Then you’re an Overseer,” Owen concluded.

“The spirit of one, projected into a Legend’s body. But yes.” His expression grew firmer. “…Now, Owen, I’m here because I do not want you reentering Kilo until I perform a brief… evaluation.”

Owen’s tail flame popped. “Like a battle? Against a Legend…’s body?”

Ho-Oh nodded. “Yes. But it is only after we talk about the nature of the fight,” he said. “Owen… do you know why we’re aware of who you are and the world you’re from?”

He could guess a few things… but it was slowly occurring to Owen that what he said might become incriminating somehow. He didn’t know the extent of this person’s authority.

“Your countenance tells me you have more than zero idea,” Ho-Oh said.

Owen hardened his expression. Zena, meanwhile, shifted uncomfortably and looked around to find other things to pay attention to. This great sphere left little to stare at.

Outside, it was beginning to show signs of an overcast afternoon. The winds whistled through cracked and eroded sheets of metal that made up the sphere. A distant rumble reminded them that this was technically an active volcano.

“What do Overseers do?” Owen asked. “Patrol Ultra Space? We were talking to people in Alola about that.”

“Beyond that,” Ho-Oh stated.

“Beyond… Ultra Space?”

“Yes. In your language, I believe the closest word for where I am from would be… the Overworld. In your feral language, I think another term could be the Sky Past All Skies.”

For some reason, the latter made more sense to him. “Beyond everything? What’s… out there?”

“Everything else,” Ho-Oh stated. “And Overseers, of course, are people who watch all worlds to make sure no one world is in danger of plunging others into turmoil. If there is a risk of danger spreading beyond their local network, we step in. Usually with the cooperation of the local gods… I believe you know them as ‘Mew Star’ and ‘Arceus Barky.’”

Mu snorted. “His official name’s Barky.” She turned a page while lounging on Zena’s back.

“Cooperating with them…”

“Yes. The first Overseer we sent to you was Hecto. He acted under the guise of Star's emissary to investigate a... small risk. You see, Star and Barky are very new gods. This is their first world. Templated, even, for ease of creation. But something went unexpectedly wrong and Barky was unable to contact Star. He reached out to the Overseers to investigate; Hecto was who they sent.

“Afterward, we lost Hecto’s signal, so the situation was escalated. The one you know as Valle was sent next, but by the time he’d arrived, great damage was already done. A dark power sent shockwaves from the material world into the divine through Star… and Barky, seeing Star in that state, went into a brief, uncontrolled rage. This led to the destruction of the island you see here, today.”

Ho-Oh gestured around him.

“This island, formerly known as Quartz Isle, was erased from this world’s history. The souls within were rendered ‘missing’ forever, destroyed. That appears to be how this world reacts to… a Lockout. Even if they wished to restore them… the gods would not be able to. When a soul is destroyed in a universe, it cannot return to that same world. The fabric of its reality will not acknowledge it.

“…Or so we thought.”

“Wait—” Owen raised a hand. “But I’m here now.”

“Yes. And I have determined that you are the same soul that had been Locked Out,” Ho-Oh said. “Or, theoretically so. This means you were never destroyed at all like most of the others there, who had to be reincarnated into the world you know as Kilo.”

“E-excuse me,” Zena said, raising a ribbon. “I’m… confused. I don’t know what this ‘soul Lockout’ has to do with… anything here.”

“Of course. My apologies.” Ho-Oh bowed. “Who sent you three to this realm?”

“Necrozma sent Zena and I over,” Owen said.

“Mu came on her own,” Zena added, turning so Mu was in Ho-Oh’s view.

“Yo, bird up.”

Ho-Oh blinked, stoic as ever. “Yes. Bird up. I’m a bird today,” Ho-Oh replied. He then faced Owen and Zena again. “Necrozma might have sent you here as a mercy, though I wonder if it was to make you lost entirely after the same dark force possessed him. But instead, he proved that you were somehow spared from Lockout. Perhaps your proximity to Mew Star at the time of destruction shielded you enough from the blast. There could be others who were similarly spared… and that may have contributed to your latent talents in Kilo.

“Do you know of others with abnormal talent?”

“Abnormal talent…” Owen hummed. “I guess it’d… be the ones who climbed Destiny Tower in the first generation. You know, all the people who were directly reincarnated. I always thought it was because Star and Barky, you know, rigged the ascent so we’d have an easier time. Since we saved them and all that. But… Are you saying there was more to it?”

“I can’t say. It could have been both,” Ho-Oh said. “But… thank you. That may be important information to us.”

“Are you investigating something?” Zena asked.

“Yes. We are specifically trying to determine how dangerous Kilo’s existence has become. So far, two Overseers have lost contact with the Overworld upon entering this network. Each lost Overseer has led to an escalation of this network’s threat level.”

Threat level?” Zena repeated. “Yes, it’s a big threat level—Dark Matter is the reason for all of this happening. Can you help?”

Ho-Oh didn’t reply immediately. He instead turned to Owen. No words were exchanged. Owen knew what would have been said. At this point in the world’s fall… an Overseer’s “help” was not what they wanted.

“We’re going to take care of it internally,” Owen said. “I just finished researching an answer here. I’m confident it will work.”

“Our records show,” Ho-Oh said with a sudden, distant coldness to his voice, “that you have done this before… Usurper Owen.”

“…Usurper… Owen?” Zena echoed. “Because of… how he tried to save Kilo?”

“Usurper is the title, translated, to give an individual such as Owen. It can only be applied to a mundane, ordinary mortal in the context of their reality. Someone with no divine instincts, training, or formal knowledge of the process of creating and maintaining a world. Then, this person, a Usurper, must gain those powers such that it rivals the gods in question, and then undermine the will of that world’s creator.”

The explanation left Owen feeling colder. An Overseer—this authority above the gods—was classifying him as an outlaw. He could sense the weight behind the term, even if it was merely a translation from some unknown language.

“And what happens if the gods are wrong?” Owen asked. “Am I still a Usurper?”

“Yes.” Ho-Oh nodded. “It is merely a descriptor. It can mean several things in context and we consider all of them. But you, Owen… When you undermined the power of the gods, who did you instead side with?”

Owen could sense Zena tensing. She was already preparing for a fight. He didn’t want that. Not against an Overseer.

“I didn’t want Kilo to be destroyed. It’s my home. If the Overseers’ answer to problems is to just… destroy our homes, all these lives that we made for ourselves, I…”

“You’ll oppose the decision,” Ho-Oh completed. “We know. And we understand your perspective. It is a common one. But… you sided with Dark Matter, the entity that is now spreading its influence into other worlds. We need information on what you know about this entity. Our knowledge of how it manifests in this world is limited.”

“I don’t… I don’t have time for that,” Owen said. “I’m sorry. I need to go back to save Kilo. I know that time is flowing differently here, but I’ve already been gone for so long. A whole explanation could take… a lot of time, you know?”

“Seconds are precious there,” Zena said. “A Usurper even more dangerous than Owen could hope to be is already harnessing Shadows for evil. Owen may have made mistakes in the past, but he always did what he did to help people. Alexander, this new Usurper, just wants power for power’s sake!”

“Are you sure of this?” Ho-Oh asked.

The foul look Zena gave Ho-Oh… Owen only saw the Overseer flinch thanks to his Perceive.

“Yes,” Zena said, her voice suppressed and even. “I’m positive. Objectively, he has only caused suffering to keep others down and has absorbed spirits to bolster his power. Owen may reflect powers, but he also tries to empower others when he can. We just spent the last few moons researching ways for mortals to defend against Shadows without us.”

“I see.” Ho-Oh nodded. “We understand your rush. But this will not take long if you consent to our procedure.”

“How long will it take?” Owen asked.

“On this planet’s timekeeping system, it should be done within the hour.”

“Oh.” Owen did some quick mental math. “Well… I guess they can afford to wait thirty seconds or so…”

“Raise your head and concentrate. Act as if you are… opening your mind to someone trying to communicate with you telepathically,” Ho-Oh said. “My colleague is waiting for you to reach out to him. Have you done this before with a deity?”

“Yeah, I talk with Barky that way, kinda,” Owen said. “I’ll try that.”

Owen tilted his head upward. It was a little awkward to do it when there was a decrepit metal sphere in the way of the sky, but that was all in the mind. The connection would work all the same.

Hello? Owen called, expanding his aura like unfurling ethereal wings. He peeled the layers back, searching for something with a sixth sense.

Suddenly, he felt like he was falling.

<><><>​

“Oof!”

And he landed in a very familiar forest an instant later, flat on his back. Gracelessly, he grunted and rolled until he was on all fours.

“Oh, not again,” he grunted. “I’ve had enough mental walkabouts for at least… ten lifetimes at this point…”

A canine Zygarde stood at the edge of the glade behind Owen. Compared to the one Owen knew, this one was thinner and… smiling. And not the creepy smile Hecto did when failing to look friendly, either. A genuine smile.

That alone meant this was a different Zygarde.

“Hey,” Owen greeted. “Are you, uh… the Overseer?”

“Yes!” Zygarde replied cheerfully, entering a sitting position. “I’m happy to meet you, Owen! I’ve read a lot about you in the reports. I know you very well, ah—Usurper may be an intimidating title, but it has a lot of good meanings, too!”

Something about this disturbed him more than most things he’d encountered the last year or so.

“Y… yeah…”

“Hm? Is something wrong? Oh, don’t worry!” Zygarde hopped to his feet. “I’m just here to get information. I promise, none of this will hurt, or harm you in any way! I can’t do that! You’ll shunt me right out!”

“I will?”

“Well, he will.” Zygarde flicked his head to the right.

In the shadows was another dim orange flame. Owen flinched. Wishkeeper? Here? But he was… in him, now. He was Wishkeeper.

“Mental guardian, sort of a representation of your inner psyche. Happens during spirit invasions. No need to worry! I’ll be right out, Mister Guardian!” Zygarde called in a singsong voice. “Oh! Where are my manners? I don’t think I’ve introduced myself. I won’t be here long, but you can call me Bean!”

“B… Bean.”

“Bean!” Bean nodded. “Because my tiny Cell form looks like a bean! And because my real name is hard to pronounce. That’s a translation-friendly name I was told about.”

“Okay. …Is my name weird to you?”

“Ah! I’ve studied this side of the Overworld’s language well enough. It’s not strange at all! But mm, if you ever wanted a name like mine… go for Tamato!”

“Huh. I like those.”

Bean giggled and turned around. “In any case, I hope you don’t mind if I put my paw on a few of these trees. I think they’re abstractions your mind is forming for your thoughts and memories. If you cooperate, this will be a lot faster!”

“S-sure, uh, what do you need?”

“I’d like you to think about everything you know about Shadows.”

“Okay, I can do that…”

And as Owen focused, one of the trees further into the clearing glowed brighter. Zygarde thanked him and trotted over to it, placing a paw at the base of the trunk. The light expanded into Zygarde’s body, whose hexagons flickered rapidly. Owen didn’t sense anything bad happening… He glanced at ‘Wishkeeper.’ He was watching like a silent sentinel, nodding at Owen. He, too, sensed nothing wrong.

“Okay.” Bean pulled his paw back. “Thank you! Now, do you mind doing the same for Radiance?”

The process continued, tree after tree. About Radiance, Dark Matter, Kilo, his time as Wishkeeper, Valle…

“So,” Owen said as they walked, “how often do you do these… memory dives?”

“Ohh… Not too often. I’ve usually been a scout, but I did fieldwork, mostly. Working remotely isn’t my strong suit. I hope this isn’t too slow for you!”

“No, uh, it’s fine. It doesn’t feel like a lot of time is passing…” Owen wasn’t sure how he knew that. Maybe it was some kind of… internal clock in his body or brain? The longer he spent thinking about it, the more he felt a headache coming on. He refocused on something simpler.

“How good are you at fighting?” Owen asked.

“Oh, not the best. I do like a good spar now and then, though. My colleague, the one inhabiting Ho-Oh? Not part of the same… culture.”

“Yeah, I kinda had that feeling.”

“He is trying, though. You know, you should suggest a quick spar with him!”

“How come?”

“It might help him understand you more. He doesn’t realize that Pokémon bond by fighting.”

“Bond by fighting… right…”

Michael mentioned something similar. And that bond, the flow of power, was the basis of the purification circle, too…

“Just one last tree, if that’s okay with you,” Bean said.

“Sure, what is it?”

“Could you think about the Voice of Life?”

“I’ve heard that one before… Right. Hang on.”

Another tree glowed like a torch down a long cave. The lack of birdsong or wind started to unnerve Owen. Did that mean his mind had no wind, either? What did that mean? Or was it because he was holding his breath, nervous?

Why trees, anyway? He was a Charizard! At least have a volcano, or a cool cave, or something… Maybe the Grass Core messed with his mindscape.

As they got closer, the tree’s appearance came into view. And this… was the strangest tree Owen had ever seen.

A tree was an exaggeration. It was like he was seeing the idea of a tree. Hollow, transparent, flat. When Owen turned, the tree turned as if to always face him, like an ethereal cutout that tilted to the angle of his view. It wasn’t there, yet it was supposed to be.

“Interesting…” Bean placed a paw on the idea of the tree, but it passed right through. “The only tree that’s not here.”

“Uhh—what’s… that mean? Am I forgetting it?”

“Oh, you can’t forget things in this state,” Bean replied. “This forest holds all your spirit’s experiences. I’m sure if you walked far enough, you might even find past lives! …If this world has reincarnation, at least. I don’t know that one.”

“Y-you know, Overseers have a bad habit of dropping… really existential things at random,” Owen said. “Don’t you think it’s a little weird to say crazy things like it’s normal?”

“Don’t you do that all the time?”

“What?”

“Hm?”

“…Well… anyway,” Owen said slowly, “what’s with this tree? Are you getting memories from it?”

“That’s just it,” said Bean. “This tree? It represents some segment of your memory that’s cut off. And if I had to check…” Bean scanned the environment around him, hexagons flickering. “This is the last one left. It must be frustrating… I’m sorry.”

“It’s alright,” Owen said. “I… have a guess where it is. So, I can’t recover these memories at all?”

“Not until you find that final spirit fragment. How interesting, though! This reality must be able to do that…”

“Do what?”

“Well, a soul doesn’t forget, and it is immutable. You cannot split or combine them permanently. But within a reality… well, then it would be subject to that reality’s rules. And here, it seems you can temporarily… split it. And therefore, utterly keep some memories totally inaccessible, even here!”

“We’ve had that happen a lot lately,” Owen said.

“Right, right. The Legend halves, yes?”

These Overseers were a little too thorough with their research. Owen wondered if they had a log on his favorite foods, too.

“Well!” Bean grinned. “I hope you find that final fragment of yours. I think I have everything that I need. Thank you so much for your cooperation.”

“I’m, uh, I’m not in trouble, right?”

“Oh, even if you were, we wouldn’t be able to extract you like this!” Bean nodded. “A soul can only exist in one reality at a time. You’re missing a piece! You’re anchored.”

“…That… didn’t answer my question.”

Bean smiled again. “You aren’t, Owen. You didn’t intentionally cause any of this and you aren’t capable of it, either. We don’t try to take people away unless they’re at that level. But… your friend, Dark Matter—”

“He’s going to be better,” Owen assured him quickly. “He’s been working with us to stop his other fragments.”

“Ahh, yes!” Even after getting those memories, Bean sounded surprised when he spoke of it. “Dark Matter, an ally…”

Owen nodded again. “I gave him a tiny piece of light or something. He can change. And… if I can, I’m going to complete that.”

“I see…” Bean seemed contemplative. “Well… That is a surprise, Owen. We’ll watch to see how this goes.”

“What happens if… it fails?” Owen asked.

Bean was fading away as if withdrawing to some other, upper plane.

“The world will be destroyed,” Bean said apologetically. “Now that it’s spreading into this world… we can’t risk much more. We hope, for your world’s sake, your plan works, Owen. There are no more chances.”

Bean seemed… grave. And then he was gone, leaving Owen alone with his mental guardian.

“No more chances,” he repeated. “This… this is it, then. Now or never…”

A great light enveloped the forest. Owen’s body felt weightless. He took a sharp breath… and felt himself wake up.

<><><>​

The thunder was getting closer when Owen awoke on his back, resting his head against Zena. Mu was reading a book and Ho-Oh had gone to meditate near the Dungeon’s rippling edge.

“I’m awake,” Owen murmured. “How long was I out?”

“Not too long,” Zena said. “About… half a kilo?”

“Oh, that’s not bad…”

“Good. You’re awake.” Ho-Oh nodded. “Well, it seems my colleague got what he needed as an update on this world. It seems that the decision is to leave things to you. And if you fail, we will step in to help.”

“And by help,” Owen said, “you mean you’ll destroy the world entirely.”

Zena flinched.

“Wow, that’s metal,” Mu hummed.

“I’m sorry,” Ho-Oh said. “But I believe now you know the consequences of faltering. Not only will Kilo be in danger, but this whole other world and all connected worlds will be in equal danger of falling to the Voidlands. You recognize that if you fail, the only safe option is to eradicate everything and halt the spread. Correct?”

Owen could sense Zena’s defiance surging in her tense body. But she said nothing. Owen wanted to defy it, too. But… what power did he have against someone who spoke so calmly about it?

“Do you not know how to fix it any other way?” Owen asked.

“Not without risk. And we already took that risk with Hecto and Valle. We are… done with risks, should you fail, Usurper.”

“That… title,” Owen said. “If I succeed, what will you try to do with me next?”

“You are observant,” Ho-Oh said, nodding. “But you don’t need to worry. If you properly hand over that power to skilled individuals to rework the reality, all will be well. You can return to your world and everything will return to normal.”

Owen nodded uneasily. “Okay,” he said. “Well… then I need to follow one last thing that Bean asked me.”

“And that is?”

“Can we fight?”

That disrupted Zena’s tense stance. “Owen,” Zena said, somewhere between befuddled and exasperated. “You can’t possibly—”

“No, no,” Owen said, “That’s what Bean said I should propose! To bond!”

“But with an Overseer?” Zena asked. “He apparently isn’t even a Pokémon, you know.”

“He’s one now.” Mu turned a page. “So that’s something.”

Ho-Oh shook his head. “Fine. If Bean asked that… I’ll humor it. But only…” He raised a wing but then glared at it like it was missing something. “…One strike. From each of us.”

“Uh, I’m out,” Mu said, rolling while still reading her book. “I’m, like, still a minor, or something.”

The three adults squinted at Mu, then looked back at one another.

“You’re aware,” Ho-Oh said, “that I’m a Legendary in this body, yes? I’m not aware of my strength as it stands. I could incinerate you where you stand.”

“I think I’ll be able to handle that much,” Owen said. “Zena?”

“Yes. We’ve… dealt with the gods before. We have the durability for it. Even if we’re weaker in this part of reality, I think it will be fine for one strike.”

“Just one, huh…” Owen’s wings drooped. “Not going to be a whole lot we can get through with that, but…”

“We’ll have to put everything we have into one strike, then,” Zena stated to Owen.

“Mm, exactly,” Owen agreed.

Ho-Oh tiredly fluffed up his feathers. “Right. Well, I have not battled in a very long time.”

“Do you… know how to attack?” Owen asked.

“I’m a bird. So, I’d peck at you.”

The hollow metal sphere around them groaned with another gust of wind. Zena gave Owen an incredulous look.

“He’s not trolling,” Mu stated, turning another page.

“You—” Zena squinted. “You don’t know how to use Ho-Oh’s moves, but you took on his body? What happens if you’re attacked?”

“I’m a scout, not a fighter,” Ho-Oh muttered. “Hold on. Let me consult with him.” He closed his eyes.

As Ho-Oh remained still, standing upright yet seemingly unconscious, Owen turned his attention to Mu.

“So, was that cringe?” he asked.

“Supergod Overseer dude borrowing a body he doesn’t even know how to use?” Mu said. “Yeah, kinda.”

Owen nodded. Good. He was learning.

“I believe I learned enough to channel one move for this,” Ho-Oh said, opening his eyes. “Are we ready?”

The energy in the air changed. Mu closed her book and hopped to her feet, lightly jogging several paces away. Zena shifted and tensed her muscles, entering a defensive stance with her feather-fan tail in front of her. Owen crouched and unfurled his wings, readying a shield. It gave himself away, sure, but he doubted Ho-Oh was experienced enough to sense that. It was just one strike anyway.

“Charmander,” said Ho-Oh, “could you call the match’s start?”

“Oh, uh, sure.” Mu looked between the three of them. “Ready… go!”

Zena feinted and slithered to the right, distancing herself from Owen. She hid her head behind her tail, looking defensive, when in reality she was charging a Hydro Pump to strike at Ho-Oh’s flank.

Owen kicked forward, uplifting years of dried ocean salt mixed with rust from the ground. He spiraled to Ho-Oh, who deemed Owen to be the greater threat and opened his beak. His wings lit up with divine fire, spiraling around a sphere of heat in the middle of his mouth.

This attack… Owen wasn’t familiar with it. But he knew enough about the elements to copy it all the same.

When Ho-Oh fired, so did Zena, a cascade of water splitting across Ho-Oh from the side, drenching his feathers and knocking several out of their place. The Sacred Fire hit Owen’s swiftly conjured barrier, crawling around it and threatening to burn him even through that. This divine strength couldn’t be blocked by a mere Protect.

Owen landed harshly on the ground, salt crunching beneath his feet, water from Zena’s attack rippling in deep puddles. The fire sizzled in the water and boiled it into steam, obscuring Ho-Oh’s vision. Owen could tell by the way he was squinting.

But Owen held the advantage there. He seized that power, grasped at the threads of aura left behind in the blast, and curled it around his fingers like weaving a string or knitting a quilt. From his chest, he pumped Radiant energy into his claws, then combined it with Shadows.

That same sphere appeared in Owen’s palm, but now it swirled with a vortex of bubbling black and white embers. He hurled it forward like a softball, striking square in Ho-Oh’s chest where the energy exploded into a flurry of fire. Zena’s residual water bubbled off of him in a plume of scorching steam, cutting through his elemental resistances. That did real damage… even against this divine being.

Ho-Oh shrieked in surprise as the vapor dissipated. The dome creaked again, unbothered by their struggle but complaining about the impending storm.

And when Ho-Oh inspected his feathers again and as Zena lowered her guard, the Overseer bird finally chuckled.

“Now, what was that?” he said.

His gaze was… friendlier.

“Huh?” Owen asked.

“Just then. Did you… use some sort of telepathy?”

“No? I don’t know if I can do that to non-Mystics,” Owen said. “Especially not here… Everything’s weaker.”

“What do you mean?” Zena asked. “Do you mean… the feelings through battle, or something?”

“Is that how it feels?” Ho-Oh asked.

Now that Owen thought about it… he only sensed that kind of thing strongly in this world. In Kilo, it wasn’t as present…

“Yeah,” Owen said. “It’s a special property of this world. Pokémon communicate through battle. It’s like a conversation where you can’t hide your true feelings. Like… how I know you’re curious what I’ll do with this.”

“I see… I try to be stoic. I’d almost call it unprofessional.” Ho-Oh said. “But, if we’re being so transparent… I felt something curious from you two. Milotic… From you, defiance, fiery and desperate. You really wanted to hurt me, didn’t you?”

Zena flinched. “I… wanted to defend my world. And make sure I could prove it. If I couldn’t hurt you…”

“…Then how could you hurt Dark Matter,” Ho-Oh completed. “Yes. Your duty is in strength to save a world out of time.”

“I was born there,” Zena said. “Most souls there were. We deserve to defend our home, don’t we?”

“Well said.” Ho-Oh nodded. “And, Owen…”

“You felt…?”

“It’s what I didn’t feel,” Ho-Oh said. “You gave me a blast of energy that used both Shadow and Radiance. Darkness and light. Negative and positive, overflowing in both. In other worlds where we have seen this kind of interaction, it’s been given many names. Nihil, Blacklight… But personally? I would call it Chaos. Two energies not meant to coexist, swirling in a dangerous vortex ready to explode. Shadows pull up all of your doubts and negative emotions while suppressing anything that would have calmed you; Radiance forces your thoughts outward, turning you impulsive and erratic.

“Yet from you, I felt none of that. You have harnessed the power completely… and it does not corrode you.”

“I’ve had… practice,” Owen said. “I’m just a Charizard. But I had time to train with it, even when I didn’t realize it. I’ve been… exposed to that for so long that it’s become normal.”

“Yes. And yet…” Ho-Oh paced. “I sensed guilt. Self-reflection. Excitement… You do love your battles. But most of all…” Ho-Oh’s expression brightened so subtly that even Owen’s Perceive narrowly missed it. “That light in your eyes… it’s just hope, isn’t it? Mundane, simple hope that I felt… even in the face of so many adversaries back home. You’re returning with an answer and a dream.”

“And the sooner the better,” Owen said with a nod. “I hope it’s… enough. I want to fix this. Not just because I broke it, but because Kilo deserves better.”

Ho-Oh nodded. “Then face this Dungeon and pass into Kilo,” he said. “Consider it your final test before you can turn that hope into action.”

Mu jogged over to Owen and hopped onto his tail. Owen flicked his tail, flinging Mu up to his shoulder with practiced ease.

“Goodbye,” Ho-Oh said. “Should you fail, rest assured that your plague will not spread to other worlds. We’ll cut Kilo from its other neighboring worlds and find a way to destroy it.”

“Oh, sure, yeah. No big deal,” Owen muttered. “Just kill us all if we fail…” He understood why. But the Overseers’ perspective was… too insensitive for him to accept at face value. He had no choice but to save the world. Any other outcome was death or worse.

Zena led the charge to the Dungeon distortion in the center of the dome.

Ho-Oh continued. “But should you succeed… Well. Kilo’s fate is not sealed just yet. Good luck, Usurpers.”

His expression became firmer just as Owen walked through the Dungeon’s barrier.

“And I am not cringe.”

With those inspiring words to remember him by, Owen marched through the barrier with Zena by his side and Mu on his shoulder. He was leaving behind his original home, possibly for good this time. And he was returning to the one he’d truly spent most of his life in.

He wondered if his mother would approve of all this. His necklace felt just a little warmer. Somehow, in some way, Owen sensed that he was walking in the right direction.

<><><>​

“They’ve returned,” Barky announced.

CRASH!

Anam jumped in surprise, his slime dribbling all over his work station.

Demitri, behind one of the desks in their makeshift strategy room in Kilo Village, accidentally split the table in two. Hakk, Mispy, Jerry, and Star happened to be in the room with Anam; everyone else was out doing fieldwork with the stabilized zones in anticipation of Alexander's reawakening.

Demitri tried to push the splintered pieces of wood back together. It wasn’t working. “S-sorry. You startled me…”

“That table was elementally reinforced,” Hakk whispered. “How’d you split it like a toothpick?”

“Barky’s voice is super intense…”

“Wait, what did he say?” Star asked, lounging in a bubble of psychic energy while poring over documents of Dungeon findings. “Barky! Who’s back?”

“Owen, Zena, and Mu,” Barky said. “Gather everyone. I’m currently figuring out where he is… I need to return to Destiny Tower to get communications running.”

“Yo, wait up!” Star said, disappearing and reappearing on Barky’s back.

“What’re we planning on this end?” Jerry said, standing up straighter. “We don’t even have a tenth of Kilo back to normal. How can we even get Owen here?”

Skitter, skitter… Willow zipped into the building. “Nate says Owen’s back!”

“Yes. We know,” Barky said. “…Wait, why does Nate know already? Can he sense his life force, too?”

“How should I know?!” Willow growled. “What, you want me to ask that, too?”

“…Yes, actually. I feel as though Nate is keeping something from us when we can’t afford any variable to be left unknown.”

“Oh.” Anam shifted nervously. “…Um, I’ll go with you, Willow.” Anam had a feeling that Willow wouldn’t be very good at getting the information that was important…

“Get Diyem if you need help,” Barky dismissed. “We need to do our part to secure Owen.”

“O-oh.” Anam played with his feelers. “Okay.”

“Now then, Jerry…” Barky addressed the Aerodactyl again. “We’ve been coordinating with Owen on just where he’d enter. I can sense his presence and we’ll work from there,” Barky explained. “It should be another Dungeon near a powerful aura.”

“…Couldn’t that be Ghrelle?” Jerry said.

Barky closed his eyes. “I’ll let you know if it is through Willow. But I’m hoping not. Star?”

“Yeah, let’s go.”

“Good luck!” Anam called. “I’ll, um, I’ll see Nate!”

And yet, not one empty street later, Anam stopped and waved at an incoming, gigantic leviathan made of darkness and eyes.

“Hey, Nate!” Anam called cheerily. “Thanks for letting us know about Owen!”

I’m going to head to Zero Isle Spiral.

“Huh? How come?”

I… need to meet Owen there.

Anam tilted his head. “So… Owen, Zena, and Mu turned up in Aramé’s place?”

The leviathan’s great five heads nodded.

“Um… okay. But, that reminds me, um, if it’s not too much… why do you need to meet him? Barky said, um… you know, that you know more than you say, so…”

Oh. I thought nobody noticed. I’m sorry.

Anam tittered but didn’t press more. If he did, he might upset Nate…

Okay, Nate said. Since we’re already so close… I’ll talk about it. But first, let me show you something…

Nate extended one of his heads forward. Anam leaned in, curious, as a golden mote of light flowed through that blackened body.

Anam gasped. “But that’s…!”

<><><>​

Warm, tropical air mixed with salty ocean scents. Sunlight bathed Owen, Zena, and Mu with liberating energy. It felt like an oppressive force had finally been lifted.

Owen deduced this was them returning to their proper domain, where they could use their full strength uninhibited. This was unmistakably Kilo.

But it was also still a Dungeon. Tall corridors made of seashells and stone mixed unnaturally with wood and grass sprawled in all directions. A mysterious force kept Owen and Zena from flying too high above them. Thankfully, there weren’t hostile, feral Pokémon, or even wraiths to bother them.

The walls of the Dungeon glowed a gentle cyan.

“This energy,” Zena said. “Is this a Mystic Dungeon?”

“We’ve never been in one with this kind of climate, though,” Owen said. “Unless…”

“We never entered the Dragon Dungeon,” Zena said. “Could this be it?”

“The Dragon Guardian, Aramé. And the final Divine Dragon…”

Mu leaned back while atop Zena’s head, grasping Zena’s horn to keep from falling completely over. “Well, that means we can go through easily, right?”

“Yeah. Let’s find the distortions. We have to go through it to get out.”

It was only a short walk. A few turns led them to one distortion, then another, and soon they found an empty chamber that had fewer strange walls. A stable zone.

Owen sighed. “Finally,” he said. Just as he passed through the stable zone, Zena and Mu disappeared from his Perceive. This was normal; his Perceive couldn’t go past distortions.

The problem was when they didn’t follow at all.

“Zena?” Owen said dumbly, realizing his voice wouldn’t carry through. He knew not to pass through again—that could send him to a random part of the Dungeon again. “What’s…”

He focused harder on his Perceive. Nothing, no living creature other than himself. He tried to ignore how much faster his heart was beating. After spending so many months with Zena and Mu in relative peace, the two suddenly being gone was shaking him.

No. He had to stay calm. He had to trust that Aramé was still an ally. Barky didn’t warn them about anything like this, after all. And he’d surely know after that Ghrelle incident.

His Perceive instead caught a note in the middle of the chamber, recently written and fresh.

“Please leave your horns in the basket before passing through. They are not allowed for this final test. Replacements have been crafted for you.”

Nearby was a basket with two horns that looked a lot like Owen’s, though he could tell they were made of clay.

It was a trap, but a telegraphed one. Whatever test he was going to take couldn’t be seen through his Perceive. Some kind of illusion, maybe? That in itself was a hint…

Owen sighed. If he disobeyed, he would probably be attacked. Could he defend himself?

No, that wasn’t what he had to be concerned about. Zena… Mu…

Barky, Owen thought gently in prayer, I’m here and in the Dragon Dungeon. Zero Isle Spiral. Aramé is asking me to remove my horns and proceed through her test.

I’m going to follow through with it. If you think I should fight back, if you think this is a trap… give me a sign.


Even across dimensions and within a Dungeon, Owen knew Barky would hear him. That mysterious connection the gods left behind was enough.

And for a while, Owen waited patiently. He watched the skies. He felt for tremors. He checked for glows.

Nothing came.

Maybe he should have asked for a sign if he should proceed. But… admittedly, he did not know if disturbances could go through. So instead, he called one last time. I’m going forward. If you didn’t want me to go, I couldn’t hear you. Send rescue if I’m going into a trap. Wish me luck.

Barky could have sent him word back, right? Or… was that cut off here? Aramé was strong. Supposedly the strongest Guardian.

He wondered why Aramé never fought alongside them.

The clay horns fit surprisingly well and felt cozy in their sockets. He left his true horns behind and hoped they would be returned. If not, Nevren had said they’d regrow after a few days…

But he couldn’t afford a few days anymore, could he?

Logically, this was a bad idea. Aramé could be a traitor, somehow. But his instincts told him it would work out. He knew Aramé from the past, vague memories of Wishkeeper informing him that Aramé meant well.

So, he put his faith and trust in her as he walked through the distortion.

The colors swirled, the labyrinth returned around him… and a strange light shone on the far side of the hall.

Owen’s arms tensed, ready for a Protect—but he’d been too slow. The light became a beam before he could react, slamming into his forehead.

“Aghh—”

He shambled forward a few steps and leaned against the wall. “What… what was that?” he huffed, trying to see more than a few feet in front of him. Darkness crept at the edges of his vision…

And he passed out.

<><><>​

Salty air. Tropical warmth. He remembered those. He remembered going on a mission for… something. He had to get back home to Hot Spot.

Right. He remembered that. Gods, he remembered a lot of that. And he knew he was prone to losing his memories. The pang of annoyance that followed informed him he lost them again.

“Alright,” he muttered, groggily standing up. “I fell for… a trap… Hello?” He squinted, rubbing his throbbing forehead. He took several more breaths and did a body check. Tail, blazing. Wings, a little stiff but fine. Arms, legs, doing well. Belly, a little overweight. He looked a little like a normal Charizard again.

Fine enough. Grunting, he got to his feet and stomped down the hall.

It was a labyrinth, a Dungeon, so there was a way forward somewhere inside.

Not five seconds later, he heard the sound of a small Pokémon sniffling. His nature took over. Someone needed help!

“Hello?” he called again.

The sniffling stopped.

“It’s alright. I’m here to help. I mean, I didn’t know you were here, but…” He walked down the nearest twisted corridor.

Just around the corner, in a small room, was a Charmander with his back turned to him. On Charmander’s back was the mark of Necrozma, a little birthmark like a vertically stretched star.

“Oh, hello,” he said gently.

Charmander, startled, sprang to his feet and took on a defensive stance.

“I-it’s okay, it’s okay!” He raised his hands and folded his wings back. “Are you… are you okay? What’s your name?”

The Charmander kept his guard up a while longer. Then, seeming to lose his will, he plopped onto his rear again, head down. “Owen,” he said quietly.

“Owen…” He didn’t know that name. “My name’s Charizard. Just Charizard. May I sit by you?”

“Sure…”

Charizard gingerly approached and took care not to shake the ground when he took a seat.

“Okay, Owen,” Charizard said gently. “What’s bothering you?”
 
Chapter 175 - Reflection New
Chapter 175 – Reflection

Charizard let Owen talk as much as he wanted. He babbled on about his friends and family, how none of it was real. Something about it felt so familiar to Charizard—he knew, for sure, that he would be able to help him. A lot of Owen’s struggles felt so familiar to him.

Owen told Charizard how he’d been lied to by everyone he knew. That his memories, everything he was, had been constructed by them so he’d fit into a certain role, and be none the wiser.

He spoke in excruciating detail about the supposed crimes he’d committed. Murders, really, of an innocent family. How he was supposed to be a weapon, and then he was erased so he could be some loyal soldier instead.

At that point, Charizard felt like it was a little too familiar.

“Owen, that was your name, right?” Charizard asked.

“Mhm.” The Charmander nodded. “At least I have that. My name hasn’t changed…”

“Right… You know, Owen, I don’t remember having a name for myself, but—” Charizard nodded. “You know, I wonder if Owen used to be my name.”

“Huh?”

“We’re too similar. Almost like…”

Their eyes lit up as if they had come to the same conclusion.

Charizard exclaimed, “We’re from different times!”

“Yeah! You’re… me! from the future!” Owen beamed. “But… But that can’t be right. I read all about this in the comics. Wouldn’t this cause a huge paradox?”

“Yeah, I don’t remember meeting me at this time… and I don’t remember my name being Owen, either…” Charizard crossed his arms.

Owen mimicked the pose. “…Were we split? How come you’re here, anyway?”

“I was… coming here to… do something. I think I had to return home to report on… some research. But… I can’t remember what that research was…”

“Maybe it’s a Dungeon trick. Right?”

“Oh, so you know you’re in a Dungeon?”

“I—” Owen flinched. “I… I do… but that’s not right. I thought… I was in Hot Spot…”

“Hmm…”

Owen shifted uncomfortably. “W-well… it’s…”

“It’s alright,” Charizard said. “We have to get through this Dungeon, right? I entered it to take a test. Maybe… you’re part of that.”

But there was a haunted look in Owen’s eyes. Charizard tilted his head. “You okay?”

“I… I don’t know,” he said. “I—sorry. Can I just… follow you for now?” he asked. “I need to think…”

Lacking his Perceive was making this part tricky. As far as he could tell, Owen was real. Yet he had a name, and Charizard had no memory of that whatsoever.

“Come on,” Charizard said, holding out his hand and crouching down. “Hop on my shoulder. It’s probably a long walk.”

“Oh—thanks.” Owen hopped on, tittering nervously. “I never got to ride on a Charizard before… They’re rare in Kilo, you know?”

Charizard marched along, leaving a mark in the stone in case he ever got turned around so he didn’t retread old ground.

“You won’t be alone forever,” Charizard said, resuming their conversation from earlier. “It’s going to be hard to trust your family again after this. But I think… you’ll see that they did a lot of it to protect you.”

“Does that make it okay?” Owen asked.

Charizard sighed. “Normally… no. But because of what you are… I think… I can’t blame them for what they did. It was a necessary evil to make sure I could heal. They didn’t know how to fix me.”

Owen’s shoulders sagged. “…I don’t… I don’t know what I’m supposed to be mad at. Or… if I’m supposed to be mad. Or if it’s just how things are… I don’t… I don’t understand…”

Charizard reached up and gently patted Owen on the shoulder. “Work through it. But don’t take it out on people. I think… what helped me was when I framed it a little differently. Instead of thinking about who to blame and who to be mad at… I instead thought about how I should treat others who were involved. And what I should be careful about next time. Is there anyone you want to avoid forever now?”

Owen looked down. “…I… I don’t think so. I don’t want to push anyone away. I’m just…” He shook his head. Owen didn’t know how to articulate himself. Charizard remembered the feeling. And when he was like this, Owen had been desperate to lean on someone to trust again. The smallest hint of forgiveness, of a path forward… Had Owen fallen for the wrong person, there was a chance he’d’ve fallen into the same torment again.

“If you don’t want to leave any of them,” Charizard said, “it means you think they had your interests in mind. But you don’t want a repeat, right? So… what will you do differently so they can’t do that to you again?”

“I’ll… I’m gonna ask why they do the things they do,” Owen said. “And if they don’t give a reason, or… if I think they’re lying…”

“Don’t trust them,” Charizard completed. “That’s a good start. I think it worked out for me. But I’m still learning, too.”

“Even now? But you’re…”

“I’m big now, yeah,” Charizard said. “It’s going to be a while before you can… be confident people aren’t always lying to you. Or if they only lie sometimes. But… sometimes, you have to think about why they might lie. And if they have no reason…” He shrugged. “Trust them.”

“So, use… logic to figure out if they could lie?”

“And make sure they can prove it if you think they might,” Charizard said. “But… don’t get paranoid. You can’t be alone, either.”

Owen rested his chin atop Charizard’s head. “This sounds impossible. How am I supposed to catch all of that?”

“You won’t,” Charizard said. “But I think… we aren’t surrounded by evil liars. Not everyone wants to use us for our power. It’s going to be okay, Owen.”

Owen seemed unconvinced, his little claws tense against the top of Charizard’s head.

“Yeah,” Owen finally whispered. “I hope so. But what do we do now?”

“Let’s keep going,” Charizard said. “You have my name. I have your future. Maybe we’re supposed to go together?”

“M-maybe…” Owen winced. “But… but I took your name. What if… what if you’re supposed to take it back?”

“No,” Charizard said firmly. “I won’t do that. Right now… you need that name more than I do.”

“I do?”

Charizard nodded., nearly tossing Owen off his head before catching him. “You’re me at my lowest. When I was… lost. The only thing I could trust was my name. So… even if I found a way to take it from you, I don’t want to do that. Not until you can stand on something else. Sound fair?”

“Okay…”

In their silence, Charizard wondered what this test was supposed to be and if he’d done it correctly. Nothing special happened between himself and Owen, despite surely them being the same person. He felt real. Yet without his true horns, he had no way to tell if that, too, was some elaborate trick.

As he walked to the next layer of the Spiral, Charizard had nothing but hope that he did the right thing.

<><><>​

Milotic gently guided a sphere of water down the corridors of the Dragon Guardian’s domain. Within the sphere was a starstruck Feebas named Zena who watched in awe at every graceful gesture Milotic made to guide the sphere forward.

It was more comfortable for Zena that way.

“I really get to be as pretty as you?” Zena asked.

“Yes,” Milotic said with a light chuckle. “And you find a beautiful, strong Charizard, and court him.”

“A Charizard?” Zena said with a grimace. “But then I’ll go somewhere all fiery and dry…”

“It’s not so bad,” Milotic said with a small laugh. Being around a little Feebas… She felt herself straightening her stance and talking with a more formal cadence. Maybe it was an instinct to encourage her to evolve one day.

“Sorry,” said Zena. “Guess it wasn’t… who I was expecting.”

Milotic smiled warmly, thinking back to what Zena’s fantasies must have been. But just as they advanced, she stopped what she was about to ask. Someone was slithering up ahead and she felt an intense aura of power. Another Guardian?

The glow in this part of the Spiral was stronger. The tree roots that intertwined with the dirt of the labyrinth walls radiated an indigo sheen. When Milotic ran her ribbons along them, she felt the ethereal flames of a Dragon singe her like a bowl left on the fire.

And then, a second Milotic slithered into view of the first. Her gaze was fierce, searching for something to attack. Whatever grace Milotic had, this frenzied one did not, and they locked eyes.

“You,” she hissed.

“M-me?” Milotic said.

“Where is my name?”

Without realizing it, Milotic slithered in front of Zena. The Feebas, in response, hid behind Milotic’s tail fan along with her bubble.

“Who are you?”

“I also don’t have a name,” Milotic said. “So… we’re both Milotic. That will get… complicated.”

The angry one stared back, looking more and more agitated.

A thought crossed Milotic’s mind. This one’s name was ‘Fury.’ Or… how she thought of her.

Fury slithered until she was only three feet away from Milotic. “You… you’re me, aren’t you?” she said. “Who, then? What… what part of the Dungeon’s test are you?”

“…I don’t know,” Milotic said carefully. It was unnerving to see someone just like her look so…

“Was it Star?” Fury asked. “Was it any of the gods? Is this another test of theirs, toying with us to prove what they were given by chance?”

And then Milotic understood who Fury was. To see it out in front of her in full display, all those inner thoughts and bitterness…

It was… embarrassing. But she agreed, in a small way, with how she felt. In the past, she would have agreed so much more.

“It is,” Milotic said. Zena nervously shifted in her water bubble. “We need to figure out what it is, but right now, I don’t think we should try to weaken one another. We should—”

“No!” Fury cried. “No more. No more games, no more tests. We… tear it all down! Do you understand me?”

Milotic hardened her expression. “Now is not the time to fight the wrong gods. We can deal with them and their unjust actions later. But we need to fight Dark Matter now. Do you remember?”

“They’re all Dark Matter,” Fury hissed.

“…It’s not that complicated,” Milotic said. “Please, just work with us here, and—”

“You’re with them,” she suddenly said.

“What?”

“You’re…” She coiled up. “You’re just another god now. You’re with them!”

Milotic was losing her patience. This ball of resentment wasn’t learning.

“Fine,” she said. “Wallow here. I have things to do. Come, Zena.”

“O-okay.” The Feebas nervously pushed her water bubble with Milotic.

Fury stared icy daggers at them. “I won’t… I won’t let that happen,” Fury whispered. Her body glowed, a pulse of light rippling up to her neck. Mist formed in her mouth, coalescing into a glowing ball of water.

Fury unleashed her Hydro Pump square at Zena’s back. Zena squeaked in surprise and closed her eyes.

A wall of water erupted from the ground behind Milotic, deflecting the Hydro Pump effortlessly. Once the wall dissipated, the water rained down in a heavy storm.

Fury yelled something at her; Milotic couldn’t hear it over the downpour. Water flowed down Fury’s cheeks and ribbons, but it wasn’t enough to wash away her anger.

Milotic waved her tail in the sky and conjured her training techniques while in Alola, where water was abundant. Three spirals appeared above Fury, each glowing with a similar watery sphere. Without any thunder, three columns of water shook the earth and drowned out Fury’s scream.

The downpour was brief. The sun returned as the rain lightened. The wind, though, was still too shy to return.

All that remained was a small crater filled with water. Mist obscured most of it, but a little ball of cyan energy floated just above the water’s rippling surface. It was the last remnant of Fury, the fragment of her spirit filled with the pain inflicted upon her by the gods.

Reluctantly, she cupped the orb in her ribbons and searched for where her bag might have gone. The downpour had loosened it from her body; she found it on her midsection and awkwardly pulled it back up.

“Rest for now,” Milotic said, unsure if Fury would hear her. She placed the little spirit orb in the bag and slithered on.

“Milotic?” Zena asked, her ball of water larger from the rain. “Am… I going to be like that one day?”

Milotic sighed. Being someone’s future… What a strange burden.

“It will get better,” Milotic said. “Come. I think there are still more tests to do.”

“Okay…”

They left the waterlogged corridors behind and passed through another distortion.

<><><>​

“Now,” Charizard said slowly, “will you behave?”

A crazed Charizard was trapped inside a golden Protect bubble, pressing his face against the edge of the barrier to get as close to Charizard as possible.

“Your neck is expossssed,” he hissed back.

The feral one—whose name occurred to Charizard as Wrath—clawed uselessly at the shield. Owen hid behind Charizard’s left leg.

“It’s because we aren’t enemies,” Charizard said. “Calm down! You don’t even have Perceive—look at your horns!”

“I can smell it,” Wrath hissed. “I see how weak you’ve become!”

Just capturing him had been an ordeal. Talking to him…

“Is that what I used to be?” Owen squeaked. “I r-remember… I used to evolve and go crazy… Was I like that?!”

“No,” Charizard said. “Not exactly like that. I… I know what he is. But… you realize you can’t win against me, right? I’ll always be on my guard if this is how you behave.”

“You’re afraid to kill,” Wrath said. “What is your answer… when you face someone who will not answer to peace?”

Wrath’s eyes darted to Charizard’s chest, then his neck, then his belly, randomly. All weak points he could strike. Wrath was hungry for any blood and battle.

It was his Battleheart at its worst, corrupted and twisted by Nevren’s experiments. His ‘kill mode’ given conscience. That small piece of him that tempted him every time his Perceive wandered to the weak points of his friends around him.

Charizard’s concentration lapsed. Wrath smashed through the Protect and beat his wings, flying back.

“Hey!” Charizard shouted.

Wrath flew down the hall.

“Wait! Get back here!” He flew after him and followed, kicking up dirt and sand from the Spiral’s coast that had gotten caught in the distortion’s twisted dimensions.

Just around it was a ripple into the next segment. Owen had gone too fast to halt his momentum—once he passed through, he put up a shield on reflex.

Nothing attacked. Wrath must have gone to a different segment.

He forgot Owen.

Charizard gasped and spun around—but the ripple was gone. He’d already entered the next section.

“No…” Charizard sighed. “He… he’ll catch up. We’ll meet at the end. I gave him a pep talk, right?”

Nobody answered him.

“Oh… I’m talking to myself again…”

Sighing, Charizard spun on his heel and crossed his arms. He swayed with the momentum of his tail.

On one hand, he could wait and listen for people passing through the same section. On the other, they could have already passed by or—worse yet—be in a parallel path of the Dungeon’s twisted space.

Staying was too risky. He had to advance. There was no time for setbacks.

Most of this section was a forward movement with only a few short corners to turn. Mentally, Charizard tried to keep a map of the section and marked a few spots on the wall in case he passed by them a second time.

But, to his surprise, he never had to. It was a straight, albeit winding, shot.

It was starting to unnerve him.

For about a minute, he continued his advance. Then, suddenly, he swung his head back. He shouted, “Hey, there you are!” and ran to someone who wasn’t there.

And panic set in. Charizard did not mean to do any of that. He was no longer in control of his body.

“Yes,” Charizard said. “I thought you’d gone ahead. I waited a while for you. Are you alright?”

Nobody answered. Charizard tried to move any part of his body. Nothing worked. His muscles didn’t respond in the slightest. It wasn’t like trying to push against a wall. His arms, his body, refused to acknowledge his mind’s wishes. His body was not his own.

“Right,” Charizard said. “No, sorry. He’s probably still ahead. Stay on my shoulder again, alright? Keep close.”

He reached down for something. He balanced nothing on his shoulder. He turned around and slowly walked onward.

This was a nightmare. He couldn’t control anything. He was a helpless passenger as someone else moved his body and talked to people who didn’t exist.

“He’s… someone I don’t ever want to be again,” Charizard said. “But I need to keep that power in mind. It’s… useful.”

He turned his head away and clenched his jaw.

“Sorry. I know,” he said. “It’s not your fault.”

Charizard tried to puzzle out what part of the test this was, what cruel joke Aramé played for him. When he couldn’t move his body, what could he do? Use his mind?

Up ahead, the hallway led into a cave lit by glowing crystals, just as bright as a full moon. A great expanse of brown rocks and patches of sand and grass dotted a chamber about fifty feet across. On his right, there was a tall mirror from the cave’s floor to ceiling, making the whole room look twice its size.

“Whoa,” Charizard said. “I’ve never seen a mirror this big before. Have you?”

“No,” Charizard heard another voice—muffled, on the other side of the mirror.

He saw himself and his eyes widened. He wasn’t sure if that was his motion this time—he’d have done the same. His reflection had Owen on his shoulder, even though he did not.

Owen pressed against his reflection’s cheek. “Why am I not there?” he squeaked. “Am… am I not real after all?!”

Charizard approached the mirror at the same time as his reflection.

“No, that can’t be it,” Charizard said. “It must be some kind of… trick mirror, or something. Or an illusion. Without my Perceive, there’s no way to tell…”

Both Charizard tapped a claw on the mirror.

“Solid,” they both said. “Huh, a bit of an echo, too.”

“Well, it’s a cave.” Owen reached for the wall but his little arms were too short.

They both smiled and leaned closer to the wall.

Owen rapped his knuckle against the mirror.

It sounded different. To Charizard, it sounded like it was coming from the other side. Because it was.

This wasn’t a mirror. It was a glass wall. And he…

He was the test.

“Hmm,” both Charizard said. “That didn’t sound right.”

“I thought so, too,” Owen said, tapping again. “Doesn’t it sound like there’s nothing behind the wall?”

Charizard tapped the wall again.

“It’s different when I do it.”

Charizard already knew the answer. Or… No. Was he Charizard? Or was he Reflection?

He was… Reflection.

“Hmm,” Reflection said in tandem with Charizard. “I don’t know for sure, but…”

Owen suddenly punched Charizard in the face. Reflection felt nothing, but flinched with him.

“Ow! What was that for?” They rubbed their faces. “Good arm… Didn’t know I had that as a Charmander…”

“His cheek didn’t move!” Owen declared.

“What?”

Owen pulled at Charizard’s cheek, stretching his lips.

“Hey!” Charizard slurred. “What are… you…”

Reflection’s face hadn’t distorted at all. Owen let go.

“It’s… not a reflection,” Charizard said, pressing the mirror. “Okay, you can stop now. We solved the puzzle! Why don’t you… I don’t know, be your own person, now?”

Reflection wasn’t freed. He could cry, but his eyes wouldn’t respond.

“Maybe we have to break the mirror,” Owen said. “Um, wall. It’s just glass, right?”

“Felt like it,” Charizard confirmed. “I don’t think it’s reinforced, either. I don’t sense any aura in it. Mundane glass.”

“I wonder if it’s made of the sand in the area,” Owen mused absently.

“Well, let’s test it out!” Charizard said. “Er… wait. If we both smash into it at the same time, what happens? Would it… not break? Or collapse?”

“Umm…” Owen tilted his head.

They paced around, puzzling about the answer. Reflection could only do so uselessly. He didn’t know what an answer was. Even if he did, how would he convey that to them? He was at their mercy. He was the test to solve.

“Oh!” Owen perked up. “Throw me at it!”

“Oh!” Charizard nodded as hope welled in Reflection’s heart. “Great idea!”

They took a few steps back. Owen crossed his arms, readying a Protect. He shaped it like a cone, trying to give it a sharp point at the end. Then, with the winds and a strong wingbeat, Charizard threw Owen as hard as he could at the glass. Reflection mirrored the motion, feeling no weight behind it, and somehow didn’t stagger as he followed Charizard’s exact movements.

CRASH!

Deafening cracks echoed across the crystal walls. Shards of glass bounced off the ground in a cacophony of skull-rattling noise. Owen kept his Protect up until the last of the glass fell around him. He winced at the sudden obstacle around him before getting an idea. He recast Protect, this time on his feet, and stepped back to Charizard.

Reflection still couldn’t move without Charizard.

“Hmm… Well, he’s real…” Charizard crossed his arms and blew some glass shards away, creating a cyclone. Reflection managed the same until the glass was a thick line that split the room in half.

“Okay… Parallel work…” Charizard and Reflection then worked together to push most of it left and right, creating a proper path between them with the winds. The remainder wasn’t much against their scaly feet, though Owen hopped on Charizard’s shoulder for safety.

Face to face, Charizard and Reflection held their hands up and reached forward.

“I think even the glass wasn’t perfectly symmetrical,” Charizard said. “So maybe this isn’t a perfect reflection, either. I’m right-handed. That means…”

Charizard held up his right hand. Reflection, therefore, held up his left.

Their palms slammed into each other. They pressed as hard as they could… at equal strength.

“Ugh!” Charizard stepped back. “Okay. So, he’s left-handed.”

“Well, he’s a reflection… I guess that makes sense.” Owen tittered. “Um… So, that wasn’t a true mirror, so that wasn’t bad luck, right?”

“That’s a human-origin superstition,” Charizard said. “Besides, Star said luck doesn’t exist.”

Owen circled around Reflection thoughtfully. “Still,” he said, “there has to be some way to free him. Maybe once you get him out of this area, he’ll be free from its curse or something?”

“Maybe,” Charizard said. “But if that’s the case… we’d need a way to get him to move with us into the next hall.”

Owen looked down at Reflection’s side of the room. “There’s another hall right there, though. Can’t we go through normally?”

He ran to the other exit where the cave opened again, but suddenly skidded to the spot when the crystals on Reflection’s side—and only Reflection’s side—lit up. They spontaneously burst, scorching the ground with dragon energy.

“Gah!”

Anything that stood in the burning path would be obliterated… There were even little craters where the crystals had exploded.

Meanwhile, on Charizard’s side, a message made of light appeared on the ground.

Owen shakily distanced himself from that side and approached the message. “Light the crystals to match the pattern.”

A pause.

“I think we were supposed to read this first.”

Charizard rolled his eyes. “Well, we found another solution. We need to get our reflection on this side. I think I know how. You could move me but not him, right? But you can move him, too?”

“Oh, yeah.” Owen ran to Reflection and pulled on his wing. It, of course, moved, while Charizard’s did not. When Owen let go, the wing organically returned to Charizard’s position again.

“…Owen, can you make a Protect barrier so he’ll back into it?”

“Sure.”

After quickly erecting a barrier, Charizard stepped back. Reflection’s back pressed against the barrier painfully, but he couldn’t move more. His legs continued the motions to walk, pushing dirt and leaving marks on the ground.

“Okay, drop the barrier!” Charizard called.

When he did… nothing changed.

“Yes!” Charizard’s eyes lit up. He triumphantly walked forward again. Reflection mirrored the motion—and, for the first time, he was on the ‘other side’ of the room, their new center displaced far enough into the other room. “Now we have a straight shot into the next section!”

“Perfect!” Owen said, hopping onto Charizard’s neck. “Let’s hope he’s free once we’re out of this section…”

Reflection hoped so, too. His heart was hammering in his chest…

Wait. But that didn’t happen before. Was Charizard also anxious?

“Yeah. It’ll be just fine,” Charizard said. “Let’s go!”

They left the crystal “mirror” room behind. One step at a time, until the rippling distortion was a step in front of them.

After one moment’s hesitation, they walked through.

And Reflection screamed, crumpling to the ground, flailing his arms and legs in complete hysteria.

“Whoa!” Charizard yelped, rushing to his side. “Hey, hey! Are you hurt? Do you need to go back—”

“NO!” Reflection cried. He scrambled away from where the distortion had been.

“O-okay! Okay, okay, breathe, calm!” Charizard said. “It’s not like you go backward in a Dungeon like this anyway…”

Owen hid behind Charizard. Reflection moved his wings, pressed them against his back, and then unfurled them. All his. All his own. He could move. He was free.

“You can move,” Charizard whispered. “It’s okay, buddy. Wow… Uh… Owen? Let’s rest here a while, okay? We—”

Reflection lunged for Charizard, squeezing him in a tight hug. “Thank you,” he shakily repeated, over and over.

“Come on,” Owen said gently. “We can rest here. Yeah?” He looked at Charizard with pleading eyes.

“Yeah. We… can rest for now. But let’s listen for Wrath, too.”

Reflection continued to sniffle. The worst of it was over, but he was still shaking. There was a lot still on his mind, but… at least he was free.

He wondered what horrible test awaited them next.

<><><>​

Milotic was getting deep into the Spiral. With Fury in her bag, Zena nervously taking up the rear, and her impatient Mirror next to her, it was beginning to feel crowded.

“That puzzle took way too long,” Zena complained. “I know it was to trade time for care, but… how does that apply to real life?”

“Well, I’m thankful I was worth more than your time,” Mirror scoffed. “…It did take a while, though.”

“I’m sure it would have gone faster if we realized the crystals lit up in a set order sooner,” Milotic said.

“Or that there were hints on the walls for what the colors should have been,” Mirror added.

“Or that they said different things on her side…” Zena glanced at Mirror.

The two Milotic sighed at once.

“It’s behind us now,” Milotic said.

“Such a cruel test,” Mirror muttered. “I have a thing or two to say to Aramé once we’re across the way… Am I real? Some construct? Or a fragment of you?”

“Oh, believe me,” Milotic said, “whatever you are, I’ll be mad for you.”

Zena nervously shrank back.

“Oh, Zena, it’s fine,” Milotic said. “We aren’t always upset. Not anymore.” She unconsciously held her bag with both ribbons. Fury’s mote was warm through the bag.

“…The turns the Spiral’s been giving us have been much sharper,” Mirror said. “I think we’re getting close to the center.”

“I’ve noticed that, too,” Milotic said.

“Ah!” Zena rolled her bubble forward. “Look!”

Finally, the spiral led to another enclosed space. The darker rocks and dried coral made it seem like this was an undersea cavern that had been pulled to the surface long ago. It was too dark to see what was inside.

On guard, the trio passed through and waited for their eyes to adjust to the dim glow their bodies naturally gave off.

Ancient stalactites and stalagmites lined the edges of the cave. Mystic, glowing water flowed down the middle, both marking their path and providing a little light as they went through. A light at the other end of the cave was their goal. The sound of flowing water on a shallow river calmed their spirits. It smelled fresh—not like the ocean’s spray, but of a forest’s river mouth.

Something shifted to their right.

Milotic and Mirror immediately went on guard. There, towering over them, was…

“E-Emily?”

Both readied attacks as Lugia stood to her full height, wings outstretched.

“Wait,” Lugia said slowly. “I’m not here… to fight.”

Her voice was about as deep as Emily’s, but the cadence was much more formal and slower. In fact…

“You’re… you’re me?” Milotic said. “A Lugia? What… what ‘version’ of me are you?”

Lugia smiled. “You catch on fast,” she said.

The blue columns along her spine glowed. At the same time, certain rocks peppering the floor and ceiling lit up the same way, providing ample light to see Lugia fully, along with the gentle glow her eyes always gave off.

“I am your last self in this Dungeon before reaching your culminating test,” Lugia explained. “Unlike all of you… I was informed of everything in this Dungeon. And it seems… you were able to bring most of you here.”

“…I had to defeat one,” Milotic said. “She was too… unstable. Not someone I would want to bring with me.”

Lugia nodded solemnly. “Admittedly, I predicted that would happen. I am you, after all. But… I am who you could have been. I am your ideal. I am… the answer to what would have happened, had you made choices to avert your regrets. And in a way, your future, for something you could become next.”

Milotic scoffed at first, finding the assertion laughable. But after that reflexive response, she thought about it a little longer.

“But I never had the opportunity to become Lugia,” Milotic said. “Only… to work alongside Emily, yes. We were friends. But…”

Lugia tilted her head. “You were friends with Lugia. You became the Water Guardian. But… for some reason, it seems that you wish you could have been a guardian of the seas just as Emily was.” She shook her head. “Sometimes, regrets and desires are not logical. I am simply what you want to be.”

“Fury would be mad to meet you,” Zena remarked. “She hated all the gods.”

Lugia nodded. “It might have been a hard conversation.”

Mirror and Milotic admitted the cave ceiling. Between the stalactites glistening against the light and the speckled rocks embedded all over, it reminded them of a nighttime sky.

“I could see some ways this could happen,” Milotic said. “I could have taken up the mantle if I’d sensed something was wrong with Emily. Maybe as a Legend, I would have had more power to… contend with so many of the other powers at play. And I’m… so… normal.”

She thought of Owen and his seemingly endless pasts. Of his peers, all Legends, former Legends, humans… Such long histories of power.

And her? She was just a mortal who was lucky, or unlucky, enough to stumble upon the Water Orb. She had no special, lost past. She had no grand talent or secret tie to Kilo’s formation. She was just Zena, a Milotic who didn’t like to socialize and wandered into the pit where the Orb had been resting.

Was Lugia, then… her envy?

“Are you ready to continue?” Lugia asked. “The final part of this long trial is up ahead.”

“Yes. It’s… not a fight, is it?”

“No, no.” Lugia smiled. “You could have gone through this whole Dungeon without fighting, with some luck.”

“Hard to believe that one,” Zena said. “That one Milotic was too angry to cooperate.”

“Ah… maybe not possible for us. But others who pass through. Those with less conflict in their hearts.” Lugia gestured for them to follow. “Come. It’s just ahead.”

As they slithered to the cave’s exit, the section’s distortion right at the passageway outside became visible. With some conflict in her heart, Zena passed through to the final trial.

Unlike every other chamber before, this one looked more like the inner sanctum of some kind of ancient temple. Pillars divided a central chamber into twelve segments, each one with inscriptions that seemed to be tales from the Book of Arceus. Above each pillar was a statue depicting a set of Legendary Pokémon, or a singular one. In the back, the Creation Trio made of marble stood on the left side of Arceus made of gold. On the right side was the Divine Trio, with Zekrom of Ideals, Reshiram of Truth, and Kyurem of Decision.

Milotic remembered reading these tales. Where the Creation Trio were meant to be the emissaries of the great laws of the land, of the fabric of reality, the Divine Trio were representatives of what mortals would make of those laws. Universal laws, and societal laws. Kyurem was meant to lean one way or the other based on the nature of mortals…

What was this trying to tell them? Milotic figured this was part of the test, even as Lugia led them to the back of the chamber, facing Arceus.

A message in bright platinum lettering greeted them.

“Please go here,” Lugia instructed Milotic. “Read it aloud for everyone.”

Up close, Arceus’ statue was very detailed, yet she also saw signs of it being handmade. And of solid gold, too… or maybe merely coated in gold. Or a Dungeon conjuration. Anything could happen in here, as far as Milotic could tell.

The message read: “In this chamber, you must come to terms with yourself and consolidate your spirit. Only one, with the aspects of the remainder, may pass through the final gateway. Choose two aspects to discard into the forgotten back of your mind. They shall stand before Zekrom to be removed. Choose two to keep in the forefront of your thoughts. They shall stand before Reshiram to be remembered. The one who remains shall march onward as the ideal self. They shall stand before Kyurem to confirm your choice.”

Milotic read it over a few times, trying to fully understand what it meant. “Two to discard, two to remember, and…”

Lugia nodded. “One who remains. To pass this trial, you must bring all of us within you in a certain way and become the ideal self. Or…”

For a moment, Milotic had a realization of what Lugia was going to imply. Her body felt colder.

“You choose someone else,” Lugia said, “of these personalities conjured from the Dungeon, from within your mind, to take your place.”
 
Chapter 176 - The Value of Regret New
Chapter 176 – The Value of Regret

“Please, wait!” Solgaleo cried. “I spent a lot of time thinking about this!”

“No. I’m done with these tests,” Charizard growled, marching straight past regal marble statues and pillars with Necrozma’s insignia dotting every floor tile. Golden crystals of light decorated the ceiling, reflecting his orange flame. Up ahead, he saw a distortion.

Solgaleo awkwardly followed behind them with his tail down. “But but but… It was going to be a cool speech! Like, can I at least say one line?”

“You’re… just mocking me. I know what you are,” Charizard said. “And I’m not falling for it!”

“Let me goooo,” Wrath whispered. They’d caught him in a pincer attack the section prior; he and Reflection traded off who maintained the barrier around him as they walked. “I need… to kill… the god…!”

“Quiet,” Reflection said, tapping the shield. “Just behave.”

“I’d never mock myself!” Solgaleo said, prancing ahead and spinning to face them again. “Please, I spent my whole existence thinking of the speech!”

“Your whole existence.” Charizard crossed his arms.

“Yes! About… a few kilos now?”

“He’s… bubbly,” Owen remarked, looking disturbed. “Are you sure you’re me? I don’t think I was ever like this…”

“I can think of some times,” Charizard said. “In fact, when you were a Heart…”

“That’s different!” Owen defended.

Charizard eyed Solgaleo again, finally stopping his advance. “Alright. Then how about this,” he said. “I’ll let you talk about what you want to… after I guess what you’ll say.”

“Fine, fine.” Solgaleo sat on his haunches and flicked his tail left and right. “What am I going to say?”

Charizard gave him a cross look. “You are created from a hypothetical. You’re who I would be if I didn’t do anything wrong. So, like, if I made the opposite decision of what I think led to this mess. Listening to Necrozma, becoming Solgaleo, and working under him as an apprentice Overseer. Dark Matter gets destroyed. Maybe Kilo is remade without him. Everything would be fine if I listened to what Necrozma said, and where we are right now is all my fault.”

The flames of Charizard, Owen, and Reflection made the golden crystals shimmer. Wrath still hissed inside his barrier, occasionally muttering something as Charizard and Reflection traded barrier duties.

“Well,” Solgaleo said, glancing behind him. “That’s one way to phrase all of it…”

“Did I miss anything?” Charizard asked.

“…Just that it’s guesswork,” Solgaleo admitted. “But it’s what you think could have happened. And I’m from you, too. Remember when you were hit by that light? It took little pieces of you and scattered them across the Dungeon. I’m that last piece.”

“How can Aramé even do that?” Owen piped up. “That’s… a crazy strong thing to do!”

“Well, Aramé is crazy strong,” Solgaleo answered with a chuckle. “It’s… scary, uh, yeah. But I guess that’s why she never leaves this place; it’s her domain. Where she’s strongest.”

“So, each one was some test… What was the point of the mirror thing?” Charizard gestured to Reflection. “That was terrifying!”

“Ah, well, it wasn’t meant to go that way,” Solgaleo said nervously. “You… broke it. But it was supposed to be something where it’d weigh your time against someone else’s well-being—even someone just like you.”

“…What kind of test is that?! That wasn’t even on my mind! Someone was in trouble!”

“I was created as a test of patience?” Reflection whimpered.

“Starting to think Aramé’s a little nuts,” Owen mumbled.

“Can I kill her?” Wrath whispered.

“No,” they all said.

“In any case, yeah” Solgaleo said. “The fact that it didn’t even cross your mind is a good thing… to an extent. But trying to save one person when a whole world is burning can be another angle. Neither answer is the correct one.”

“Right.” Charizard returned his attention to the path down the marble-gold hall. “Well… If you’re my final piece, then what’s the end of this supposed to be like?”

“That’s not too far ahead. I think it’s better if you read it than if I explain it first.”

“Alright…”

Charizard’s mind wandered to the feasibility of making a Dungeon like this without any kind of Mystic or Dungeon power to assist. Solid gold pillars, crystals, and runes on the pillars, not to mention how many of them there were in this excessively long hallway… The ground, polished so well that he could see his reflection, made him briefly tap on the tile to make sure it wasn’t another false mirror.

Thankfully, it wasn’t.

“What force would have kept me from entering with my Perceive?” Charizard asked.

“Oh, yeah.” Owen nodded. “You left your horns outside, right?”

“Aramé likely has them by now,” Solgaleo said. “And there was no force. She assumed you’d obey out of politeness.”

Charizard groaned. “I shouldn’t have asked.”

“Hey, don’t say that!” Solgaleo said, tail rising with his tone. “Our curiosity is one of our best and worst traits!”

“You’re too cheerful,” Charizard mumbled, feeling guilty for remarking it. “Is that… how I used to be?”

“Well, a little,” Solgaleo said. “Our line naturally has some fiery cheer. I didn’t shake it as Solgaleo. I think… you’ve been very tired. I didn’t get that kind of fatigue.”

“Tired…” He couldn’t deny that. In the end, he was marching onward, even though his legs hurt. But… he saw the end. He had all the answers he needed to give it his best against Alexander and the other fragments of Dark Matter.

It was better than his walk in the Voidlands. Glancing at Owen, he wondered if he could have just as easily been that time when he’d lost even Amia to the Voidlands.

“What’s on your mind?” Solgaleo asked.

“These… parts of me.” Charizard gestured to him, then at Wrath, who had defiantly become dead weight while rolling in the Protect sphere. “They represent…”

“Different flaws or states of mind,” Solgaleo explained, nodding. “The times when you were lost…” He gestured to Owen. “The times where you are your most unstable…” He gestured to Wrath, who rolled his eyes. “Your current self.” To Reflection. “And, your regrets reversed. That’s me. For now, you are the host, but we all have a fragment of your spirit. Uh, I think.”

“For now?”

“Uhh—that’s for later. When you read the thing.” He pointed a paw at the end of the hall, which, at their pace, was still a few more back-and-forths away. “A lot of this is symbolic.”

“It’s… symbolic?” Solgaleo said nervously. “When you are so dedicated to a goal that you would cast aside even ‘yourself’ for that duty. That’s what the test was meant to symbolize.”

“Did getting more symbolic come with becoming Solgaleo?” Charizard deadpanned, not expecting an answer.

They entered the final chamber. He wondered if Zena had seen the same thing in her part of the Dungeon. Statues loomed over him, larger than life, each one of a Legend. In the back was Arceus made of gold, surrounded by the Creation Trio and the Divine Trio.

He read the message swiftly, aloud for the others to hear. “In this chamber, you must come to terms with yourself and consolidate your spirit… I already did this. By myself! A year ago!”

Solgaleo tittered nervously. “Oh yeah, we did do that…”

Charizard read on. “Only one, with the aspects of the remainder, may pass through the gateway… two to discard, in front of Zekrom. Two to keep, in front of Reshiram. And then the last one in front of Kyurem…”

“Wait, what’s the full version?” Reflection asked.

Charizard stood aside so he could read it.

“So…” Owen squeaked. “So, I came here all for nothing… I’m… I’m gonna die anyway? Or, or all of you die instead?”

“It’s hardly death,” Solgaleo said. “You’re just going to sprint into the future! From your perspective, at least.”

Charizard repeated it to himself, glaring at Kyurem’s statue.

“What’s the symbolism for this test?” Owen asked Solgaleo.

“That one’s a little easier,” Solgaleo said. “And… it’s not entirely symbolic.”

“What?”

Solgaleo approached the statue of Arceus, tilting his head upward to make eye contact with the imposing, yet inanimate, figure.

“You know how Legends have special instincts to weather immortality, right?” Solgaleo said. “Things that a normal mortal can’t do.”

“Yes…?” Charizard’s tail thumped on the ground, sending a little shower of embers behind him. “What about it? Do you have those?”

“Well, yes,” Solgaleo said. “But have you ever considered why, and how, that’s possible?”

Charizard didn’t like where this was going.

Solgaleo sat in front of Arceus’ statue and faced Charizard. “It’s all… instincts.”

He gestured with one paw to the Creation Trio.

“Once mortal, these former humans, and some just plain Pokémon, ascended Destiny Tower and then passed. Their spirits, their past, everything about them is combed through, and then they see if that kind of temperament is… good enough.”

“Good enough—I always thought that ‘good enough’ was not enough for being a god,” Charizard said. “That was the whole problem I had with it.”

“Because you were in denial of what it meant,” Solgaleo said. “But… you understood the fundamentals, didn’t you? Being a god meant throwing away part of yourself to adopt another. Your instincts.”

Solgaleo brought his paw to his chest and bowed.

“I don’t have the temptation to fly freely in the skies. I’m not afraid of the dark. And I don’t mind a cool dip in the pool now and then, either. But, in exchange… I now have a mind that can handle much longer periods. I have innate knowledge of Ultra Space, how to traverse it, and even some Psychic tricks, too. I mean, you already have a few of those, Mister Past-Seer.”

“I, uh, I don’t think I reawakened that one yet,” Charizard admitted. “I lost most of that once I sided with Dark Matter…”

“Oh. Exchanged the past for the negative present.” Solgaleo nodded. “Well, reawakening that might be useful.”

“You also talk a little strangely,” Reflection suddenly said. “What’s with that? Another… instinct?”

“Oh, no. In my hypothetical memories, I spent more time with Necrozma and the other gods. Picked up their accent a little.”

“Hypoth—” Reflection rubbed his eyes like it would make him hear better. “Do those instincts also defend you from existential nightmares or something?!”

“Yes!” Solgaleo said cheerfully.

“…Why?!”

To that, Solgaleo opened his mouth, paused, and then closed it with a shrug.

“So, um…” Owen nervously raised a claw. “What’s your whole point about instincts?”

“Oh, right. Sorry. Got distracted.” Solgaleo cleared his throat. “My point about instincts is… it’s part of who you are. You take great pride in your species, don’t you?” Solgaleo tilted his head at Charizard.

“Well… yes. It’s who I am. What I grew up as, and what I want to keep being.”

“Don’t you think that’s… interesting? You know, when you think about it.”

“What do you mean?”

“Well…” Solgaleo shrugged. “Most souls don’t get to be the same thing for as long as you have. A century or so at most before they die and pass on, perhaps reincarnate, perhaps go into the Overworld… But never do they stay a Charizard, for example, for… two thousand or so years?”

“And?”

“Basically… you already act like a super-mortal.” Solgaleo pawed at the ground. “It’s not as different as you think. You’ve spent so much time trying to be normal-minded that you didn’t realize how… weird it is to be normal in this kind of situation. And you aren’t normal. You haven’t been normal in over a thousand years.”

Charizard shifted again, folding his wings as if defending against incoming attacks. He tried to find a neutral stance, only to realize that his neutral was a defensive position. Nothing else felt right.

“If you consider your ‘self’ as a Charizard part of your identity,” Solgaleo said gently, “then your ‘self’ has already been changed. You don’t… have thoughts like these as a normal Charizard.” He pointed at Wrath, who, enamored by the speech for once, had stopped clawing against the barrier. “No normal Charizard gets used to the things you have gone through. And no normal Charizard would do so without untold mental scars and damage. And… while you are hurt, you are functional. That is… abnormal.”

“But that’s a good thing, right?” Charizard defended. “I’m… I’m still me! So what if I can handle things a little better?”

“It is good,” Solgaleo agreed. “But what about everything else? About being a mutant and letting those instincts become part of you? Why did you spare him?”

At first, Charizard read that as an accusation. After looking directly at Solgaleo, he realized it was out of curiosity.

“What do you mean?” he said.

“You came all this way,” Solgaleo said. “You don’t seem to like me… The choice would be simple for you, wouldn’t it? You’d put me and that one to be discarded. You’d bring Owen and your reflection to your present mind. And you would pass through. That’s your answer, right?”

“No.”

Charizard turned to face Kyurem again, then at the statues where the sacrifices had to be made.

“I’m not giving any of it up. I need all of it.”

“…Even me?” Solgaleo asked.

“Yes.” Owen sighed. “I need to remember… that I made wrong choices. And that maybe I could’ve been happier. The regrets… I think they’re strong, too. They’ll remind me to think twice when I do… dramatic things.”

“And Wrath?” Solgaleo asked.

So he knew the name, too. “I need his fighting instincts. I need to be able to kill if I have to when I’m facing Alexander. I think he’ll take advantage of… if I hesitate otherwise.”

“I think I understand,” Solgaleo said. “Alexander is far beyond forgiveness. Even I can agree with that.”

“Wh-what about me?” Owen asked.

“I can’t forget what it’s like to go through what you did,” Charizard said, nodding. “To feel lost and confused, weak and helpless. If I’m making decisions for people a lot weaker than I am, even if I don’t want the world to be like that… I need to remember them. I can’t lose sight of that.”

“Another noble gesture,” Solgaleo agreed. “But… unfortunately, I do not think you can achieve that here. Do you see a way through?” Solgaleo gestured to the statues that loomed over them.

Their regal sparkle mocked Charizard and, in that silence, he wondered if those lifeless eyes were connected to any living souls.

“The way forward cannot open unless you activate them with your sacrifices,” Solgaleo said. “Even if we tried to brute force the way through somehow, it’d take a lot of time. This is the Dungeon of the Dragon Guardian. The power needed to overwhelm it… Can you imagine?”

“We have a world to save. Aramé wouldn’t stall us for that, would she?” Owen asked.

“I don’t know,” Solgaleo said. “But you know how Aramé can be when it comes to conviction and ideals. To a fault.”

“Ironic,” Charizard muttered.

“Takes one to know one,” Solgaleo pointed out.

Charizard glared, tail thwapping against the marble ground enough to leave a crack. He huffed a plume of smoke and stared at the wall again.

“…Then you’ll help us get through,” Charizard concluded.

“What?”

“I know you know what I’m talking about,” Charizard said pointedly. “You’re getting us past the wall. You know it’s a wall, don’t you?”

Solgaleo stiffened and adjusted his weight. “Well… yes… I guess I do…”

“And… you can do what Necrozma can do,” Charizard said.

“Only in here,” Solgaleo quickly said. “The domain of the Dungeon is like another world. And in it, I’ve been given a lot of power… including… doing what I could hypothetically do in my… nonexistent timeline.”

“Again with the existential sentences.” Charizard rubbed his eyes. “Seriously, does it bother you at all? You have memories of a life that never happened. Of a timeline I never explored. You’ve existed for less than a day. Why aren’t you upset?”

“I think I was made to not be upset,” Solgaleo said flatly. “Another instinct.”

“I… don’t think I like Aramé,” Owen said grimly, holding his tail tight against his chest.

“Now, come on.” Solgaleo shook his head. “I’m a tiny part of you! In that sense, I’ve existed just as long as you have! Just as… ideas in your head. Maybe that’s why it’s so easy to accept. I’m simply your regrets!”

“Oh, good.” Charizard pointed at the wall. “Come on. Let’s go through.”

“That’s against the rules of the Dungeon,” Solgaleo said.

“And?” Reflection piped up as Charizard stomped to turn around and calm himself. “Don’t you think that being perfectly happy to follow everything your commander said is… a bad idea right now? If Aramé told you to stall me until the world ended, would you?”

“Well… no, I wouldn’t,” Solgaleo admitted. “But this—”

“I’m not letting anyone try to tamper with my head again,” Charizard cut in, turning around again. “I’ve had enough. I want to walk my own path without… someone, anyone, trying to shape my thoughts with their divine power! Aramé, Star, even Mom, it’s… enough.”

Owen loosened his grip on his tail. He stared at Wrath, who had settled into his little Protect bubble. It had gotten so thin, but he didn’t seem to care to strike at it.

“Even if, in this case,” Solgaleo said, “it might just wind up the same way? If you want no manipulation… why not put me in the discard pile? Maybe myself and… Wrath, who’s just a perversion of your violent flaws. You still have that in its moderated state. So…”

“Because no matter what you say,” Charizard said, “I… can’t trust that. It has to be by my own hands. At least that way, I know it’ll be done the way I want. Aramé might be good at this… but you know what? I’ve already done this before! And the five of us I sorted out were a lot less agreeable than how we are right now.”

“That’s true…” Solgaleo sighed. “Fine, okay. I’ll help… but Aramé isn’t going to be happy about this.”

“She can do her worst.” Charizard huffed. “We’ve got enemies a lot stronger than her to deal with anyway.”

At least… he hoped so. Aramé was the most powerful Guardian. Owen didn’t think he would be able to stand up to her full wrath head-on. This was a risk, but… playing along was only going to waste more time. This was the best option. And it’d have the best outcome. It had to.

Solgaleo’s starry eyes twinkled. “We do.” He held a paw toward the wall. “Okay. Time for fake-but-works-here Ultra Wormholes into the goal. Come close, please.”

Reflection rolled Wrath over; Owen hopped on Charizard’s shoulder. As a strange puncture in the already twisted space formed in front of Solgaleo, Charizard offered one last glance at the statues, this time at Zekrom with a sharp frown.

Whatever test this was, he got through it on his own terms.

<><><>​

Mu was unaffected by Dungeon distortions.

When Owen started wandering off and doing… whatever he was doing, and when Zena went in the other direction, Mu was left at the Dungeon entrance with nothing more than her book. Which she’d already finished reading.

She went back and grabbed the horns Owen had left behind so she could return them to him later. Then, she headed through the Dungeon like before. A weird beam of light hit her but didn’t do anything. Maybe it was supposed to. Oh well.

After several empty corridors, she spent a little time playing with the crystals in a big room with a glass wall. Boring. She ran ahead to a fancy-schmancy room with gaudy statues and no way forward.

Any time she saw something like that, it usually meant there was a hidden passageway, so she teleported past the room and continued down the hall.

“What?” called a deep voice. “How are you here?”

“Oh, hi.” Mu waved.

It was a Salamence and a Dragonite. The one who talked was the Salamence. Mu felt her irritation—that was the dominant emotion. She didn’t feel much from Dragonite, who stood at the side and tilted his head.

“How did you get past my Dungeon so quickly? Did you know the test?”

“I walked?”

A beat of silence. The irritation transitioned to confusion.

“What?”

“I walked. You know. Like, with my legs. Oh, except for when there was a dead end. Then I teleported because I didn’t want to bother finding the switch.”

“Why didn’t you teleport in the first place?”

“Dad said that was unhealthy and I’d become a blobby Charizard if I did that.”

Aramé squinted at her. Mu shrugged. “I might. I’m already part Void Shadow, so I’m practically a blob already.”

“You don’t seem like an—Ah!”

Mu melted into a puddle of black pudding-like material before reforming.

“Have you always been able to do that?” Aramé hissed.

“Picked it up a couple months ago. Dad said it might scare people. But you’re, like, the ultimate Guardian, right? So, it shouldn’t scare you.” She glanced at Dragonite, who was radiating mixtures of… shock and fear, yes. She was pretty sure that was it. And some disgust. “He is, though,” Mu added with a little smirk.

“Don’t rope Ire into this,” Aramé grunted.

“I, er… I never fought a Void Shadow before,” Ire admitted nervously. He had a slight accent that reminded Mu of a Kanto Pokémon. Dad had the smallest hint of it resurfacing, too, though it faded by the time he’d left for Alola and Orre.

Mu stretched her arms, legs, and tail, popping a few joints before stretching them even further to impossible angles. Then, she relaxed.

“How’s Mom and Dad doing?”

“Well, your father has made a mockery of at least two of my tests,” Aramé said.

“Sounds about right.”

“And your mother is… coming to her final decisions on which aspects of herself she values the most.”

“Aspects?” Mu asked.

“Oh, so you didn’t see any of the tests,” Ire said. The Dragonite plopped down on his belly and tilted his head at Mu. “You’re adorable.”

“Thanks. But I’m trying to grow out of that.”

“You need to grow?” Ire asked. “You’re a Void Shadow, right? Can’t you just… change shape?”

“…Huh.” Mu scratched her cheek. “Maybe.”

“Maybe? You haven’t tried?”

“Hey, gimme a break!” Mu said. “I’m only, like, a year or something old!”

“Oh!” Ire flinched. “That’s all? You’re… you act like a teenager.”

“Guess I matured fast.” Mu rolled her eyes. “Comes with getting a bunch of knowledge and memory pieces from everyone in, uh…” She counted on her claws. “Kanto, Orre, Alola, and a little bit here in Kilo.”

“…Pieces of memories?” Aramé said. “Just by proximity?”

“Mhm. Including yours.”

She always liked that little pulse of insecurity she got from those she said that to. It was fun because usually, their most insecure secrets came up right after, involuntarily, for her to see.

Dad said she shouldn’t take advantage of that. But Aramé was mean to Mom and Dad, so she could do that to them. As a treat.

“You’re… well-adjusted for someone who feeds on and learns from nothing but negative emotions,” Aramé said.

“Thanks. Mom and Dad spent a lot of their downtime talking to me about the things I learned. I didn’t like it at first, but… I dunno. Eventually, I got curious… It became a knowledge thing. Like, academic?”

Mu thought back to the little birds she’d killed in Alola and averted her eyes.

“…Is there more to that?” Aramé asked. “For only having a year of life, much of who you are must have been written in your nature, rather than your upbringing.”

“Dad doesn’t like talking about that,” Mu said. “But I mean… I don’t have evil thoughts. Like, I don’t wanna enslave everyone to be my evil minions.”

“What do you want?” Ire asked. “Like… what does a being of negativity want?”

“I dunno. Ask my other bio-dad. For me, it’s just a power. How I get the knowledge, I mean. I don’t feel it if I don’t want to… That’s what makes me different from Daddy Diyem.”

The pulse of startled revulsion from Aramé, and befuddlement from Ire, caught her off guard.

“What?”

“D… Daddy Diyem.”

“What? Too cursed?”

“Cursed?” Aramé repeated.

“Weird.”

“A bit.”

“Well, I’m gonna call him that and see how he reacts,” Mu said. “Anyway… I’ve been feeling a ton of irritation from you and how Dad broke all your tests, so I know what you wanted him to do. I thiiink I have a good idea what Mom’s doing, too. You said aspects, right? So I’m gonna bet…”

Mu thought about her mother. She was kind, but she always bottled up a fierce defiance, sometimes even more than Dad. It was surprising, in a way, that she didn’t also try to go against the test. Maybe she didn’t realize it was a test? No, her ideal aspect would have explained everything…

Mu finally answered, “I think she’s going to keep her reflection and her weaker self.”

“Good guesses,” Aramé said impartially.

“…I can’t tell if you’re being coy or not.” Mu’s snout scrunched up. “That’s annoying. Show some negative emotion.”

“Oh, I’m just entertained at how you’d guess your parents’ decisions,” Aramé said. “I guess that’s not a negative emotion… besides, I’m sure you feel my negativity at how easily you were able to grasp what I know about my Dungeon.”

“Sorry.” Mu shrugged. “Being a walking violation of privacy runs in the family. Be happier. Maybe I won’t know you as well.”

Ire rubbed the top of his head in worry. “I’m not sure if you’d make for a great therapist or a terrible one.”

“Oh, I’d be terrible. Mostly because I’m only a yearish old.”

A gust of wind blew to punctuate the silence.

“…Sooo anyway, are they here yet?”

“They’re still deliberating,” Aramé murmured.

Mu huffed and whipped her tail on the ground again. She reached over and pulled at it and it grew and grew. She darkened her scales and pulled at the back of her head, growing a horn. She sharpened her snout until it became slightly more beak-like. Around that point, she felt a slow burn of horror coming from Ire and glanced his way.

“’Sup?” she asked.

“What are you doing?”

“Tryna evolve.”

“That’s not… that’s…” Ire sat up, gesturing to his arms. “You’re not… doing it right, I think.”

“Well, I’d ask for a mirror, but I think they’re all tests here,” Mu said. She let her body revert, melting back to its Charmander base state. “Guess maybe I still follow basic evolution… Maybe I’m like Dad and I have a different element. Like. Grassmander, right? So, I must be… Voidmander.”

Ire tilted his head with uncertainty in his aura.

“Too edgy?” Mu asked.

“Edgy?”

“Like, trying to act dark and brooding and cool, but it’s cringe instead.”

Ire and Aramé both stared at her blankly.

Mu sighed. “Never mind…” She dug into her torso and pulled out a book. “I’m just gonna read until they get here.”

She turned to the next chapter—this one on the relationship between Grass Pokémon and mundane plants—and ignored the typical waves of disgust from her audience at her book storage methods.

For someone a yearish old, waiting a few hours felt like an eternity.

<><><>​

Five different kinds of Owen marched down the final hallway. Charizard led the pack. On his shoulder was Owen, the little Charmander who got a little braver every second. Beside him was Reflection, rolling Wrath in front just in case he lost it again. Taking up the rear and walking behind and between the two mirrored Charizard was Solgaleo, who had a guilty expression that avoided Aramé’s gaze as they walked to the Dungeon’s center.

This was where Zero Isle Spiral’s arms all met in a central vortex.

A thin layer of saltwater rippled with each step the Owen aspects took, mixing with fine sand and Dungeon rocks. Near the middle, atop a platform of rock only a foot higher than their current, sandy approach, was Salamence Aramé, Dragonite Ire, and Mu, still a Charmander. And, thankfully, unharmed and nonchalant.

“Wow, look at you,” Mu called, finally sitting up. “You’re walking up here like a five-draw from a gacha game. One dupe.”

“I don’t know what that is, Mu!” Charizard called routinely.

“So. You’ve arrived.” Aramé rose next, a mighty Salamence that managed to reach Charizard’s eye level while on all fours. “…And not only did you bypass my test, but you made a mockery of it.”

“Yeah.” Charizard wasn’t going to deny it. “I’m through with tests, Aramé. I already went through one with the Overseers, and I don’t know how many other things I did that count as tests. So we’re done testing. I’m ready to save the world.”

Aramé offered a wry smile. “Save the world again, you mean?” she said with a tone that Charizard refused to make him feel small.

“I know what I did wrong,” Charizard said. “It’s not happening again. And you know I’m the only one who can fix this now.”

“You’re probably right,” Aramé said. “If only by chance… and the powers you have. Under any other circumstance…”

“I’d be long dead and not the world’s problem,” Charizard completed.

“And what’s your plan?” Aramé asked. “Not for the world. But for this.” She gestured at the five of them.

“Oh, that’s true,” Ire piped up. “If you aren’t going to fuse …”

“No, we will,” Charizard said. “Aramé. You can dispel this, can’t you?”

“…Fine.” Aramé closed her eyes and took a breath. Aura encircled her…

Charizard’s claw twitched. He grasped the aura and pulled.

Aramé’s senses were sharp. The great Dragon Guardian snarled and lunged for Charizard, only for all five aspects to pull up a Protect barrier.

“You!” Aramé growled. “What are—”

Charizard clutched at the piece of aura he’d stolen.

“Proving a point,” Charizard said, his head only inches away from Aramé’s, split by a barrier. He saw the details of her scales, every wrinkle between her battle-worn skin. She trained often while inside her little domain. Her home away from the rest of the world. Her ideal place.

Charizard harnessed the aura in his hands, which flared up like a fire that had been offered the driest brush. Owen, Reflection, Wrath, and Solgaleo all looked at their hands and paws… and disappeared into motes of light, crashing down upon Charizard, and covering him in a thin layer of gold. This light, too, faded.

Owen opened his eyes. A rush of memories returned to him, but at this point, he was used to it. Some memories were fragmented hypotheticals from Solgaleo of a time that never happened, conjured by Aramé’s hypotheses and theories of what could have happened in an ideal world. He thought of them as daydreams… but there was merit to it. There was value in regret.

“Why do you insist,” Aramé said, “on hoarding all of your memories?”

“Um, I’m… lost,” Ire admitted. The Dragonite stepped next to Mu. “What did Owen do?”

“He did… something close to what I would have done,” Aramé said, “but clearly, he’s more Dragon than I. The pride he has in doing all matters himself is more than enough to make even Arceus look modest.”

Owen rolled his eyes. “At least you admit he’s… Look. I’m doing this because I am done with people tampering with my mind. Understand?”

Aramé’s jaw clenched, though she didn’t object.

“It’s not pride. It’s control. And I’m taking it. No more people trying to change my identity through my instincts, through controlling or suppressing my memory, through any of that. If you want to change me, do it the old-fashioned way. With a talk. With a fight. And—give me back my horns!”

“What? Oh. Right.” Aramé sighed, glancing at Ire.

“Oh!” Ire quickly flapped his tiny wings and went to one of the spiral’s arms, returning with a small bowl with Owen’s horns in them. “Er, here you go. Thank you for putting those in.”

“…What would have happened if I brought those with me?” Owen asked.

“Nothing. I was relying on your… politeness.”

“Oh.” Somehow this was the least expected answer. He thought that was a lie Solgaleo had been told. “…Well, you used most of that up with what happened right after.”

“I can tell.” Aramé shook her head as Owen removed his clay replicas and slipped them into his bag. He gently put his true horns back and sighed, relieved, as his Perceive returned to him.

And just within range, he sensed Zena slithering in from another of the spiral’s arms.

“Oh, hey! Mom’s here!” Mu said, running over to her. “Mom! How’d you do on your test?”

There you are.” Zena quickened her slithering. Owen noted that it was just one of her… Based on how Aramé was smiling at Zena, followed by casting a glare Owen’s way, she must have gone through the test properly.

“Zena…” Owen nervously approached. “Are you… still Zena?”

“I am, Owen. Don’t worry.” She nodded. “In fact, I feel… lighter. The Dungeon helped isolate some… parts of myself that I wasn’t happy with anyway. It was only a boost in the direction I’d wanted all along.”

Owen still didn’t like it, but… it was her choice. She took advantage of it in her way. That was fine.

“What was it like for you?” Owen asked.

Ire left the area and returned with bunches of berries and a few balls of leaves from some storage area in the Spiral’s center. He set them up so they could sit and recover from their examinations and travel, and during it, Zena talked about what she’d gone through, and Owen exchanged similar tales.

The biggest differences were how Zena had to defeat her ‘angry’ aspect, while Owen was able to contain his… and that while Owen bypassed the final test, Zena made her choices exactly as requested. However, when Zena got to the point where she’d made her decision…

“Something for… me to talk about later,” Zena admitted, glancing away. “I need some time to process it.”

“What?” Owen whispered. “Did you… get rid of Lugia?”

“Later, Owen,” Zena said gently. The Milotic coiled a little tighter and leaned against Owen as they sat against each other. Mu stopped reading to listen, looking pensive.

“Did you… want to be Lugia?” Owen said nervously. He tried to ignore the cold feeling in his chest.

“Don’t worry, Owen. I don’t… I don’t know how it all worked out. It’s fuzzy to me. Can I have some time to think about it?”

That wasn’t any help, but… he respected that. Maybe her mind was still trying to adjust to everything. It was disorienting; Owen knew that. “Okay. Sorry.”

“I’m also sorry,” Zena said. “I know you have bad experiences with… mates becoming Legends.”

“That—but you didn’t make any decisions because of me, right?” Owen asked, defying his knee-jerk reactions. Sure, he didn’t want Zena taking on that… but he didn’t want her deciding because of how he felt.

“No.” Zena shook her head. “I knew you’d be upset if I based my decisions on… how you felt alone. But it’s hard to… recall exactly. I’ll tell you later, when I have it sorted.”

Just talking to her… she felt like herself. That was good enough. “Whenever you’re ready.”

“Mm.” Ire nodded sagely. “Zero Isle Spiral tests your strength, but your spirit grows if it can conquer the Dungeon. As the world’s most powerful Guardian, she can give the Spiral’s Blessing to anyone who completes that final test.”

“The Spiral’s Blessing…” Owen tilted his head. “What’s it do?”

“For you? Nothing substantial,” Aramé admitted. “It’s only a little more. It’s the ability to push yourself even further and draw out the true strength that lay dormant within all Pokémon—the ability to be a god, however small. I mostly did this test… to see if you had the mentality necessary to confront Dark Matter, who would take advantage of every insecurity you had. Every mental weakness, every… Shadow.”

“I had a feeling that was the case even before meeting Lugia,” Zena said. “Still… you could have gone without the strange, cryptic tests.”

Ire chuckled. “Well, it was on short notice,” he said. “An Overseer had requested it and we didn’t have a lot of time to prepare. We used what Aramé always used.”

Zena sighed, glancing at Owen. He let the annoyance slide and fade. He’d already proven himself to that Overseer. But if Hecto and Necrozma were anything to go by, the Overseers were thorough when they wanted to be. And redundant.

“One way or another, we got here,” Owen said. “That means we passed, right?”

“Yes. You passed… by technicality.” Aramé flashed a glare. “I could kill you for it, but that wouldn’t do much.” Her tail whipped at the ground. “…Zena passed properly. Congratulations to you, Zena.”

An awkward nod was Zena’s reply.

“…Well, I guess that’s it,” Owen said. “But Aramé… You’re coming with us, right?”

“What?”

“To help against Dark Matter. We need all the help we can get.”

“…I’m not as strong outside of my domain, this Spiral, you know.”

“You’ve been no help here,” Owen said flatly. “We had to come to you. Aside from when you helped Arceus in the Ethereal Forest, have you been able to do anything other than… guard?”

“…Those were my orders. I must guard this place.”

“Is that relevant anymore?” Owen said. “C’mon. We need to be all at the front to defend everyone else.”

“If I leave, this Dungeon could become infected,” Aramé warned. “We can’t have that. Void Shadows emerging from the former Dragon Guardian’s Dungeon?”

“…Right.” Owen stretched his wings behind him but kept his arms crossed. “…Then you’re going to help me in one last way.”

“How?” Aramé said with a suspicious glare.

“We’re going to battle.”

Ire perked up.

“You’ve spent too long in the human world,” Aramé said with an entertained smirk. “Battle, me? In my domain? You realize this would—”

“It’ll be the same, right?” Owen countered. “You could kill me, but that wouldn’t mean much.”

“I was speaking figuratively,” Aramé grunted. “…Fine. What about you?” Aramé eyed Zena.

“Where Owen fights, I fight,” Zena replied.

“Hm. Ire.”

The Dragonite sprang to his feet and thwacked his tail on the ground. The earth rumbled, leaving a fissure that trailed to a spiral arm behind him. Sand and water filled in the crack. Aramé stepped away to gain some distance and she murmured a plan to Ire. Owen could read what they said with his Perceive… but they were talking in shorthand. It could have meant anything.

“…Yeah, I’ll uh…” Mu vanished, reappearing at the center’s edge. “Good luuuuck!” she called.

Zena coiled up and readied herself. Her feather-fan covered her face, hiding her first prepared move, while Owen watched Aramé closely. It looked like Aramé was someone who preferred to finish things quickly. She wasn’t going to hold back, even for a sparring match. Ire… Owen didn’t know much of Ire, but he wasn’t as big of a threat. But he could get in the way…

“Zena,” Owen whispered. “I want you to prepare Life Dew after you attack Ire. Like we practiced.”

“Okay.”

That was all they needed. It was a new strategy, but they’d spent a lot of time in the human world planning for things like this.

“Ready?” Aramé called.

“We’re ready.”

“Mu,” Aramé called. “Mark the battle’s opening.”

“Oh, uh… okay!” She cleared her throat and stood up straight. “This is a battle between Guardian Aramé with Spirit Ire and Guardians, uh… Mom and Dad! Trainers—uh, I mean, fighters, ready… begin!”

As predicted, Aramé wasted no time in toying with her foes. She gave everything she had in one strike, conjuring meteors in the sky and raining them down upon Owen with exact precision. Owen brought his arms up and created a barrier, blocking the attack and kneeling from the force it exerted anyway. Ire flew in with his claws enveloped in indigo fire, but Zena deflected it with a powerful Hydro Pump.

While that didn’t do much, she chained it with an Ice Beam, flash-freezing the Dragonite mid-flight. She grabbed the new rod of ice with Ire at the end with her tail and, despite it being tens of feet long, swung it at Aramé as she conjured her meteors.

Ire slammed into Aramé and pinwheeled into the ground below, dissolving before he could even get a hit in. Aramé, however, was barely affected by the combination strike.

That struck Owen as odd. Ire dissolved far too easily.

His Perceive didn’t detect it, but his eyes did: Ire’s phantom loomed over Aramé, bolstering her aura to the point where it felt like Owen’s scales were peeling off. It warped the light around her as the Draco Meteor onslaught continued, giving Owen no break.

Then came the soothing cool of Life Dew. It wasn’t much, but it kept Owen going long enough to grasp at the Draco Meteor’s essence… and Aramé’s power.

Just what he was waiting for.

The meteors finally stopped. Aramé had to rest—but her aura was as strong as ever. The fatigue that Draco Meteor usually inflicted on the user… simply didn’t manifest. Aramé was truly powerful…

But the battle was already over.

“You’re still standing,” Aramé remarked. “But it looks like you don’t have the strength to fight back.”

Owen was on his knees, one hand in the sand, the other on that arm’s bicep.

“I wasn’t aiming at you.”

Owen’s flame turned black and white. That energy spiraled around his tail, up his back, and into his arm where it mixed with Aramé’s power. Then, he pumped it into the sand, where the energy rippled out in a single pulse. It trailed around every spiral’s arm in a matter of seconds and infected the walls of the Dungeon.

Aramé gasped. “STOP!” she roared.

Hastily, she conjured a second Draco Meteor—

Too late.

Owen sent a second pulse, triggering a Dungeon-wide shockwave. Zena took on a defensive stance and covered her eyes. Mu crossed her arms and formed a black-white Protect. And everything around Owen erupted in Chaotic energy. He heard something shatter, ethereal and glass-like. When he glanced upward, he saw the very skyline light up, twist, and break.

The labyrinth collapsed into piles of sand. The meteors evaporated with the blast. And the oppressive atmosphere of the Dungeon… became nothing but a memory.

In complete shock, Aramé only stared. Owen pointed a claw at her, forming several meteors above the arena. He held them.

“…Give up?” Owen asked.

“Owen…” Zena looked around. “What… was that?”

“Testing a theory,” Owen said. “It’s for something I’m going to need to do a lot more.”

Aramé landed—stumbled—on the Spiral. She stared, left and right, and the ruins of the spiral, which was now more like a grassy sandbar.

“You… it’s gone,” she whispered in total disbelief. “Owen, what did you do? What did… you… DO?!”

Owen stood tall, frowning. “I sealed a wound that Kilo has. I closed a gateway into the Voidlands.”

“YOU BLEW UP MY HOME?!”

“W-well, yes, but you were coming with us anyway, so—”

Aramé turned her body around and whipped Owen with her tail across his face. A golden barrier dulled the pain… but she had quite the swing. It still stung.

“Okay, I deserved that one—”

She swung again. Then clawed at his belly. Each hit was blocked by a barrier and Owen nervously stepped back. Every strike conveyed anger, but… he also sensed that Aramé was impressed—and not as mad as she could have been.

After several more blows—Zena and Mu awkwardly watching—Aramé stomped her paw on the ground and huffed.

“Completely and utterly unnecessary,” Aramé said. “You could have informed me of this ploy. I would have agreed.”

Owen had his doubts.

“But… you must have sensed it, too,” she said. “The weakening barrier. Did you think Alexander would have tried to pass through here?”

“It would’ve been bad if he did,” Owen said. “But… don’t worry. Yours is the first of many. I figured out how to seal off the Dungeons. And if we do that… we can control where Alexander emerges from.”

“I see…” Her anger slowly subsided. “…And… Arceus must also have informed you that my time to leave this place was at hand anyway.”

Owen nodded. “But you couldn’t,” she said, “because you had to guard the Dungeon. So, I got rid of that part. I wasn’t sure if it was possible…”

Aramé sighed. “Next time,” she said, “explain what you will do. We can’t have improvisations for the true fight.”

“I will,” Owen said with a shrinking flame.

“He just wanted to be cool,” Mu piped up.

“I didn’t! It just seemed like the best way to get Aramé’s strongest hit! I think… it wouldn’t have worked otherwise.”

“Oh?” Aramé said.

“Yeah.” Owen made vague gestures with his hands. “See, the way it works is, when I Usurp an attack, I need to—”

“Um, can this wait?” Mu suddenly spoke up.

“What?”

Mu pointed at the northern horizon.

Owen had been so focused on Aramé and the others that he didn’t realize a giant, shadowy leviathan with five heads and countless eyes had been flying toward them. And now that he had some reading done in the human world… Nate looked a lot like Eternatus in its unleashed form. Yet… somehow even more disturbing. Blackened and covered in eyes… What was up with that?

“Isn’t that Nate?” Zena said.

“Yes. Why is he coming here?” Aramé murmured. “Come. Let’s meet him. I’ll have my comeuppance with you afterward.”

Owen winced. She meant it.

<><><>​

They met at the former Spiral’s northern arm’s edge. Nate landed gingerly, making several waves anyway due to his size. Owen landed just in front of him, craning his neck up as he figured out which eye to look at. Aramé, Zena, and Mu stood behind him.

“Hey, Nate,” he said. “You… came to see us?”

Yes. I… must ask you something, Nate said.

Him, specifically? That answered a few suspicions Owen had.

The report from Alola… told him that a small piece of his spirit was missing. It couldn’t be in the Voidlands—he was whole after that ordeal, and nobody found a trace of him afterward. He hadn’t been fragmented there.

All the other Dungeons were the same way. If they sought Owen out, they found nothing. The piece missing… had to have been old. Ancient. And hidden somewhere nobody had the opportunity to check…

His first guess had been Zero Isle Spiral, somehow. But obviously—even though it loved to fragment those who entered—Owen hadn’t recovered a thing. His fragment wasn’t sealed here.

And now, Nate was coming here, just before Owen planned to set off to find it.

That’s when he realized just what happened.

“Nate,” Owen said. “…May I have my final piece back?”

Most of Nate’s eyes widened with surprise. Zena and Aramé glanced at each other with confusion. Mu leaned forward, her attention on something else of Nate.

…It’s… exactly as you planned, Nate said, somewhere between awe and disbelief.

From the palm of the hand-like, multi-headed creature, a small, golden mote emerged and drifted toward Owen. It said nothing, yet Owen felt a warm, proud, triumphant smile radiating off its aura.

“Hey,” Owen said. “How… old are you?”

The mote of light pulsed rhythmically. The waves settled again after Nate’s shifting stopped.

Then, in a voice like Wishkeeper’s, yet with the serenity of a white cloud, the mote said, Let me show you.

It drifted to Owen’s chest…

And Owen’s two thousand years of memories unified with a thousand more.

<><><>​

Author's Note: Thanks, everyone, for reading! Incoming is the final Special Episode of HoC. As such, expect it to take twice as long to get out. The publication date for the final Special Episode will be May 19th. See you then!
 
Back
Top Bottom